Home

Oracle Standby Databases Installation Guide and User Manual

Contents

1. For more information about creation of standby database please see Creating Standby Databases automatically with Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 76 Dbvisit New Dbvisit Standby installation 4 step process Linux Unix The complete Dbvisit Standby installation and configuration should take less than 30 minutes excluding creation of the standby database The server or the database does not need to be restarted The complete installation and configuration for Linux Unix is a 4 step process The steps are Configure secure shell SSH step 1 Linux Unix Dbvisit Standby installation step 2 Linux Unix gt YS Configure Dbvisit Standby step 3 Linux Unix 4 Create Standby Database step 4 Linux Unix Ensure all Installation Prerequisites are met before continuing with installation It is recommended that Dbvisit Standby is installed and run as the Oracle software user Configure secure shell SSH step 1 Linux Unix This step can be skipped if a SSH without a password or passphrase is already configured secure shell is the preferred method to transport the Oracle logs from the primary to the standby servers It is
2. cccceccceeccssecceeceeeeceeeseeeceuecsueesseeseesueesueeseeeseeesaees 34 Setting up SSH connection between primary and standby servers cseceeeeeeeees 38 SANAD OVO eaa E E E ee ae eee E eee ee 39 Setting up SSH connection between standby and primary servers c cseceeeeeeeeees 42 Continued installation on the primary SEPVel cccccc cece ecccececeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeaeeees 44 Windows Shortcuts for command line interface CLI eee cecccseeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeaes 46 Configure Dbvisit Standby step 2 WINGOWS ccceseceeeesseeeeeneeeeeeeneseeeeceeeseneeees 47 COMMOTION WC OMG ps seated aay E E E 47 RAC environment setup cc acicaanvancsancancssctcateaatesaradunauristieyancenssaneeanteaneysngesserndmaasiaararaaseeaks 48 Primary server or primary RAC node setup for CLl ccc ceccceeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaes 49 AN ADVS C CIUDA ne eae E nee ee 49 Standby Server SlUD serrera R eee EEEE EEEE EE ORARE ee 53 ESMAS a a aieue sca iacesseaunseea E E E aocauasaneasenies 54 Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM setup c ccceeeeeeeeeees 99 ROVIOW SOUNO a E EEEE 58 Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC fil cece ceecceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaes 59 Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR setup for CLI cece cece eeeeeeeeees 60 Dbvisit Standby setup completed for CLI 0 0 0 eccceccseeeeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeteeeeseeeseteeeseeaa
3. Control Panel lShadowCopyYolume bb62957 Multiple schedule ti 7 00 00 AM 12 00 00 PM b dbv_oraStartStop startwl20n Runatsystemstartup At system sta Never Eini EE 4 My Documents My Network Places 11 Repeat the same on standby server For multiple databases on the same server create a scheduled task for each database that has to be started 12 When the server is rebooted Dbvisit Standby will start the database in the correct mode If the database has been activated from a standby database to a primary database or vice versa Dbvisit Standby will continue to start the database in the correct mode Note The Windows user does not have to logon to start schedule to start the database s Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 174 Dbvisit Starting databases automatically Linux Unix The standard scripts that Oracle provides to start databases at boot time will not start the standby databases in the correct mode when the server is started or rebooted It is therefore recommended to edit the Oracle supplied scripts if used and to comment out the starting of the databases and to use Dbvisit Standby to start the databases at boot time Dbvisit Standby will s
4. Sample HOSTNAME_CMD usr local bin nostname sh If the HOSTNAME_CMD file is specified but does not exist on the server then Dbvisit Standby ignores the HOSTNAME_CMD and uses the regular method to obtain the hostname of the server This is useful if the standby server is a regular server and the default hostname is sufficient KEEP_ORIG_FILE_BEFORE COMPRESS Only applies if Dbvisit Standby internal compression method is used When set to yes Dbvisit Standby will keep the original file as well as the compressed file after compression If set to no Dbvisit Standby will delete the original file after compression and keep the compressed file Sample KEEP_ORIG_FILE_ BEFORE _COMPRESS Yes LOCK_MAX_TIME_SEC If Dovisit Standby detects a lock on a file that it is trying to process this parameter specifies the maximum wait in seconds Dbvisit Standby will retry the lock If the file is still locked after LOCK MAX_TIME_SEC then Dbvisit Standby will raise an alert Sample LOCK_MAX_TIME_SEC 10 LOCK_RETRY_TIMEOUT MILLISEC If Dovisit Standby detects a lock on a file that it is trying to process this parameter specifies the wait in milliseconds before Dbvisit Standby will attempt to access the file again On some platforms the minimum timeout time may be 1 second Sample LOCK_RETRY_TIMEOUT_ MILLISEC 500 NUM_TRACE_TO KEEP Specifies the number of Dbvisit Standby trace files to keep Trace files are generated every time Dbvisit Standby
5. 48 Enter the details to connect to the standy server to complete the test Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 44 Dbvisit 68 Bitvise SFTP Client Iof xi Please enter the name of the remote standby server windev 82 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes Please enter install directory of Dbvisit on remote standby server windev 2 C Program Files dbvisit 1 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes Please enter ssh port 22 16822 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes Remote standby server windev 2 Dbvisit Standby location on local server C Program Files Dbvisit Dhvisit Standby location on windev 2 C Program Files dbvisit ssh port 16622 File copied successfully Network connection between local and windev 2 correct ly configured lt To manually run check dbvu_functions a system_readiness gt return code Please press enter to exit 49 Ensure the network connection is correct DS Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology xi Your system has passed the network connection test to the remote server 50 Dbvisit Standby is now installed and must be configured for a specific database 51 Dbvisit Standby can be configured and run through a
6. Create Standby Database and template Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository Please enter choice Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 103 Dbvisit 3 Choose the primary database to create a standby for Only Dbvisit Standby configured databases will be shown gt Creating Standby Database Primary database will NOT be shutdown For which primary database do you want to create a standby database The following Oracle database s have a Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file on this server SID dbvisitp dbvlx102 Return to menu Please enter choice 1 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 4 The primary database must be up and running for the setup to proceed Total size of the primary database is calculated and displayed The Dbvisit Standby installation files are also copied to the standby server initially If uncompleted creation of the standby database is detected a restart option will be available Standby database can also be created using a saved template Database dbvisitp is up Checking Dbvisit configurational differences between dbvisit31l and dbvisit32 No Dbvisit configurational differences found between dbvisit3l and dbvisit32 Checking Oracle
7. Dbvisit Standby Main Menu O 2 Setup 4 Choose New Dbvisit Setup from the sub menu Dbvisit Standby Setup required to be run on PRIMARY server only GD New Dbvisit Setup 5 The Dbvisit setup process is a seven step process where each step corresponds to a different configuration category The categories are Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM and Finish Dbvisit Standby will specify all the defaults and will alert if a setting is not correct 6 Setup the Primary server settings The Oracle databases available on the server are available in the drop down box Click Next Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 97 N Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOGY OOOOOO Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish eis Dbvisit Standby Setup Back Next P Tmp Please enter temporary directory for Dbvisit Standby to use This directory is used to hold the Dbvisit Standby temporary and trace files This directory must exist on the primary and standby servers usr tmp Oracle Please specify for which Oracle database you would like to configure SID Home Dbvisit F
8. Example if the existing controlfiles were named control01 ctl and controlO2 ctl replace the existing controlfiles with the new standby controlfile created in step Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 292 Dbvisit 8 above and make sure that new standby controlfiles are named control01 ctl and control02 ctl 13 Set the correct Oracle environment 14 Start sqlplus sqlplus nolog SQL gt connect as sysdba SQL gt startup nomount SQL gt alter database mount standby database SQL gt recover standby database Specify log lt RET gt suggested filename AUTO CANCEL 15 Apply archives until there are no more archives to be applied 16 Standby database is now complete The standby database is in mount standby mode which is correct for Dbvisit Standby to continue For reference the commands to start a standby database are SQL gt startup nomount SQL gt alter database mount standby database Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software p
9. schedule Dbvisit Standby on the new primary server with command dbvisit w112g3 Dbvisit Standby will now keep all 3 standby databases in synch with the new primary database Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 222 Dbvisit Standby log gap report Dbvisit Dbvisit Standby can inspect the primary and standby databases and report on the latest log sequence numbers It includes reporting on the e Archive log gap which is difference between the last archived sequence on the primary and the last applied sequence on the standby database The archive log gap should be near O except when APPLY_DELAY LAG MINUTES is used e Transfer log gap which is the difference between the last archived sequence on the primary and the last sequence transferred to the standby server The transfer log gap should be near 0 Starting from Dbvisit Standby 5 3 12 and above the Dbvisit Standby log gap data is automatically collected every time Dbvisit Standby is run from the primary server The data collected is stored in the DDR for reporting purposes It is no longer required to schedule the log gap report On the primary database server B dbvisit i lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database
10. 41 Key 41 entered Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server The standby database must be up to date before starting the switchover process Dbvisit Standby will check the archive log gap and will not initiate the switchover if the standby database is not up to date 4 Enter the same unique key on the primary server This ensures that both processes are linked to each other Dbvisit Standby Database Technology pid 5060 dbv oraStartStop started on dbvisit32 Graceful Switchover starting on Primary Database dbvisitp5 with standby database dbvisitp Timestamp 201112051719 gt gt gt Database dbvisitp5 will be shutdown and restarted lt lt lt Ensure Dbvisit is no longer scheduled Obtaining archive log gap Contacting Standby Database dbvisitp5 on dbvisit31 avisit co nNnZ Last standby sequence obtained 13881 for thread 1 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 193 Dbvisit Archive Log Gap for thread 1 is 0 This is correct to continue Please enter unique key to begin graceful switchover for database dbvisitpd The same key must be entered on both primary and standby server Please start com
11. Activate Standby Database dbvlx102 Standby Database dbvlx102 activated Shutting down standby Database dbv1lx102 Standby Database dbvlx1l02 shutdown successfully Starting Activated Standby Database dbvlx102 Activated Standby Database dbv1x102 started File dbv dbvixlU2Zs lt envy Copied to dbv dbvlixl02 env 201T111301I301 Dovisite Davabase Contigurearcion DDC tite dbv Gbvlxl0Z2 eny has been updated and variables have been reversed between primary and standby server SOURCE dbvisit32 DESTINATION dbvisit3l Activation complete Please ensure a backup of this Database is made Old archives from before the activation should be removed to avoid mix up between new and old archive logs If the Dbvisit Standby process is to be reversed then Database on dbvisit31 will need to be rebuilt as a Standby Database sqlplus as sysdba SQL gt select member from vSlogfile MEMBER Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 168 oracle oradata DBVLX102 onlinelog ol mf 2 7fc3q3bh_ log oracle oradata DBVLX102 onlinelog ol mf 2 7fc3q68s_ log oracle oradata DBVLX102 onlinelog redo 1 2 oracle oradata DBVLX102 onlinelog redo 1 1 SQL gt select name from vStempfile oracle oradata DBVLX102
12. Automatic v Service status Started 2 Open the Scheduled Tasks Since Dbvisit version 5 1 19 it is possible to schedule Dbvisit only on the primary server using the INITIATE_DBVISIT_ON_ STANDBY variable Ensure you understand the implication before using this feature See variable INITIATE _DBVISIT_ON_ STANDBY for more details Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 137 Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOGY faa System Tools Address Book Calculator Command Prompt Notepad W Paint Program Compatibility Wizard Fae l 3 Click on Add Scheduled Task File Edit Yiew Favorites Tools Advanced Help Geak P Search Folders Address E Scheduled Tasks Scheduled Tasks E System Information gt A OEE ETE TTETETETETTETETETETTETETETErEErErErE 4 Inthe Scheduled Task Wizard click on Browse Scheduled Task Wizard Fa Click the program you want Windows to run To see more programs click Browse Application Version a 2 Utility Manager 2 3790 183 E Yolume Control 2 3790 183 Wallet Manager Windows Media Player 10 00 00 3700 Windows Update 5 7 3790 183 SF winSSHD Control Pa
13. DATABASE TEC De Dbyvisit Standby Standby database Technology fel FF d b Choose Install Location Dbvisit Choose the folder in which to install Dbvisit Please choose Folder For installation of Bitvise WinSSHD Please choose next if this component will not be installed or upgraded Please ensure the same location is chosen on both primary and standby servers Please choose Folder for installation of Bitvise WinSSHD C Program Files Bitvise WinSSHD Browse Space required 55 4MB Space available 3 4GB Nullsoft Install System 2 46 lt Back Cancel 26 Choose the install location for Bitvise Tunnelier www bitvise com This is the secure SSH client that transfers the updates De Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology fey Ed Choose Install Location Dbvisit Choose the folder in which to install Dbvisit Please choose folder for installation of Bitvise Tunnelier ssh client Please choose next if this component will not be installed or upgraded Please ensure the same location is chosen on both primary and standby servers E choose folder for installation of Bitvise Tunnelier ssh client C Program Files Bitvise Tunnelier Browse Space required 55 4MB Space available 7 5GB Nullsoft Install System v2 46 lt Back Cancel 2 Please specify if this is the primary server Answer No fas Dbvisit Standby Database Technolo j Isthis the
14. LEAVE _COMPRESS_DEST Specifies whether the log files should be left compressed or not on the source server AFTER being applied on the standby server Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 249 Dbvisit If using RMAN then the log files should be left uncompressed otherwise RMAN cannot find the logs If using standard backup software leave the logs compressed Values are Yes or No Yes Leave compressed AFTER being applied No Uncompress log file AFTER being applied If you are not sure set to Yes Example LEAVE _COMPRESS_DEST Yes ADD_DATAFILE If a new datafile is added to the primary database to increase space or when adding a new tablespace then Dbvisit Standby can automatically add this datafile to the standby database Values are Yes or No Yes Dbvisit Standby will automatically add new datafiles No Dbvisit Standby will not add new datafiles If you are unsure set to Yes Example ADD_DATAFILE Yes ORACLE_SID_ASM_DEST Specifies the name of the ASM instance on the standby server if standby database uses ASM and the name of the ASM instance is different than primary Default value is the name of the ASM instance on the primary server ORACLE_SID_ASM If standby database does not u
15. NOTE If the following message is received from Rman RMAN gt connect auxiliary sys password standbydb RMAN O0571 RMAN 00569 RMAN 0O0571 RMAN O04006 error from auxiliary database ORA 12528 TNS listener all appropriate instances are blocking new connections Then the following should be added in red to the listener ora on the standby server SID LIST LISTENER SID LIST SID DESC SID NAME PLSEXT Proc ORACLE HOME C oracle product 10 2 0 db 1 PROGRAM extproc Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 291 Dbvisit STD DESC SID NAME dbvisitp ORACLE HOME C oracle product 10 2 0 db 1 Where dbvisitp is the name of your database Creating a standby database traditional method The process involves making a full backup of your production database on the primary server This can be either a hot or a cold backup If a hot backup is used then the archive log files created during the backup will also need to be copied to the standby database Preliminary steps 1 Setup the same Windows user accounts Oracle software owner and groups dba on the standby server 2 Recreate the same Oracle directory structure on the standby server as o
16. Peer Server Status Dbvisit Standby Command Action Status Peer Server Peer Port Action Start Database Disable 7 dbvisit53 8081 Retry Save Schedules Autostart The Autostart schedule can be set if it is required to have the databases started as soon as Dbvserver is started Dovserver must be configured to start automatically when the server is started On Unix Linux this can be done by creating an init d script to auto start Dovserver at boot time Example template init d files can be found in usr local dbvisit dbvserver etc init d On Windows this can be done by setting the Startup Type on the Dbvserver service to automatic Path to executable C Program Files amp 86 Dbvisit dbvserverd exe Startup type Automatic es Command Log File Status The scheduler log file can be viewed to verify the correct functioning of the scheduler Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 136 Dbvisit ocheduling Dbvisit Standby Windows Dbvisit Standby must be scheduled on both the primary and standby servers Dbvisit Standby can be scheduled in Dbvserver see Scheduling Dbvisit Standby with Dbvserver scheduler all platforms If Dbvisit Standby is scheduled with Dbvserver then no
17. Transferring dbvisit setup to host win2003se 02 dbvisit setup Transferring dbv oraStartStop to host win2003se 02 dbv oraStartStop Transferring dbv wl02n env to host win2003se 02 dbv w102n env Transferring dbv ORACLE SID env to host win2003se 02 dbv ORACLE SID env Where w102n is the name of the database H Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Copy Software from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 117 Dbvisit Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Jot Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Copy Software 7 Run Close Dbvisit Standby Database Technology 6 0 02 6231 pid 10676 dbvisit started on dbvisit51 Wed May 11 01 28 50 2011 Transferring dbv_functions to host dbvisit53 dbv_functions Transferring dbvisit to host dbvisit53 dbvisit Transferring dbvisit_setup to host dbvisit53 dbvisit_setup Note If configuration changes are made to the database Configuration file DDC Dbvisit Standby will automatically detect this and update the standby server next time Dbvisit Standby executes on the p
18. Yes Dbvisit will create missing filesystem directories automatically Y Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes Oracle database parameters for the standby database can be customised The following oracle database parameters will be set in the standby database pfile or audit file dest background dump dest compatible oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 adump oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 bdump MO ge ee de control files ARCHIVELOGS dbv1x102 control0l ctl DATA dbv1x102 control02 ctl ONLINELOGS dbv1x102 control03 ctl core dump dest oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 cdump db block size 8192 db create file dest DATA db create online log dest 1 DATA db create online log dest 2 ONLINELOGS db file multiblock read count 16 db name db recovery file dest db recovery file dest size dispatchers Job queue processes log archive dest 1 log archive format Log archive start open cursors pga aggregate target processes remote login passwordfile sga target spfile undo management undo tablespace user dump dest What would you like to do dbv1x102 DATA 2147483648 PROTOCOL TCP SERVICE dbv1x102XDB 10 location oracle oradata dbv1x102 st oo sr dbf TRUE 300 16777216 150 EXCLUSIVE 167772160 ARCHIVELOGS dbv1x102 spfiledbv1x102 ora AUTO UNDOTBS1 oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 udump 1 Proceed with creating the standby database 2 Edit oracle database parameters for the standby database pfi
19. dbv oraStartstop stop lt DDC gt Startup instance NOMOUNT and replace controlfiles with a standby controlfile by running RMAN command RESTORE STANDBY CONTROLFILE FROM lt filename gt Update DDC file dbv_ lt DDC gt env and reverse settings with command Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 204 Dbvisit dbv_oraStartsStop update ddc file lt DDC gt 4 Start standby database with command dbv_oraStartStop start lt DDC gt Standby Database has been converted to the primary database Roll forward action SQL gt alter system archive log all SQL gt alter database open Update DDC file dbv_ lt DDC gt env and reverse settings with command dbv_oraStartStop update ddc file lt DDC gt Drop and recreate database tempfile location of tempfile script will be shown if needed Alternatively this database may be rolled back to a standby database Rollback action 1 Shutdown database with command dbv oraStartStop stop lt DDC gt 2 Startup standby instance NOMOUNT and replace controlfiles with backed up controlfile lt filename gt using RMAN command RMAN gt RESTORE STANDBY CONTROLFILE FROM filename 3 Retart standby database with command dbv oraStartStop restart lt
20. or ctl extension and an _ character immediately preceding the extension Dbvisit Standby recognizes both naming formats ora_ and 01_mf_ as OMF file formats OMF files should be created and managed by Oracle Oracle does not recommend creating files with OMF names implicitly as Oracle is not able to recognize these files as an Oracle managed files and will not manage the files accordingly ASM files with fully qualified system name FQSN Every file created in ASM gets a system generated filename otherwise known as a fully qualified filename FQFN The fully qualified filename represents a complete path name in the ASM file system An example of a fully qualified filename is dgroup2 sample controlfile Current 256 541956473 You can use the fully qualified filename to reference read or retrieve an ASM file ASM generates a fully qualified filename upon any request to create a file A creation request cannot specify a fully qualified filename Instead it uses a simpler syntax to specify a file such as an alias or just a disk group name ASM then creates the file placing it in the correct ASM path according to file type and then assigns an appropriate fully qualified filename If you specify an alias in the creation request ASM also creates the alias so that it references the fully qualified filename ASM aliases ALIAS FQFN are generally long and awkward therefore to make file naming convention easier to remember the
21. ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ANALYZ AUDIT COMMIT CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE CREATE DELETE DROP I DROP P DROP F DROP 2 TABLE TABLESPACE ADD DATAFILE TABLESPACE BEGIN BACKUP TABLESPACE END BACKUP TABLESPACE COALESCE TABLESPACE DEFAULT STORAGE TABLESPACE RENAME DATAFILE TABLESPACE OFFLINE TABLESPACE ONLINE TABLESPACE PERMANENT TABLESPACE READ ONLY TABLESPACE READ WRITE TABLESPACE TEMPORARY TRIGGER USER VIEW E CLUSTER CONTROLFILE DATABASE DATABASE LINK DATABASE FUNCTION DIRECTORY INDEX INDEX REBUILD RECOVERABLE INDEX REBUILD UNRECOVERABLE PACKAGE PACKAGE BODY PROCEDURE PROFILE ROLE ROLLBACK SEGMENT SCHEMA SEQUENCE SNAPSHOT SNAPSHOT LOG SYNONYM TABLE RECOVERABLE TABLE UNRECOVERABLE TABLESPACE TRIGGER USER VIEW NDEX ACKAGE ROCEDURE ROFILE DROP ROLE DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT DROP S DROP S DROP 5 DROP S DROP T DROP T DROP T DROP U EQUENCE NAPSHOT NAPSHOT LOG YNONYM ABLE ABLESPACE RIGGER SER DROP VIEW EXPLAI GRANT INSERT LOCK T NOAUDI RENAME REVOKE N PLAN ABLE ul ROLLBACK SAVEPO SELECT SET RO INT LE SET TRANSACTION TRUNCATE Dbvisit Propagated Dbvisit will propagate Propagated Propa
22. Conventions eccecsaertjentcccasest ceca stirocaanasesctesdesuneewaenancndecssauunceqnesaaetsacucesanseduenesecanieavsacscscenna 14 Dbvisit Standby software COMPONENMS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceneceneeeneseeesceeeseeesnenees 15 Dbvisit Standby concepts cece cc cec eee eeeeeeeeeecneeeeeeeeneeeeecaeseaesoenseenseenesenesonaeseeesenesegs 15 Dbvisit Standby highlevel architecture ccc cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeceneceneeeseseeesoneeseeesnesens 17 installation CUS CS ECS mrono T geemnemnemwemeanteyeaenn 18 Upgrading VWVINGOWS wscisitaicosrsseewsnnntatcestuenientcocnsevteestutanennteanoncaeuntnaae sxnunaioucesaneveneenieacsonce 21 Upgrading from version 5 2 x 5 3 x or 6 0X tO 6 0 X oo eccceccc cece eeeseeeceeeseeeeeeeeseeesaeesaees 21 Upgrading LU Urs cs cee teegesesctanetevzetiedsatedsanenertiesscxdedetedeensetiesexesedsisevecsxetedesetates 28 Upgrading from version 5 2 x 5 3 x or 6 0 x tO 6 0 X oo eccceccceeeceeeeseeeceeeseeeeaeeeseeesaeesaees 28 Upgrading from version 4 0 to 6 0 ccccccccecccsecceeeeee cece eeseeeseeeeeeeseeceeeseeeesueeseeeseeenaess 33 New Dbvisit Standby installation 3 step process WINKOWG ccsseeeeeeeeeeees 34 Windows special note RAC with Dbvisit Standby installation 0 cee 34 Dbvisit Standby installation Step WINGOWS cc cececeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeseeeseeneeeeeseneeens 34 FACERVOS E T E E EEE 34 Primary Server or primary NOEC
23. For more information see the Resending archive logs section For example dbvisit r 27 wl02n Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbvisit exe started on win2003se 01 Performing Oracle Checkpoint Waiting for 3 seconds for checkpoint completion Checking Dbvisit configurational differences N win2003se 01 and win2003se Cee No Dovisit configurational differences found between win2003se 01 and win2003se Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 118 Dbvisit van Log file s for wl02n will be transferred from win2003se 01 to win2003se 02 Transferring Ol MF 1 27 3839D3YR_ ARC gz to host win2003se 02 01 MF 1 27 3839D3YR_ ARC gz Transferring Ol MF 1 28 3839JCMK_ ARC gz to host win2003se 02 01 MF 1 28 3839JCMK ARC gz Transferring Ol MF 1 29 36390YTC ARC gz to host win2003se 02 01 MF 1 29 36390YTC ARC gz 200902271152 3 Log transfer s to win2003se 02 for wl02n completed Last sequence was 29 Starting Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM Number to keep 0 Days to keep 7 Diskspace full threshold 80 Total number of archive files ae L2 Number of files deleted Current Disk percent full Where w102n is the
24. Program Files Dbvisit Dbvisit Standby location on windev 1 C Program Files dbvisit ssh port 16622 windev 1 File copied successfully Network connection between local and windev 1 correct ly configured lt To manually run check dbv_functions a system_readiness return code Please press enter to exit 43 Ensure the network connection is correct DS Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology E3 Your system has passed the network connection test to the remote server Completing the Dbyisit Standby Database Technology Setup Wizard Dbyisit Standby Database Technology has been installed on your computer Click Finish to close this wizard 45 Continue the installation on the primary server see below Continued installation on the primary server 46 Once the installation on the standby server is complete the installation on the primary server can be completed fs Dbvisit Standby Database Technology e WinSSHD configuration is now completed DL Please ensure you have port 22 open l Please also ensure only administrators can access directory C Program Files Dbyisit ssh2 47 The System Readiness check will be performed which test the connection between the primary and the standby server DS Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology System Readiness check will be performed This will check the SSH Bitvise WinSSHD and Tunnelier network connection to the standby server Ker
25. Will show current timestamp on every line in tracefile No Will not show timestamp in tracefile Default value Yes Example SHOW_TIME_IN_TRACE Yes LOG SWITCH _WAIT_IN SEC Wait in seconds to allow log switch to occur If it is found that the archives are not yet completely written to when Dbvisit Standby tries to transfer them to the standby server then this parameter may be increased If Oracle has not completed the log switch before Dbvisit Standby attempts to compress and transfer the logs Dbvisit Standby will raise an error message Default value 3 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 256 Dbvisit Example LOG_SWITCH_WAIT_IN_SEC 3 LD_LIBRARY_PATH Sets the library path This is needed for some versions of Oracle Not needed for Windows Do not include the ORACLE_HOME in the path This will be done automatically Default value none Example LD LIBRARY _PATH usr dt lib usr openwin lib FORCE_SYSDBA Determines how Dbvisit Standby will connect to the database to perform its actions Possible values Yes No Yes Dbvisit Standby will connect as sysdba The DBUSER schema will not be used to connect to the database No Dbvisit Standby will connect with Dbvisit S
26. and groups dba on the standby server preferably with the same uid and the same gid as on the primary server 2 Recreate the same Oracle directory structure on the standby server as on the primary server 3 Install Oracle software on the standby server preferably in the same location as on the primary server 4 Copy the init ora file for the production database on the production server to the standby server 5 Copy the var opt oracle oratab or etc oratab from the production server to the standby server this is not necessary for Windows 6 Copy the password file ORACLE HOME dbs orapw lt ORACLE_SID gt from the production server to the standby server You may have to create a new password file with the orapwd utility 7 Copy the spfile file from the production server to the standby server if it is used On the primary server 8 Make a standby controlfile on the production database using the following command SQL gt ALTER DATABASE CREATE STANDBY CONTROLFILE AS oracle orabase admin dbvisitp create STANDBY DBVISIT control01 ctl REUSE Where dbvisitp is the name of the database 9 Copy this standby controlfile to a temporary location on the standby server 10 Make a cold or a hot backup of the database to either disk or tape 11 Restore the full production database backup including any new archive logs to the standby server On the standby server 12 Replace the existing controlfile s if any with this new
27. file dbv dbvisitp env lt lt lt lt DBV_TRANSFER_LOG gt gt gt gt oracle sid sequence thread num log id archive name process id process dbvisitp 3718 562150315 oracle oraarch dbvisitp 1 3718 0562150315 log gz 19547 TRANSFER 200901221633 200 Ul 27216255 20097 N E Z2009 01 22210334 dbvisit12 dbvisit11 1186970607 22944 02 Y timestamp datestamp start time date end time date source host destination host checksum size in bytes size in mb process completed VYyYNyYNN NNN NVNNNNNVNVYNV VNV VVY V Where dbvisitp is the name of the database If not sequence number is given as part of the argument then the last archive sequence is displayed Information about the DDR The DDR is a small repository and should not take more than about 10MB in space The DDR is not automatically archived and may grow over time An archiving process can be setup to remove old entries The repository contains the following tables which may be queried or archived dbv_transfer_log Used by Dbvisit Standby to maintain list of archive logs that have been sent to standby database dbv_sequence_log Used by Dbvisit Standby to record the log sequences at specific times Do not update any entries or modify the structure of these tables Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothi
28. 1 El For automatically activating the standby the following command may be given This will not prompt for confirmation dbv_oraStartStop activate wl02n Yes 2 When a new standby database has been created it is always recommended to run the Dbvisit Standby resynch command This ensures that the primary database is re synchronised with the standby database This is not necessary if Dbvisit Standby was used to create the standby database EI The command to resynch is dbvisit R dbvsun92 Where dbvsunQ92 is the name of the database The resynch command only needs to be executed once Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 218 Dbvisit Multiple standby databases Setting up for multiple standby databases It is possible to run more than one standby database for the same primary database when using Dbvisit Standby These standby databases must all share the same db_ name but the instance name or ORACLE_SID and service_names may be different The standby databases are normally located on different standby servers but it is also possible to have multiple standby databases on the same standby server Each standby database must have its own unique Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC
29. 580 Service status is unknown or does not exist Service 56 The specified service does not exist as an installed service Set Log On As Service Local Security Policy Service As Logon permission has been granted to user oracle return Creating service Dbuyserver service_logon oracle Please enter password for Windows Account oracle please re enter password Service Dbuyuserver successfully added Service Dbhuserver created lt Service Dbuserver is starting Waiting for 5 seconds for service to start Service state start pending Service is pending Waiting another 36 seconds for service to start Dhuserver has started Completed Waiting 4 seconds to exit lt 0 43 The Dovserver service has been created ON Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technolo Eg Dbvserver service created and started successfully el Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 37 oN Dbvisit Setting up SSH connection between primary and standby servers Dbvisit Standby uses an ssh connection between the primary and standby servers to manage the standby database Bitvise software is used to configure and setup the ssh connection Bitvise WinSSHD Setup 11 Bitvise WinSSH
30. ARCHDEST MANAGEMENT Yes DAYS TO KEEP ARCHDEST 7 NUM ARCHDEST TO KEEP 0 THRESHOLD ARCHDEST 80 DELETE ARCHDEST No these variables correct lt Yes No gt Yes Dbvisit Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 94 Dbvisit A Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file The Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file will now be created If the configuration file already exists you will be prompted to overwrite the current configuration file gt Dbvisit Database configuration file usr local dbvisit standby dbv_ dbvisitp env created The Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration file e ls a text file that contains all the settings for each database There will be a DDC file for each database or instance that has Dbvisit Standby installed It is the equivalent init ora file for Dbvisit Standby e Contains the configuration for the optional Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM e The name of the DDC file is dbv_database_name env e For RAC the name of the DDC file is dbv_instance_name env e The location of the DDC file is the Dbvisit Standby install directory e Contains all the necessary configuration information to keep the standby database up to date e Can be modified with any text editor or can be modified through the dbvisit_setup utility e Will be automatic
31. Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 208 Dbvisit Adding datafiles to the primary database Normally Oracle does not propagate the adding of datafiles on the primary database to the standby database This must be done manually on the standby database Dbvisit Stanby will automatically add the datafile to the standby database The same filename will be used to create the datafile on the standby database as is used on the primary database There are some restrictions to adding automatically adding the datafiles to the standby database Note 1 There must be sufficient space on the standby server for Dbvisit Standby to add the datafile If there is not sufficient space then Oracle will generate an error message which will be captured by Dbvisit Standby and an alert will be sent Note 2 Only one datafile can be added at once to a tablespace during one log switch If more than one datafile is added to the same tablespace at once Dbvisit Standby will not be able to add the second datafile to the standby database To add more than one datafile run Dbvisit Standby manually between adding the second datafile to the primary database This ensures that the second datafile information is in a new log file Note 3 This feature is independent of the Oracle parameter STANDBY FILE MANAGEMENT Dbv
32. Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 190 6 T 8 9 Dbvisit To keep this new standby database in synch reschedule Dbvisit as per normal dbvisit dbvisitp Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server At the end of the switchover the standby database has transitioned to a primary database Checkpoint 14 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz File dbv dbvisitp env copied to dbv dbvisitp env 201112051709 Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file dbv dbvisitp env has been updated and variables have been reversed between primary and standby server SOURCE dbvisit32 avisit co nz DESTINATION dbvisit31 avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 15 on dbvisit31 avisit co nNnZ Checkpoint 15 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Tempfiles created Waiting for Checkpoint 16 on dbvisit31 avisit co nZ Checkpoint 16 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Waiting tor Checkpoint 17 on dbvisit31 avisit co nZ Checkpoint 17 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz FORCE LOGGING is turned on in the primary database dbvisitp5 on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 18 on dbvisit31 avisit co nZ Checkpoint 18 completed Key
33. DDC gt Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the nee command SQ L gt alter system set db recovery file dest xxxxx scope both Primary Database is still primary database Primary database is not open Rollback action Please start primary database dbv oraStartStop start lt DDC gt Alternatively this database may be rolled forward to a standby database Roll forward action Shutdown database with command dbv oraStartstop stop lt DDC gt Startup instance NOMOUNT and replace controlfiles with a standby controlfile by running RMAN command RESTORE STANDBY CONTROLFILE FROM lt filename gt Update DDC file dbv_ lt DDC gt env and reverse settings with command aby Orastartstop update ddc file lt DDC gt Start standby database with command dbv oraStartStop Start lt DDC gt Database has been converted to the primary database Roll forward action 1 Update DDC file dbv_ lt DDC gt env with command Standby Dpbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 205 Dbvisit dbv_oraStartStop update ddc file lt DDC
34. Dbvisit installation directory path default usr local dbvisit Enter a custom value or press ENTER to accept above default In order to improve the Dbvisit web interface an automatic email can be sent to Dbvisit support when an issue is detected in the web framework No personal information is sent and this information is solely used to improve our software gt Turn on automatic email to Dbvisit support Yes No default Yes Enter a custom value or press ENTER to accept above default Thank you Commencing installation right away Stopping all old dbvserverd processes possibly running Updating Dbvserver configuration file Detected a previous Dbvisit Standby installation an upgrade will be performed Creating installation sub directories Installing product files Updating and migrating existing DDC files in usr local dbvisit gt Updating and migrating existing DDC files completed Removing old product files Dbvisit product installation complete Adjusting init script templates Please find some init script templates in the dbvserver etc init d archive directory These templates will allow your Systems Administrator to automatically start Dbvserver after a database server reboot Templates are available for Sun Solaris IBM AIX and the Linux flavours OpenSuSE RedHat Centos Fedora amp Debian Ubuntu Start Dbvserver the web framework for Dbvisit This will provide a web interface t
35. FROM dbvisit dbv_ sequence log ORDER BY datestamp Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 236 Dbvisit Pre and post processing It is possible to specify your own commands to run before or after Dbvisit Standby transfers or applies the log files This can be either on the primary server the standby server or on both On the primary server The sequence of events on the primary server is Dbvisit Standby pre processing here your own commands may be executed Dbvisit Standby transfers the archive logs 2 YS Dbvisit Standby post processing here your own commands may be executed 4 Optional Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module On the standby server The sequence of events on the standby server is Dbvisit Standby pre processing here your own commands may be executed Dbvisit Standby applies the archive logs Dbvisit Standby post processing here your own commands may be executed SS Optional Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module Pre and post settings DBV_PRE_PROC Specifies the name of the pre processing script Default value Windows dbv_pre_processing cmd Default value Non Windows dbv_pre_processing sh If a different named script should be called th
36. Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 220 Dbvisit be listed as a separate SID In our example we assume that 3 DDC files have been created as shown above dbv_w112g env dbv_w112g2 env and dbv_w112g93 env dbvisit setup 7 Create Standby Database gt Creating Standby Database For which primary database do you want to create a standby database The following Oracle database s have a Dbvisit Database configuration file on this server 4 Return to menu Please enter choice 2 Choose the SID that corresponds to the new standby database In the above example w112g2 and w112g3 represent the new standby databases Choosing option 2 will create the new standby database that is represented by w112g2 and choosing option 3 creates the new standby database that is represented by w112g3 Initially running Dbvisit Standby for multiple standby databases The first time that Dbvisit Standby is executed for a new standby database run Dbvisit Standby with the resynch option dbvisit R wll2g2 Where dbvisitp2 is the DDC for the new standby database This ensures that the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file and software if necessary is copied over to the standby server Subsequently run Dbvisit Stan
37. Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 13 Compress method This determines if the archive log files will be compressed before transferring to the standby server and how they are compressed The following options are available i Dbvisit Standby internal compression This uses the zlib compression library Dbvisit Standby will compress the archives on disk first before transferring to the standby server This will leave the files on the server in a compressed state li SSH compression This uses the zlib compression library to compress the files as they are being transferred to the standby server This option is only Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 86 Dbvisit available if SSH secure shell is being used for the transfer method This will leave the files uncompressed on the server iii No compression This turns compression off Use this option if the network speed is sufficiently fast to transfer uncompressed archive log files and disk space is sufficient to hold uncompressed files iv External compression This can be gzip or compress lf you are unsure choose Dbvisit Standby internal compression or external compression gt COMPRESS Please enter compression method
38. On Linux the output may be different oracle avisit01 ssh keygen Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 77 Dbvisit Generating public private rsa key pair Enter file in which to save the key oracle orabase ssh identity Enter passphrase empty for no passphrase Enter same passphrase again Your identification has been saved in oracle orabase ssh identity Your public key has been saved in oracle orabase ssh identity pub The key fingerprint is a2 88 ad 53 e8 5b 37 al 82 60d 03 ec 96 c4 6b df oracle avisitoOl In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server This will generate 2 files under your home directory ssh id_dsa ssh id_dsa pub Or generate the following files under your home directory ssh id rsa ss5h id rsa pub On Linux the files may be called different ssh identity ssh identity pub 2 On the standby server as Dbvisit Standby software owner do not enter passphrase oracle avisit03 ssh keygen Generating public private dsa key pair Enter file in which to save the key oracle orabase ssh id_dsa Enter passphrase empty for no passphrase Enter same passphrase again Your identification has been saved i
39. PATH is C WINDOWS C WINDOWS system32 gt PATH will be C WINDOWS C WINDOWS system32 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 9 Database or instance Please choose the database or instance for RAC for which you want to configure Dbvisit Standby If the database or instance that you want to configure Dbvisit Standby for is not displayed please enter your own ORACLE SID and ORACLE_HOME Please specify for which Oracle database you would like to configure Dbvisit The following Oracle database s have been found on this server SID ORACLE HOME w920n C oracle product 9 2 1 w102n Ce oracle product 10 2 0 db 1 Enter own ORACLE SID and ORACLE HOME Please enter choice 2 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 10 Owner Enter the account with which Dbvisit Standby will be run This is the Windows account name This account must be part of the Oracle DBA group and Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 50 Dbvisit have sufficient privileges to log onto the database as sysdba We suggest that this user is the same user that installed the Oracle software and owns the databases gt OWNER Please enter the account owner that will be used to run Dbvisit It is recommended tha
40. Password authentication jusedefaut o YS Public key authentication Jered Public keys Okeys ermit remote administration No X P Map remote home directory Jusedefaut O YS Map remembered shares Juse default X Shares to map 0 entries O On logon command On logoff command Allow session job breakaway fuse default Permit terminal shell Juse default z Use default terminal shell Vv Terminal shell mdee o browse Use default initial directory Initial directory WSE Permit exec requests Juse default v Use default exec request prefix IV B Exec request prefix cmd exe fc Permit SCP Juse default x Permit SFTP Juse default 7 Use default SFTP root directory Vv Click on Public Keys and click on Import Public keys You have imported the following public keys i MD5 Fingerprint Bubble Babble Insert time Comment Remove Remove all Close i In the Open dialog box navigate to Dbvisit Standby install directory default c program files dbvisit and open directory ssh2 Choose file A_SSH2PublicKey and click on Open 21x Open Look in G ssh2 2 regnm 4 SSH2Publickey s om AvisitKeyGen exe My Recent B_TunnelierKeypair SECIS B winSSHDKeypair Desktop ms My Documents My Computer K File name A_SSH2PublicKey i My Network Files of type Cancel Places 7 Open as read only 4 Except as specifically set out
41. Switchover processing and will be present in the Graceful Switchover log file The Dbvisit Database Configuration file dbv_DDC env is automatically updated as part of normal Graceful Switchover processing All variables associated with the transition from the primary database to the standby database will be updated automatically to allow Dbvisit Standby to continue processing after Graceful Switchover If Graceful Switchover has not completed successfully and the database configuration file has not been updated the following command may be used to update the database configuration file automatically dbv_oraStartStop update ddc file dbvisitp Where dbvisitp is the name of the database Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 200 Dbvisit Graceful Switchover rollback or roll forward action When an error occurs during Graceful Switchover on either the primary or the standby server processing will stop on both the primary and standby servers Dbvisit Standby will display the rollback or roll forward action required depending at which checkpoint the processing stopped but they are also listed below for reference Only the action associated with the checkpoint needs to be performed not the actions for
42. THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS IF YOU DO NOT HAYE SUCH AUTHORITY OR IF YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS YOU MUST NOT ACCEPT THIS AGREEMENT AND MAY NOT USE THE LICENSED PRODUCT eA IF you accept the terms of the agreement click I Agree to continue You must accept the agreement to install Dbvisit Nullsoft Install System v2 46 lt Back Cancel 5 Please ensure that the account that is used to install Dbvisit Standby is the same account that installed the Oracle software ON Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Current Windows account logged on is orade This should be the same Windows account that installed Orade The same account name must be used to install Dbvisit Standby on the primary and standby server NOTE for Windows 2008 and Windows 7 User Account Control UAC may need to be turned off for both accounts Lo oe 6 The components to upgrade can be chosen To only upgrade the Dbvisit software select Dbvisit Standby and Dbvisit Dbvserver in the components list DS Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Choose Components Dbvisit Choose which Features of Dbyisit you want to install Check the components you want to install and uncheck the components you don t want to install Click Next to continue Description a Position your mouse Dbvisit Dbvserver Web EV C Bitvise WinSSHD see its description Bitvise Tunnelier C Configure SSH2 C Syste
43. The order of precedence in managing the log files are 1 If there are log files older than pays to xEEP arcusource then delete these 2 If there are more log files than num arcusource to keer then delete these oldest ones first 3 If there are more logs that have been backed up by RMAN at least ARCHSOURCE_BACKUP_COUNT times then delete these 4 If the rsrzssotp arcusource lt mount point fullness criteria is met then mark archives for deletion oldest ones first The number of archives marked for deletion is HOWMANY ARcHSOURCE The archives will only be deleted if peteve arcusource y After deletion of the archives and the criteria is still met tazzsHoLtp arcusource lt mount point fullness then mark more archives for deletion number of archives marked for deletion will be again sowmany arcusource and oldest ones first This process will continue until criteria is no longer met If DELETE arcusource n then only a warning email will be sent No archives will be deleted when the raresuontp arcusource lt mount point fullness criteria is met Setting variable DELETE ARCHSOURCE N has no influence over DAYS TO KEEP ARCHSOURCE and NUM ARCHSOURCE To KEEP These will still delete archive files when their criteria are met Dbvisit Standby Archive Log Management Module log file The Dbvisit Standby Archive Log Management Module AMM produces a separate log file to the Dbvisit Standby database processing The log file can be f
44. This directory is used to hold the Dbvisit temporary and trace files This directory must exist on the primary and standby servers Dovisit Temporary directory is usr tmp gt Dbvisit Temporary directory will be usr tmp Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 7 Path Dbvisit Standby will suggest the default environment path gt PATH Please set the environment PATH for Dbvisit to use Do not include the ORACLE HOME in the path Dbvisit PATH is usr local bin bin usr bin usr X11R6 bin usr sbin sbin gt PATH will be usr local bin bin usr bin usr X11R6 bin usr sbin sbin Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 8 Oratab file optional This file lists all the databases available on the primary server This file is part of the Oracle software installation and is usually etc oratab or var opt oracle oratab gt ORATAB Dbvisit can use the oratab file to find all the databases on this server If you would like Dbvisit to do this please enter the location of the oratab file Specifying the oratab file is not mandatory Oratab file is etc oratab gt Oratab will be etc oratab Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 9 Database or instance Please choose the database or instance for RAC for which you want to configure Dbvisit Standby If the database or instance that you want to configure Dbvisit Standby for is not displayed please enter your own ORACLE SID and ORACLE_HOME The followi
45. Windows accounts click on Add 6 Enter the Windows account name of the current Windows logon the same acount that will be running Dbvisit Standby In this example the Windows account name is oracle Set login allowed to Yes Set Public key authentication to Required Set Permit remote administration to No Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 276 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited oN Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOGY By default a Windows account domain is normally not required but depending on your network and domain settings this may be required New entry in Windows accounts New entry in Windows accounts Load Defaults i Shares to map access winAccounts New On logon command On logoff command Expand Collapse all help Connect rules IP rules Connect rules DNS name ru Listening rules o Windows account domain Server side Forwarding Cliet a arar ene Server side forwarding Ser Specify group Group type Group name Login allowed Logon type Jusedefaut O Limit concurrent sessions use defaut ti SOC S Maximal concurrent sessions a
46. _DELAY_LAG MINUTES 100 These variables can be used to set a prefix for the email subject line This can then be used to set filtering rules for emails For example by setting MAILSUBJECT PREFIX_LOG_ GAP_REPORT 53 The result will be 53 Dbvisit report for PRODB Transfer log gap 0 Archive log gap 0 MAILSUBJECT_PREFIX_LOG_GAP_ REPORT is for the Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 262 Dbvisit archive log gap report MAILSUBJECT_PREFIX_SUCCESSFUL is for the Dbvisit Standby success email MAILSUBJECT_PREFIX_HEARTBEAT is for the Dbvisit Standby heartbeat email Sample MAILSUBJECT_PREFIX_LOG GAP _REPORT 53 MAILCFG_ AUTH USER MAILCFG_ AUTH_USER is for SMTP authentication MAILCFG_ AUTH PASSWD username MAILCFG CC MAILCFG AUTH PASSWD is for SMTP authentication Se ates ates TRACEFILE i ify wheth MAILCFG_ATTACH_TRACEFILE Is to specify whether to attach trace files to error emails so that these can be MAILCFG_ATTACH_TRACEFILE MAX_SIZE_IN BYTES forwarded to Dbvisit Standby support MAILCFG_SENDMAIL_CLIENT MAILCFG_PORT is to specify another smtp port MAILCFG_PORT MAILCFG_SENDMAIL_CLIENT is to specify another MAILCFG_DEBUG sendmail client Full path must
47. agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 147 J Dbvisit It is possible to transfer datafiles directly to the standby server but only if both primary and standby databases are filesystem and the primary database does not contain Oracle Managed Files OMF You can create a standby database by transferring the database files directly to the standby server or by copying them to a temporary local location first By using a temporary location the time taken to place the database in backup mode is reduced If the database is very large then use a temporary location answer No If either a primary or a standby database is ASM you have to use a temporary location answer No Do you want to copy database files directly to the standby server Yes Database files will be copied directly to the standby server N Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes It is possible to compress datafiles before transferring Use compression to compress the database files before transferring Database files will be compressed before transferring Yes Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes It is possible to create missing filesystem directories on the standby server automatically Dbvisit has functionality to create missing filesystem directories on the standby server automatically Do you want Dbvisit to create missing filesystem directories on the standby automatically
48. agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 61 Dbvisit Primary server or primary RAC node setup for GUI The setup through the browser is very fast and efficient Dbvisit Standby will specify all the defaults and will alert if a setting is not correct This setup is only required on the primary server and not on the standby server 1 Specify the address of the primary server in the URL with the correct port default 8081 e080 Lal 2 Login to the Dbvisit Standby GUI interface by specifying the user name and password default is admin admin 6 http 221 48 62 132 8081 Dbvisit Standby Login dbvisit51 Log 3 Choose Setup from the main menu Dbvisit Standby Main Menu O 2 Setup 4 Choose New Dbvisit Setup from the sub menu Dbvisit Standby Setup required to be run on PRIMARY server only 4 New Dbvisit Setup 5 The Dbvisit setup process is a seven step process where each step corresponds to a different configuration category The categories are Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM and Finish Dbvisit Standby will specify all the defaults and will alert if a setting is not correct 6 Setup the Primary server settings The Oracle databases available on the server are available in the drop down box Click Next Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide
49. and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 62 oN Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOGY OOOOOO Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish eA Dbvisit Standby Setup Back Next s Tmp Please enter temporary directory for Dbvisit Standby to use This directory is used to hold the Dbvisit Standby temporary and trace files This directory must exist on the primary and standby servers C temp Oracle Please specify for which Oracle database you would like to configure SID Home Dbvisit For RAC the instance local to this node must be chosen Not the database For example the database may be called RACDB and has the following instances RACDB1 and RACDB2 Choose RACDB1 or RACDB2 depending on which instance is running on this node w112b C app oracle product 11 2 0 dbhome_2 DDC Filename Please specify the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration DDC file The DDC file contains all the Dbvisit Standby settings The DDC file is a plain text file and can be edited manually or through this setup w112b 7 Setup the Standby server settings Note the standby server name must be set Click Next Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby A
50. avisit co nz is already started No action taken PRIMARY controlfile created Mount Database dbvisitp5 Database dbvisitp5 mounted Copying redo log usr tmp Gs dbvisitp lt dbvisit 3l1 dbvisitp rcedo 2 log to oracle oradata dbvisitp5 redo 2 1 File oracle oradata dbvisitp redo 2 1 renamed to oracle oradata dbvisitp5 redo 2 1 Copying redo log usr tmp GS dbvisitp X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp redo 3 log to oracle oradata dbvisitp5 redo 3 1 File oracle oradata dbvisitp redo 3 1 renamed to oracle oradata dbvisitp5 redo 3 1 Waiting for Checkpoint 9 on dbvisit31 avisit co nzZz Checkpoint 9 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Recovering new primary database Completed Waiting for Checkpoint 10 on dbvisit31 avisit co nNnZ Checkpoint 10 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Archive log all for Database dbvisitp5 Completed Tempfiles dropped Waiting for Checkpoint 11 on dbvisit31 avisit co nz Checkpoint 11 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Open Database dbvisitp5 Database dbvisitp5 opened Waiting tor Checkpoint 12 on dbvisit31 avisit co nzZz Checkpoint 12 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 13 on dbvisit31 avisit co nzZz Checkpoint 13 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 14 on Checkpoint 14 completed Key dbvisit31 avisit co nNnZ found on dbvisit31l avisit co nz File
51. be performed Creating installation sub directories Installing product files Updating and migrating existing DDC files in usr local dbvisit gt Updating and migrating existing DDC files completed Removing old product files Dbvisit product installation complete Adjusting init script templates Please find some init script templates in the dbvserver etc init d archive directory These templates will allow your Systems Administrator to automatically start Dbvserver after a database server reboot Templates are available for Sun Solaris IBM AIX and the Linux flavours OpenSuSE RedHat Centos Fedora amp Debian Ubuntu Start Dbvserver the web framework for Dbvisit This will provide a web interface to Dbvisit Standby and allows it to be run through a web browser Yes No default Yes Enter a custom value or press ENTER to accept above default Starting Dbvserver the web framework for Dbvisit Please wait done Dbvserver is up and running The process name is dbvserverd Next steps Dbvisit Standby may be configured either through a browser or through a command line utility Configure Dbvisit Standby through a web browser using Dbvserver i Please point your web browser to the following URL to login to Dbvserver and configure your Dbvisit product Note Dbvserver dbvserverd has be started for this Default username password is admin admin http 212 14 62 123 8081 Configure Dbvisit Stan
52. be provided MAILCEG TIME OUT MAILCFG_MAIL_CLIENT must be set to sendmail for this T to take effect MAILCFG_TIME_OUT is the specify smtp timeout MAILCFG_DEBUG is to turn on smtp debug messages MAILCFG_ATTACH_TRACEFILE_MAX_SIZE_IN_BYTES is to specify a file size limit to attaching the trace file Sample MAILCFG_ATTACH_TRACEFILE No MAILCFG_PORT 26 MAILCFG_TIME_OUT 5 MAILCFG_DEBUG 1 MAILCFG_SENDMAIL_CLIENT C programs sendmail exe SWITCHOVER_TIMEOUT_IN_ SEC SWITCHOVER_TIMEOUT_IN_ SEC is the maximum time SWITCHOVER WAIT IN SEC in seconds that Dbvisit Standby will wait for response from 7 7 the other server during graceful switchover ONLY SWITCHOVER_WAIT_IN_SEC is the time interval in seconds between Dbvisit Standby polling the other server for a response during graceful switchover ONLY Default value SWITCHOVER_TIMEOUT_IN SEC 1500 SWITCHOVER_WAIT_IN SEC 5 Sample SWITCHOVER_TIMEOUT_IN SEC 3000 SWITCHOVER_WAIT_IN_ SEC 10 USE LONG SERVER_NAME Defaults to N Dbvisit Standby uses short names for the primary and standby servers set by SOURCE and DESTINATION respectively To use fully qualified domain names for the SOURCE and DESTINATION settings set to Y USE _LONG_SERVER_NAMES Yes INSTANCE CLAUSE FOR ARCHIVE LOG CURRENT Defaults to N Specifies if an optional instance clause will be used by the ALTER SYSTEM ARCHIVE LOG INSTANCE ORACLE_SID CURRENT command In RAC situation the instance clause
53. be user or Dbvisit Standby comes with a default internal mail client 25 Enter the mail client gt MAILCFG MAIL CLIENT The default mail client is sendmail Sendmail does not need to be running in order to send mail from this server Only when receiving mail on this server does it need to be running Sendmail does need to be configured to in order to send mail Dbvisit comes with its own internal mail client If Dbvisit mail client is to be used specify Dbvisit Mail client is sendmail gt Mail client will be sendmail Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 26 Enter the email address that will receive the emails from Dbvisit Standby Multiple email addresses can be specified gt ADMINS Please enter the administrator email address es who will be emailed upon success or failure of the Dbvisit Multiple emails should be separated with a comma Sample support mycompany com dba mycompany com Administrators email is oracle oracle dbvisitll support mycompany com gt Administrators email will be support mycompany com Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 2 Specify the FROM email address that will be used to identify the sender of the email from the primary server Ensure the domain name is a valid domain gt MAILCFG FROM Please enter the FROM email address of this server optional If this is not specified when using Dbvisit internal mail the emails may not arrive Mail FROM address is o
54. can be started on Linux Unix as follows Dovserver will start in the background and the session can be exited usr local dbvisit gt dbvserverd usr local dbvisit gt exit Some erroneous messages may appear on the console if the session is not exited This is normal Stopping Dbvserver on Linux Unix Dbvserver can be stopped on Linux Unix by killing the dbvserverd processes or by running the following command usr local dbvisit gt dbvserverd stop Starting and stopping Dbvserver on Windows Dbvserver on Windows is a Windows service which can be started and stopped as a regular Windows service OA Cryptographic Serv Provides four management Started Automatic Network S Dbvserver Dbvisit Dbvisit web server Started Automatic Sh DCOM Server Proc Provides launch functionalit Started Automatic Local System The Dbvserver service logs on as the Oracle windows account user Managing the Dbvserver service on Windows The Dbvserver service can be managed using the dbvisit_install_win32 executable Start the Dbvisit Standby Command Console and change directory to the Dbvserver bin directory fils Administrator Dbvisit Standby command console C Program Files x86 gt Dbvisit Dbuserver bin gt To delete or remove the service C Program Files x86 Dbvisit Dovserver bin gt dbvisit install win32 delete To create the service the path to the dbvserverd exe is required also the Oracle account ow
55. database is 5 minutes e Dbvisit Standby can be configured and run through a command line interface CLI or a web based interface GUI Throughout this user manual the CLI commands will be indicated with a El and the web based or GUI commands will be indicated with a Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 16 Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOGY Dbvisit Standby highlevel architecture Dbvisit Standby high level architecture B Dbvisit Standby consists of 2 independent processes On the primary server On the standby server The Dbvisit Standby consists of 2 independent processes One process on the primary server and one process on the standby server Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 17 Installation Prerequisites Dbvisit Before installing Dbvisit Standby please ensure that the following prerequisites are met Oracle software is installed on primary server or for each node in Oracle RAC Oracle software is installed on standby
56. datafile ol mf templ 7fc358km_ tmp oracle oradata DBVLX102 datafile ol mf templ 7fc358h6 tmp oracle oradata DBVLX102 datafile ol mf templ 7fc358fk_ tmp Dbvisit We chose to create a template when we created the standby database to be able to repeat the creation process if required Here is the template summary CREATE STANDBY DATABASE TEMPLATE SUMMARY TEMPLATE ID 1 DDC FILE dbv1x102 SOURCE HOST dbvisit31 DESTINATION HOST dbvisit32 STANDBY ASM N COPY DATAFILES DIRECTLY N COMPRESS DATAFILES y USE TRANSPORTABLE MEDIA N PRIMARY TEMP LOCATION usr tmp tmp1 STANDBY TEMP LOCATION usr tmp tmp2 STOP POINT SET N CREATE DIRECTORIES AUTO X CREATED ON S0 Ll Z201 TUSIS o0 a dit file dest background dump dest oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 adump oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 bdump compatible RO ee Oss core dump dest oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 cdump db block size O92 db create file dest oracle oradata db create online log dest 1 oracle oradata db create online log dest 2 oracle oradata db file multiblock read count 16 dab name dbovlx1l0z dbo recovery tile desit oracle flash recovery area db recovery tile dest size 2147483648 dispatchers PROTOCOL TCP SERVICH dbv1lx102XDB Job queue processes LO log archive dest 1 LOCATION oracle oraarch dbv1x102 log archive format st oS of 0bEt log archive Stark TRUE log file name Convert ARCHIVELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog oracle oradata DBVLX102 online
57. dby dbvisitp envy copied to dbv dbvisitp eny 201112051709 Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file dbv dbvisitp env has been updated and variables have been reversed between primary and standby server SOURCE dbvisit32 avisit co nz DESTINATION dbvisit31 avisit co nz Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 199 Dbvisit Waiting tor Checkpoint 15 on dbvisit31 avisit co nZ Checkpoint 15 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Tempfiles created Waiting for Checkpoint 16 on dbvisit31 avisit co nZ Checkpoint 16 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Waiting tor Checkpoint 17 on dbvisit31 avisit co nZ Checkpoint 17 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz FORCE LOGGING is turned on in the primary database dbvisitp5 on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 18 on dbvisit31 avisit co nZ Checkpoint 18 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Graceful switchover completed This database dbvisitp5 is now the primary database You may consider re creating a password file to make sure all sysdba passwords are preserved To keep the standby database on dbvisit3l avisit co nz in synch with this primary database reschedule Dbvisit as per normal dbv
58. ensures that a log is archived only on a local instance not on all primary nodes DROP_STANDBY_TEMPFILES Defaults to Y Specifies if tempfiles should be dropped on the standby database after successful completion of Graceful Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 263 Dbvisit Switchover for Oracle versions 11 2 or higher This is a workaround to fix Oracle bug 10292173 ARCHTMP Defaults to ARCHDEST Specifies a temporary location on the primary server to copy archives from ASM before shipping them to the standby in case of an ASM primary database RECOVERY_PARALLELISM Defaults to none May take values PARALLEL to enforce parallel recovery of database or NOPARALLEL to enforce serial recovery of database If not specified then reset to NOPARALLEL for databases version 11 1 and higher RECOVERY_PARALLELISM PARALLEL CSD FORCE ASM REDO CONVERT Defaults to N Set to Y if your environment does not allow for creating a filesystem standby database for an ASM primary database on a standby server that does not have an ASM instance running SHUT_WIN_SERVICE Defaults to N Specifies if windows service should be shut down when the standby database is shutdown during creating of standby databa
59. file dbv_ lt DDC gt env Because the database name ORACLE_SID will normally be the same for multiple standby databases a unique number can be added to each DDC file to make it unique For example to have 3 different standby databases for the same primary database called w112g 1 dbv_w112g env The original DDC file for primary database and first standby database 2 dbv_w112g2 env A new DDC file for primary database and second standby database 3 dbv_w112g3 env A new DDC file for primary database and third standby database etc To setup for multiple standby DDC files please follow the following steps 1 Copy the DDC file and give it a new name Example copy dbv w112g env dbv w112g2 env Where w112g is the name of the database 2 Edit the new DDC file and change the DESTINATION variable This must be set to the second standby server that is running the second standby database Do not change the ORACLE SID Example DESTINATION dbvisit13 Where dbvisit13 is the second standby server 3 If any of the other standby database settings are different these must be edited as well The variables that can be changed are ORACLE_SID_DEST ORACLE BASE DR LOGDIR_DR ARCHDEST MAX TIMES TRIED LEAVE_COMPRESS_DEST ADD_DATAFILE For a multiple standby database on the same node the ORACLE_SID_DEST must be different unique 4 Dbvisit Standby must be scheduled for each multiple standby database separately on the primary serv
60. file dbv_ lt DDC gt env and reverse settings with command dbv_ orastartstop update ddc file lt DDC gt 4 Start standby database with command dbv oraStartStop start lt DDC gt Standby 10 Database has been converted to the primary database Roll forward action SQL gt alter system archive log all SQL gt alter database open Update DDC file dov_ lt DDC gt env and reverse settings with command dby oraStartStop update ddc file lt DDC gt Drop and recreate database tempfile location of tempfile script will be shown if needed Alternatively this database may be rolled back to a standby database Rollback action 1 Shutdown database with command dbv oraStartStop stop lt DDC gt 2 Startup standby instance NOMOUNT and replace controlfiles with backed up controlfile lt filename gt using RMAN command RMAN gt RESTORE STANDBY CONTROLFILE FROM filename 3 Retart standby database with command dbv oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the following command SQ L gt alter system set db recovery file dest XXXXX scope both Primary 11 Database is still primary database Primary database is not open Rollback action Please start primary database dbv oraStartStop start lt DDC gt Alternatively this database may be rolled forward to a standby database Roll forward action Shutdown database with command
61. for service to start Dbhuserver has started Completed Waiting 4 seconds to exit lt 0 30 The Dbvserver service has been created Ob Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technolo E4 Dbvserver service created and started successfully Ee Setting up SSH connection between standby and primary servers Dbvisit Standby uses an ssh connection between the standby and primary servers to manage the standby database Bitvise software is used to configure and setup the ssh connection Bitvise WinSSHD Setup 31 Bitvise WinSSHD will now be installed in the background fs Dbvisit Standby Database Technology Bitvise WinSSHD will now be installed in C Program Files Bitvise WinSSHD Do you accept the Bitvise WinSSHD End User License 4qreement The license can be viewed at http www bitvise com Files WinSSHD EUL4 20051002 txt Bitvise WinSSHD installation completed WinSSHD will now be started Bitvise Tunnelier Setup 34 Bitvise Tunnelier will now be installed in the background fs Dbvisit Standby Database Technology Bitvise Tunnelier will now be installed in C Program Files Bitvise Tunnelier Do you accept the Bitvise Tunnelier End User License Agreement The license can be viewed at http www bitvise com files Tunnelier EUL4 20051002 txt 35 On completion a message will be displayed Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutio
62. found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Graceful switchover completed This database dbvisitp5 is now the primary database You may consider re creating a password file to make sure all sysdba passwords are preserved To keep the standby database on dbvisit3l avisit co nz in synch with this primary database reschedule Dbvisit as per normal dbvisit dbvisitp Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server Graceful Switchover has been completed The primary database is now on the standby server and the standby database is now on the primary server To confirm that the old standby database is now the new primary database the following command may be run dbv oraStartStop status dbvisitp Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbv oraStartStop started on dbvisit32 Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server To confirm that the old primary database is now the new standby database the following command may be run dbv oraStartsStop status dbvisitp Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbv orasStartstop started on dbvisit3l Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Db
63. fully qualified name avisit03 avisit co nz oracle avisit03 oracle In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server Exit out of viand change the permission on the rhosts file to rw for the owner only oracl avisit0l Schmod 600 rhosts In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server On the standby server foracle avisit03 cd SHOME oracle avisit03 vi rhosts In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server Add the name of the standby server Add the alias as well as the fully qualified name avisit0l avisit co nz oracle avisit01 oracle In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server Exit out of viand change the permission on the rhosts file to rw for the owner only oracle avisit03 chmod 600 rhosts In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server To test the rsh execute the following command on the standby server oracle avisit03 rsh avisit01 is In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server To test the rsh execute the following command on the primary server oracle avisit03 rsh avisit01 is In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server RSH is now setup and configured For more information on rsh please consult the man pages in Unix or Linux Dbvisit Standby Inst
64. groups and accounts for WinSSHD can be found here http www bitvise com wug accounts Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 278 Dbvisit Resolution 2 Password cache not set It may also be possible that the Windows Account password is not set correctly in the WinSSHD cache 1 On the standby or remote server 2 Open the WinSSHD control panel Start gt Programs gt Bitvise WinSSHD gt WinSSHD Control Panel Choose Settings Tab and enter the Account name and Password for the current Windows account the same account that will be running Dbvisit Standby A Windows domain may also be required WinSSHD will notify tf a domain is required WinSSHD Control Panel Fa Server Keypair Settings Activation Settings Management M Settings Edit view settings Import settings From file Export settings to File Password cache For Windows usernames Domain Password frk Account oracle cleat Clear all 3 Run Dbvisit Standby again on the primary server to test if the issue has been resolved 4 It is also recommended to repeat these steps on the primary server This is in case the Dbvisit Standby process needs to be reversed Resolution 3
65. gt 2 Add database tempfile location of tempfile script will be shown if needed 3 Archives may need to be compressed uncompressed not essential Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the following command SQ L gt alter system set db recovery file dest xxxxx scope both Alternatively this database may be rolled back to a standby database Rollback action 1 Shutdown database with command dbv oraStartStop stop lt DDC gt 2 Startup standby instance NOMOUNT and replace controlfiles with backed up controlfile lt filename gt using RMAN command RMAN gt RESTORE STANDBY CONTROLFILE FROM filename 3 Retart standby database with command dbv oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the following command SQ L gt alter system set db recovery file dest xxxxx scope both Primary 13 Database has been converted to standby database Roll forward action 1 Update DDC file dbv_ lt DDC gt env with command dbv oraStartStop Update ddc tile lt DDC gt 2 Start standby database with command dbv oraStartStop start lt DDC gt Standby 13 Database has been converted to the primary database Roll forward action 4 Update DDC file dbv_ lt DDC gt env with command dbv_oraStartStop update ddc file lt DDC gt 5 Add database tempfile location of tempfile script
66. if an external compression is used then this must also exist on the standby server It is recommended to disable any other compression routines used to compress the Oracle archive log files for this database If you are unsure choose option 1 The following compression methods are available Dbvisit internal compression files will be left compressed on server SSH compression files will not be left compressed on server No compression asr bDin gzip Enter own method Please enter choice 1 4 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 14 Source This is the name of the current primary server gt SOURCE Please enter primary server dbvisitl1l Primary server is dbvisitll gt Primary server will be dbvisitll Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 15 Enter the Oracle Base location optional The ORACLE_BASE is only used by Dbvisit Standby during setup to determine the location of the admin directories of the database gt ORACLE BASE Please enter ORACLE BASE directory ORACLE BASE is the admin directory for the Databases Dbvisit does not use the ORACLE BASE directly but it is useful for determining where the log directory of Dbvisit should be Entering an ORACLE BASE is optional ORACLE BASE is oracle orabase gt ORACLE BASE will be oracle orabase Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 16 Enter the log directory for Dbvisit Standby The default will be under the ORACLE_BASE admin
67. if there is an already existing template present for this database then it will be overridden Yes No Create Standby Database 10 Standby database creation process will start and the output of the different steps will be shown in the browser window This process can take a very long time depending on the size of the database and the network Na Create New Standby Database b Database Watch the database creation process below Be aware that the creation of Creation the standby database might take a very long time Progress Please note the creation process is running independently from this browser page i e closing this browser window will not interfere with database creation Total database size for w112g is 2 07GB Starting creation of standby database Creating standby database Creating standby controlfiles _Standby controlfiles created 11 Standby database has now been created Standby database created Oracle parameter standby_file_management is set to AUTO for the standby database To complete creating standby database run dbvisit on the primary and standby databases Y S lt gt Standby database has been created successfully Show Setup Debug Mode Only For more information about creation of standby database please see Creating Standby Databases automatically with Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit S
68. information The Dbvserver process will need to be started at boot time with Windows Task Scheduler for this to be automated b Using the Windows Task Scheduler to start the databases automatically To automatically start the database s use Windows Task Scheduler To add Dbvisit Standby to Windows Scheduled Tasks primary server and standby server 1 Ensure the Task Scheduler service is started Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 171 Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOGY Task Scheduler Properties Local Computer RIX General Log On Recovery Dependencies Service name Schedule Display name Task Scheduler Description Enables a user to configure and schedule automated a asks on this computer If this service is stopped Path to executable C AWINDOWS System32 svchost exe k netsvcs Startup type Automatic v Service status Started 2 Open the Scheduled Tasks IF Entertainment gt VUIS Address Book E Backup Calculator t Character Map Command Prompt Disk Cleanup Notepad E Disk Defragmenter Paint Scheduled Tasks Program Compatibility Wizard Fare l 3 Click on Add Scheduled Task File Edit view Favorites Tools Advanced H
69. is being used This parameter allows tuning off the default parameter when Dbvisit Standby is not able to determine the default parameter Default value t_ s_ r arc Example FLASH ARCHIVE_LOG FORMAT t_ s_ r arc ARCHLOG_ PREFIX The archive log may be renamed by another process or in some cases Oracle prefixes the archive with the word arch If this happens Dbvisit Standby may not be able to identify the archive log Setting this parameter ensures that Dbvisit Standby can identify the archive log name Default value arch Example ARCHLOG_PREFIX arch RESYNCH_SEQ_ OFFSET This determines the archive log sequence offset when Dbvisit Standby resynchs with the standby database A value of 1 means the standby sequence will be offset with 1 and the first sequence is resent Default value 1 Example RESYNCH SEQ OFFSET 1 ALERT_ON_WARNING Normally Dbvisit Standby will only alert on errors and then stop processing Dbvisit Standby will not alert on warnings Possible values No Yes Yes Dbvisit Standby will alert on warnings and stop processing No Dbvisit Standby will alert on errors only and stop Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 255 Dbvisit processing Warnings w
70. is executed Trace files are only used for Dbvisit support Dbvisit Standby will delete trace files greater than this number Deletes oldest trace file first Works in conjunction with DAYS _ TO _KEEP_TRACE Least restrictive setting applies between DAYS_TO_KEEP_TRACE and NUM_TRACE_TO_KEEP To turn off set to 0 Sample NUM_TRACE_TO_KEEP 100 DAYS_TO_KEEP_TRACE Specifies the number of days to keep Dbvisit Standby trace files Trace files are generated every time Dbvisit Standby is executed Trace files are only used for Dbvisit Standby support Dbvisit Standby will delete trace files that are older Works in conjunction with NUM_TRACE_TO_KEEP Least restrictive setting applies between DAYS_TO_KEEP_TRACE and NUM_TRACE_TO_KEEP To turn off set to 0 Sample DAYS_ TO _KEEP_TRACE 10 SSH_PORT Used to specify a different ssh port to the default 22 If no value is supplied then the default of 22 is used Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 260 Dbvisit Sample SSH_PORT 2200 CP_OPTIONS Allow for different secure copy scp options For example Unix Linux limit Limits the used bandwidth specified in Kbit s See man scp in Unix and Linux for scp options See sftpc on Windows f
71. license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 164 Dbvisit DATA dbv1x102 datafile system 298 754676807 DATA dbv1lx102 datafile undotbs1 287 754676863 DATA dbv1x102 datafile sysaux 297 754676905 DATA dbv1x102 users dbf DATA dbv1x102 datafile users 290 754677031 SQL gt select name from vScontrolfile ARCHIVELOGS dbv1x102 control0l ctl DATA dbv1x102 control02 ctl ONLINELOGS dbv1lx102 control03 ctl SQL gt select name from vStempfile DATA dbv1x102 tempfile temp1 307 762542407 DATA dbv1x102 tempfile temp1 259 762542407 DATA dbv1x102 tempfile temp1 258 762542409 Oracle database parameters in the primary database audic Tile dese background dump dest compatible Concrol Tiles DATA dbv1x102 control02 ctl Core aump Gest db plock 21276 do create rile deat db create online log dest 1 db create online log dest 2 do file multiblock read Count db name do recovery file dese dD recovery iile dest size dispatchers Joo queue processes log archive dest 1 iog archive dest 2 log archive format log archive stari Open Cursors pga aggregate target processes remote login passwordiile gga tdrger spfile standby file management undo management unao tablespace user dump dest oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 adump oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 bdump NO ae wal do ARCHIVELOGS dbv1x102 control0l1 ctl ONLINELOGS dbvlx102 c
72. like to do 1 Continue with creating a standby database 2 Terminate creating a standby database The saved template will be available for future use Please enter your choice 1 11 The standby database will now be created Once completed the next steps to take will be shown Creating standby database Creating Standby controlfile controliile Creating standby parameter file Backup of primary database completed Transferring C ORACLE ORADATA W120N SYSTEMO1 DBF to host WINDEV 02 C ORACLE O ADATA W120N SYSTEMO1 DBF Transferring C ORACLE ORADATA W120N UNDOTBSO1 DBF to host WINDEV 02 C ORACLE RADATA W120N UNDOTBSO1 DBF Transferring C ORACLE ORADATA W120N SYSAUX01 DBF to host WINDEV 02 C ORACLE O ADATA W120N SYSAUX01 DBF Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 71 Dbvisit Transferring C ORACLE ORADATA W120N USERS01 DBF to host WINDEV 02 C ORACLE OR DATA W120N USERSO1 DBF Shutting down standby database on WINDEV 0O2 Windows Service OracleServicewl20n stopped Standby database wl20n on WINDEV O2 shutdown Checking Windows service OracleServicewl20n on WINDEV O2 Service OracleServicewl20n already exists on WINDEV 0O2 Windows Service OracleServicewl20n s
73. lock file to indicate the archive file is in use Default value archive_busy Ick Example ARCH_BUSY archive_busy Ick Name of file to indicate the archive file is not found Default value arch_not_there Ick Example ARCH_NOT_THERE arch_not_there ck Determines if Dbvisit Standby will perform a check if the database configuration file if from a previous Dbvisit Standby version Once the database configuration file is updated this can be set to No Possible values Yes No Yes Dbvisit Standby checks for previous database configuration files every time Dbvisit Standby is executed No Dbvisit Standby will not perform the check Default value Yes Example CHECKFOR_PREV_VERSION Yes Determines if Dbvisit Standby will perform a checksum and compare the checksum on the file that has been transferred If the checksum is not the same Dbvisit Standby will alert Possible values Yes No Yes Dbvisit Standby will calculate checksum on the file being transferred and will alert if the transferred file is not the same as the original file No Dbvisit Standby will not perform a checksum It is not guaranteed that the transferred file will be the same as the original file Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of th
74. log archive dest log ar hive dest 1 location oracle oraarch dbvisitp log archive formar StL 8 oRs log nls language German nls territory germany open cursors 300 pga aggregate target 16777216 plsql compiler flags NATIVE NON DEBUG processes 150 remote login passwordfile EXCLUSIVE What would you like to do 1 Proceed with creating the standby database 2 Edit oracle database parameters for the standby database pfile spfile 3 Terminate processing Please enter your choice 1 Validating oracle database parameters please wait SUCCEEDED 10 It is possible to specify the locations of standby datafiles redo logs and tempfiles different as primary or alternatively keep the same structure for the standby database as primary Primary database contains non OMF datafiles and or tempfiles To create non OMF standby datafiles and or tempfiles Dbvisit requires you to provide valid filesystem locations on the standby Review and confirm standby locations to create standby non OMF datafiles and tempfiles gt Standby oracle oradata dbvisitp gt oracle oradata dbvisitp What would you like to do 1 Confirm standby location s are correct and continue 2 Provide different standby location s Please enter your choice 1 2 Primary location oracle oradata dbvisitp Provide standby location oracle oradata dbvisitp5 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software
75. log gap between primary and standby database is 1 and this difference is too much to perform graceful switchover Please first run dbvisit on dbvisit32 to ensure standby database is more up to date Dbvisit terminated Return code 523 Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server To ensure standby database is up to date run Dbvisit Standby manually on both primary and standby databases 6 The standby database must be available Dbvisit Standby will check if this is the case and will not initiate the switchover if the standby database is not available dbv_oraStartStop switchover dbvisitp Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbv_ oraStartsStop started on dbvisit31 Graceful Switchover starting on Primary Database dbvisitp Timestamp 200901181710 gt gt gt Database dbvisitp will be shutdown and restarted lt lt lt Ensure Dbvisit is no longer scheduled Obtaining archive Log gap Contacting Standby Database dbvisitp on dbvisit32 200901181710 Problem with obtaining the last sequence from standby database on dbvisit32 200901230534 Oracle is not available Database may be down Please check database Oracle error ERROR at line 1 ORA 01034 ORACLE not available Dbvisit terminated Return code 1034 Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server Complete switchover processin
76. log gap for w112b 1 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 223 Dbvisit The log sequence number from the primary database will always be one or more sequences ahead of the last log sequence that Dbvisit Standby will have transferred This is because the log sequence shown for the primary database is the latest log sequence that is not archived yet redo log This reporting is non intrusive No log switches are performed and no logs are transferred When this command is run the information is also inserted into the Dbvisit Standby database repository DDR table called dobv_sequence_log This table can be used for log gap analysis over time Note The standby database must be available in standby mode or in READ ONLY mode when this command is executed If the standby database is not available Dbvisit Standby will automatically start the standby database if AUTO START STANDBY DB Yes Scheduling the Dbvisit Standby log gap report Note This is no longer required if using Dbvisit Standby 5 3 12 and above This command can be scheduled to run automatically to email the Dbvisit Standby log gap report The following example shows how to schedule this command in Scheduled Tasks on an hourly bas
77. new standby database transitions back to the original primary database and the new primary database transitions back to the original standby database the same process as before is initiated For completion the steps are shown below However they are exactly the same as above starting the Graceful Switchover Note that the standby server contains the new primary database and the primary server contains the new standby database Transition overview Primary server standby database gt primary database Standby server primary database gt standby database 1 On the standby server start the Graceful Switchover procedure dbv_oraStartStop switchover dbvisitp Where dbvisitp is the name of the database 2 On the primary server start the Graceful Switchover procedure dbv_oraStartStop switchover dbvisitp Where dbvisitp is the name of the database 3 Enter a unique key on the standby server Dbvisit Standby Database Technology pid 24310 dbv oraStartStop started on dbvisit31 Graceful Switchover starting on Standby Database dbvisitp Timestamp 201112051719 Database dbvisitp will be shutdown and restarted Ensure Dbvisit is no longer scheduled Please enter unique key to begin graceful switchover for database dbvisitp The same key must be entered on both primary and standby server Please start command dbv_oraStartStop switchover dbvisitp on dbvisit32 avisit co nz if not already started Please enter unique key
78. of tempfile script will be shown if needed Alternatively this database may be rolled back to a standby database Rollback action 1 Shutdown database with command dbv oraStartStop stop lt DDC gt 2 Startup standby instance NOMOUNT and replace controlfiles with backed up controlfile lt filename gt using RMAN command RMAN gt RESTORE STANDBY CONTROLFILE FROM filename 3 Retart standby database with command dbv oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the following command SQ L gt alter system set db recovery file dest XXXXX scope both Primary 10 Database is still primary database Primary database is not open Rollback action Please start primary database dbv oraStartStop start lt DDC gt Alternatively this database may be rolled forward to a standby database Roll forward action Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 203 Dbvisit Shutdown database with command abv oraStartstop stop lt DDC gt Startup instance NOMOUNT and replace controlfiles with a standby controlfile by running RMAN command RESTORE STANDBY CONTROLFILE FROM lt filename gt Update DDC
79. of the Dbvisit software page 51 Dbvisit It is recommended to disable any other compression routines used to compress the Oracle archive log files for this database If you are unsure choose option 1 The following compression methods are available 1 Dbvisit internal compression files will be left compressed on server 2 SSH compression files will not be left compressed on server 3 No compression Please enter choice 14 Source This is the name of the current primary server gt SOURCE Please enter primary server win2003se 01 Primary server is win2003se 01 gt Primary server will be win2003se 01 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 15 Enter the Oracle Base location optional The ORACLE_BASE is only used by Dbvisit Standby during setup to determine the location of the admin directories of 16 Enter the log directory for Dbvisit Standby The default will be under the the database PORACILE BASE Please enter ORACLE BASE directory ORACLE BASE is the admin directory for the Databases Dovisit does not use the ORACLE BASE directly but it is useful for determining where the log directory of Dbvisit should be Entering an ORACLE BASE is optional ORACLE BASE is c oracle orabase gt ORACLE BASE will be c oracle orabase Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes ORACLE_BASE admin ORACLE_SID structure The default log directory under this structure will be called dbvisit If th
80. operation of the Dbvisit software page 95 Dbvisit Tablespace SYSTEM UNDOTBS1 SYSAUX TEMP USERS Refresh list Please enter choice 4 The temp tablespace will be TEMP Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 43 The Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR will be created Dbvisit will now create the Dbvisit Database repository DDR Continue Yes or return to the menu lt Yes Return gt Yes User dbvisit created Grants to user dbvisit completed Creating repository for dbvisit Repository for dbvisit created A Dbvisit Standby setup completed for CLI The Dbvisit Standby setup is now complete 44 Dbvisit Standby setup is now complete Ensure the tasks listed are completed on the standby server A what is next message is also displayed Dbvisit configuration completed IMPORTANT Ensure servers dbvisitll and dbvisit12 are setup for usr bin scp usr bin ssh without needing a password or passphrase IMPORTANT Ensure the following directories are setup on Standby server dbvisitl2 with the correct permissions 1 oracle orabase 2 foracle oraarch dbvisitp 3 usr local dbvisit Next steps Create standby database using option in main menu 7 Create Standby Database Please press lt Enter gt to return to main menu 45 Press enter to return to the main menu 46 The main menu will be redisplayed Dbvisit Standby Database technology http www dbvisit com D
81. optionally save settings in template Restart the uncompleted creation of standby database Create standby database using existing template previously saved Help Terminate processing Please enter your choice 2 1 Starting creation of standby database 4 An ASM for Oracle versions 10 2 or higher or normal file system standby database can be created Do you want to create an ASM standby database with all or some database files in ASM storage No n Standby database will be ASM N Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 5 It is possible to transfer datafiles directly to the standby server but only if both primary and standby databases are filesystem and the primary database does not contain Oracle Managed Files OMF Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 69 Dbvisit You can create a standby database by transferring the database files directly to the standby server or by copying them to a temporary local location first By using a temporary location the time taken to place the database in backup mode is reduced If the database is very large then use a temporary location answer No If either a primary or a standby database is ASM you have to use a temporary locat
82. or No Yes Quick setup let Dbvisit choose defaults for settings that are not displayed No Dbvisit will prompt for all settings and suggest defaults All settings will be displayed at the end of the configuration for review Quick setup Yes gt Dbvisit will do a quick setup Yes Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes EN RAC configuration only The following will be displayed only if a RAC setup is chosen 5 Specify if this is the first node that Dbvisit Standby is configured for Only on the first node will the Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR be created as this repository is shared by all instances Please specify if this is the first RAC node in the Dbvisit configuration or not Values are Yes or No Yes First RAC node that Dbvisit is configured for Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 84 Dbvisit No Dbvisit has been already configured on another node in this RAC configuration First Dovisit RAC node Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes End RAC configuration only 6 Temporary directory Dbvisit Standby needs to know the temporary directory that it can use for temporary and trace files Please enter temporary directory for Dbvisit to use
83. other scheduling software is required If Dovserver is not running then Dbvisit Standby can be scheduled in Windows Scheduled Tasks or other scheduling software A decision must be made on the maximum time that the standby database may be behind the primary database This is a business decision but certain factors play a key role These are 1 Speed of the network 2 Activity on the database 3 Speed of the disks 4 Compression method chosen and CPU power to compress and uncompress archive log files A good recommended time frame is to schedule Dbvisit Standby every 10 minutes To schedule Dbvisit Standby using Windows Task Scheduler add a Scheduled Task entry to the Oracle software owner on both the primary and standby server This entry will run 24x7 and every 10 minutes It is recommended that the standby server is scheduled a little later than the primary server This ensures there are log files to be applied when Dbvisit Standby executes on the standby server To add Dbvisit Standby to Windows Scheduled Tasks primary server 1 Ensure the Task Scheduler service is started Task Scheduler Properties Local Computer General Log On Recovery Dependencies Service name Schedule Display name Task Scheduler Description Enables a user to configure and schedule automated a 7 tasks on this computer If this service is stopped Path to executable C WINDOWS System32 svchost exe k netsvcs Startup type
84. primary server 28 The Dbvisit software will be installed ON Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Dbvisit Dbvserver software has been installed Dbvserver provides the web interface to Dbvisit The Dbvserver Windows service will now be created and started a ie 29 The Dbvserver Windows service will be created The current Windows account password is needed to start the service Please enter the password when requested Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 41 Dbvisit t C Program Files x86 Dbvisit dbvserver bin dbvisit_install_win32 exe Finding status of Dhbuserver Status is 50 Service status is unknown or does not exist Service 568 The specified service does not exist as an installed service Set Log On As Service Local Security Policy Service As Logon permission has been granted to user oracle return Creating service Dbuyserver service_logon oracle Please enter password for Windows Account oracle please re enter password Service Dbyvserver successfully added Service Dbuyserver created lt Service Dbuserver is starting Waiting for 5 seconds for service to start Service state start pending is pending another 36 seconds
85. recommended to setup secure shell However if remote shell is preferred please see Appendix B Configure remote shell rsh To configure SSH without using a password or passphrase the utility ssh keygen Is run You have to create a RSA authentication key to be able to log into a remote site from your account This should be done as the Dbvisit Standby software owner never as root Important Ensure the home directories cd HOME of the accounts on the primary and standby servers have the following permissions foracle avisit0O1 ls al drwxr xr x 40 oracle dba 4096 Sep 17 02 46 If the permissions are 775 or 777 then ssh may keep asking for a password Change permission with chmod 755 1 On the primary server as Dbvisit Standby software owner do not enter passphrase oracle avisit01 ssh keygen Generating public private dsa key pair Enter file in which to save the key oracle orabase ssh id_dsa Enter passphrase empty for no passphrase Enter same passphrase again Your identification has been saved in oracle orabase ssh id_ dsa Your public key has been saved in oracle orabase ssh id_ dsa pub The key fingerprint is 73 07 5 7c ee bd 62 7 f 0d 51 ed 8a c7 45 f 7 d9 oracle avisitOl In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server The public private key pair may either be dsa or rsa On some implementations of ssh you have to specify ssh keygen t dsa
86. restarted The complete installation and configuration for Windows is a 3 step process The steps are 1 Dbvisit Standby installation step1 Windows 2 Configure Dbvisit Standby step 2 Windows 3 Create Standby Database step 3 Windows Ensure all Installation Prerequisites are met before continuing with installation It is recommended that Dbvisit Standby is installed and run as the Oracle software windows user or account Windows special note RAC with Dbvisit Standby installation Dbvisit Standby for Windows includes the Bitvise SSH environment with public and private keys In order to configure this successfully for RAC to ensure all servers in the configuration can communicate to each other please follow these steps Assuming RAC has 2 nodes NodeA and NodeB 1 Install Dbvisit Standby on NodeA as per installation below including installing the Bitvise software and configuring SSH2 2 Install Dbvisit Standby on the standby server as per installation below including installing the Bitvise software and configuring SSH2 3 Install Dovisit Standby on NodeB as per installation including installing the Bitvise software and configuring SSH2 4 Do not install Dbvisit Standby on standby server again even though the Dbvisit Standby installer instructs to install Dbvisit Standby on the standby server 5 Copy all the keys from the ssh2 directory on NodeA to the same location on NodeB This overwrites all the ssh2 ke
87. see the Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM section for more information AMM primary server setup 31 Specify if you want to setup AMM on the primary server Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 55 Dbvisit gt ARCHSOURCE MANAGEMENT Do you want to setup archive log file management on the primary server This is used to manage the Oracle logs on the primary server Alerts when certain thresholds have been reached Can delete Oracle archives logs after a set number of days Can keep a constant number of Oracle archive logs on the system Values are Yes or no Yes Setup and use AMM on primary server No do not use AMM on primary server If you are not sure set to Yes Should Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module be used on primary server Yes gt Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module on primary server will used Yes Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 32 Specify the number of days to keep the Oracle archive log files on disk After this period they will be removed To disable this setting set to 0 gt DAYS TO KEEP ARCHSOURCE Please specify the number of days you want to keep the Oracle log files on the primary server After this t
88. server Oracle Production database is up and running For Oracle RAC ensure instance is running to install Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby uses email for alerting Dbvisit Standby comes with its own mail client The smtp server needs to be specified so that Dbvisit Standby knows where to send the emails to Sendmail can also be used for email In this case the smtp server is not required The same user that installed Oracle software should be used Although not strictly necessary The ORACLE BASE is only ensure that ORACLE_BASE is used by Dbvisit Standby during The location of the Oracle software is called the ORACLE HOME In Dbvisit Standby this variable is also called ORACLE_HOME The location of the Oracle software is called the ORACLE HOME In Dbvisit Standby this variable is called ORACLE HOME DR Ensure database is in ARCHIVELOG mode To determine if database is in archive log mode run SQL command SQL gt archive log list Example output Database log mode Automatic archival Archive destination oracle oraarch dbvisitp Oldest online log sequence Archive Mode Enabled This user must have permission to logon to the database as sysdba The user should be a member of the Oracle DBA group usually dba or ora_dba Ensure that this user exists on the standby server as well smtp server is usually in the format mail lt your companyname gt com Dpbvisit Standby Installatio
89. software page 109 Primary Database Information Dbvisit gt i Dbvisit Standby Create Standby Database y lt Database Name Oracle Version Size Transfer ETA d112f 11 20 15 3 70GB 5 minutes Direct Copy File Compression Filesystem Folder Auto Creation Copy database content directly to standby server Yes O No Use SSH compression on database files during transfer Yes O No Dbvisit Standby can create any missing directories on the standby server such as temporary folders or location parameters in the pfile for you automatically If this option is set then Dbvisit will create missing directories under its current user ID which might or might not be sufficient to fulfil the task If you choose to not to have these directories auto created then it is up to you to verify that the provided directories exist and that they are accessible by the oracle user If unsure select auto creation Yes O No 6 Provide the temporary locations for the primary and standby servers if required Temp Location Primary Temp Location Standby Temporary directory on primary server usr tmp Temporary directory on standby server 7 The standby database parameters can be edited Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a w
90. specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 289 Dbvisit Appendix D Creating a standby database Windows A standby database is a special copy of the primary database Once created Dbvisit Standby can be used to automatically keep the standby database up to date with the primary database Dbvisit Standby can automatically create the standby database but in some cases it may be desirable to manually create the standby database These steps show two different methods for manually creating the standby database Please choose one method Creating a standby database using Rman Oracle s Rman can be used to create a standby database without shutting down the primary database You do not need to create an Rman catalog The easiest way to use Rman is to create the backup on disk However this requires significant free space if your database is very large It is also possible to save the backup to tape In this case you would need a tape or media manager as part of your Rman configuration On some systems it may be possible to use an external Hard Disk through USB to backup the database and then use this disk to restore the database on the standby server Example This example backs up the database to disk Preliminary steps 1 Setup the same Windows user accounts Oracle software owner and groups dba on the standby se
91. standby controlfile from the temporary location Make sure the names of the controlfile s stay the same Example if the existing controlfiles were named control01 ctl and control02 ctl replace the existing controlfiles with the new standby controlfile created in step Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 288 Dbvisit 8 above and make sure that new standby controlfiles are named control01 ctl and controlO2 ctl 13 Set the correct Oracle environment on Linux and Unix with the oraenv command 14 Start sqlplus sqlplus nolog SQL gt connect as sysdba SQL gt startup nomount SQL gt alter database mount standby database SQL gt recover standby database Specify log lt RET gt suggested filename AUTO CANCEL 15 Apply archives until there are no more archives to be applied 16 Standby database is now complete The standby database is in mount standby mode which is correct for Dbvisit Standby to continue For reference the commands to start a standby database are SQL gt startup nomount SQL gt alter database mount standby database Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as
92. standby server The following methods have been found on this server 1 C Program Files Bitvise Tunnelier sexec exe 2 Enter own method Please enter choice 1 13 Compress method This determines if the archive log files will be compressed before transferring to the standby server and how they are compressed The following options are available I Dbvisit Standby internal compression This uses the zlib compression library Dbvisit Standby will compress the archives on disk first before transferring to the standby server This will leave the files on the server in a compressed state li SSH compression This uses the zlib compression library to compress the files as they are being transferred to the standby server This option is only available if SSH secure shell is being used for the transfer method This will leave the files uncompressed on the server iii No compression This turns compression off Use this option if the network speed is sufficiently fast to transfer uncompressed archive log files and disk space is sufficient to hold uncompressed files lf you are unsure choose Dbvisit internal compression gt COMPRESS Please enter compression method Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation
93. standby servers Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 178 Dbvisit Email notification Email notification is an integral part of Dbvisit Standby If for any reason Dbvisit Standby has failed to transfer or apply an archive after the set threshold has been reached an email alert will be sent If any other error occurs an email will also be send Daily scheduler heartbeat message A heartbeat email will be sent each new day This is to ensure that the emailing functionality in Dbvisit is operating normally The variable SEND_ HEARTBEAT_TIME24 in the Dbvisit Database Configuration DDC file specifies what time the email will be sent The time is in 24 hour format and should be between 0000 and 2359 hours If this variable is not specified then an email will be sent at the beginning of each day Example SEND HEARTBEAT TIME24 Q700 Multiple times can be specified separated by semicolon To send a heartbeat message three times a day 7am 1pm and 6 pm specify SEND HEARTBEAT TIME24 07001130071800 Dbvisit will not necessary send an email at the exact time specified Dbvisit will only send the heartbeat email when it is executed Example If SEND HEARTBEAT_TIME24 1400 but Dbvisit is not execu
94. the dedicated connection mode The dedicated connection mode initiates a database connection each time information is requested from the database The connection is closed after each request Shared A database connection is opened once at the start of Dbvisit Standby This connection is used shared for all information requested from the database At the end of Dbvisit Standby processing the connection is closed Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 253 Dbvisit If the time taken to establish a database connection is too long Dbvisit Standby may be optimised to improve performance by setting DB_ CONNECTION MODE shared The connection to the database is then only made once If you are not sure set to dedicated Example DB CONNECTION MODE shared DB CONNECTION MODE_DR Determines the type of connection Dbvisit Standby makes to the database on the standby server Values are dedicated or shared Dedicated is the default Dedicated By default Dbvisit Standby connects with the dedicated connection mode The dedicated connection mode initiates a database connection each time information is requested from the database The connection is closed after each request Share
95. the subsequent checkpoints For example If Graceful Switchover failed at checkpoint 8 on the primary and standby server then only the checkpoint action for checkpoint 8 needs to be performed on both the primary and the standby server oe Rollback or roll forward action Primary Database is still primary database No rollback needs to be performed Primary database is not affected Standby 1 Database is still standby database No rollback needs to be performed Standby database is not affected Primary 2 Database is still primary database No rollback needs to be performed Primary database is not affected Standby 2 Database is still standby database No rollback needs to be performed Standby database is not affected Primary Database is still primary database Primary database is not open Rollback action Please restart primary database in normal mode dbv oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Sony Database is still standby database No rollback needs to be performed Standby database is not affected all Database is still primary database Primary database is in restricted mode Rollback action Please restart primary database in normal mode aby OrasStartstop restart lt DDC gt Standby Database is still standby database Standby database has been shutdown or started NOMOUNT Rollback action Please restart standby database dbv oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Primary 5 Database is still primary database Primary database is no
96. the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 229 Dbvisit Uninstalling Dbvisit Standby To uninstall Dbvisit Standby there are 2 operations necessary 1 Uninstalling the Dbvisit Standby database repository DDR from the Oracle database 2 Uninstalling the Dbvisit software and associated software All Dbvisit software is installed under the main Dbvisit directory There are no shared dil or libraries installed in other locations except in temporary locations The complete process is as follows 1 El Run the Dbvisit Standby setup utility on the primary server only dbvisit setup 2 El For uninstall Dbvisit Standby database repository DDR choose option 9 Dbvisit Standby Database technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup New Dbvisit Database repository DDR setup Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Standby Database Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository Please enter choice This must be done separately for every database that uses Dbvisit Standby 3 Home gt Setup gt Uninstall Click on Uninstal
97. the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 25 Dbvisit 28 The new DDC file will now be created The old DDC file will be renamed gt Writing Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file c program files dbvisit dbv wl2p0n env already exists Are you sure you want to override a backup copy will be make lt Yes No gt Yes gt Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file usr local dbvisit standby dbv_wl20n env updated Please press lt Enter gt to continue 29 The main menu will be displayed again 30 Choose option 5 Manage Dbvisit Standby Database repository DDR 31 Choose option 3 Check version of Dbvisit Standby Database repository DDR Upgrade Dbvisit Database repository DDR Downgrade Dbvisit Database repository DDR Check version of Dbvisit Database repository DDR Return to main menu 32 Choose for which database the check applies gt Checking Dbvisit Database repository DDR version For which database do you want to check the Dbvisit Database repository version The following Oracle database s have a Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file on this server SID wl20n Return to menu Please enter choice 1 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes Yes Where w120n is the database to be upgraded 33 Dbvisit Standby will now indicate if the DDR is up
98. the primary database Roll forward action 1 Add database tempfile location of tempfile script will be shown if needed 2 Archives may need to be compressed uncompressed not essential Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the command SQ L gt alter system set db recovery file dest xxxxx scope both Primary Primary Database has been converted to standby database Roll forward action 1 Archives may need to be compressed uncompressed not essential Standby Database has been converted to the primary database Roll forward action 1 Archives may need to be compressed uncompressed not essential Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the following command SQL gt alter system set db recovery file dest xxxxx scope both Primary Database has been converted to standby database Roll forward action No further roll forward action required Standby Database has been converted to the primary database Roll forward action No further roll forward action required Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the penis command SQ L gt alter system set db recovery file dest xxxxx scope both Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Standby Installation Guide and
99. the primary host 11 Only if ORACLE HOME is changed If the ORACLE HOME is set in the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file then update the DDC file to the new ORACLE_HOME If the ORACLE HOME is not set in the DDC file then Dbvisit Standby will automatically pick up the new ORACLE HOME Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 228 Dbvisit 12 Run Dbvisit Standby manually on the primary server This will force a log switch and will verify if archiving is working successfully 6 dbvisit lt DDC gt 13 Start all listeners and agents on primary and standby servers 14 Verify that the patch or upgrade has been successful on the primary server 15 Start the standby database on the standby server with command dbv oraStartStop start lt DDC gt 16 Run Dbvisit Standby manually on the standby server This will apply the log and changes from the primary database dbvisit lt DDC gt 17 Restart the Dbvisit Standby schedule on both the primary and standby servers This approach has been taken from Metalink document 187242 1 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out
100. the transfer method This will leave the files uncompressed on the server Set UNCOMPRESS ssh for ssh uncompression This turns compression off If compression is turned off Dbvisit Standby will still recognize if a file is compressed and uncompress the file using the Dbvisit Standby internal method Set UNCOMPRESS No for no uncompression Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 244 ZIP_EXTENSION SEND_HEARTBEAT_TIME24 PATH ORACLE_HOME RAC Settings Dbvisit Unix Linux For Unix and Linux and alternate external compression method like gzip or compress can also be specified Examples COMPRESS bin gzip COMPRESS usr bin compress NOTE It is recommended to disable any other compression routines used to compress the Oracle archive log files If unsure set uncompression method to Dbvisit Standby internal compression Example UNCOMPRESS dbvisit Note The UNCOMPRESS method must match the COMPRESS method The extension of the compressed file This depends on the compression method used In most cases this is either gz for gzip and Dbv
101. to 80 Threshold for log file management is 80 gt Threshold for log file management will be 80 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 40 Please specify if archive log files should be deleted once the threshold on the primary server is reached gt DELETE ARCHDEST Please specify if archive log files should be deleted once the threshold THRESHOLD ARCHDEST on the standby server is reached Once the percentage threshold is reached oldest archive log files are deleted first The log files WILL have been applied to the standby database There is no verification that these log files have been backed up Values are Yes or No Yes Let Dbvisit delete archive log files once percentage threshold is met Dbvisit will only alert once percentage threshold no log files will be deleted Should Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module delete log files once percentage threshold is met No gt Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module will delete log files once percentage threshold is met No Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 93 A Review settings The main setup for the database is now complete All settings will be shown not just
102. to date Database wl20n is up Dbvisit Database repository DDR version 5 7 Dbvisit software version 5 7 Dbvisit Database repository DDR up to date No need to upgrade Please press lt Enter gt to continue 34 If Dovisit Standby indicates that the DDR should be upgraded then choose option 1 to upgrade 35 Return to the main menu 36 Execute any other steps that the update process may indicate 3 Repeat upgrade of DDC and DDR for all databases on this primary server 38 Once the main menu is displayed again choose e to exit out of main menu Completing the upgrade 39 Repeat above steps on all i primary servers including RAC nodes li standby server or secondary server However the DDC and DDR does not need to be upgraded on the standby servers Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 26 Dbvisit 40 Run Dbvisit Standby manually on the primary and standby server to ensure correct functionality Through the command line interface CLI El dbvisit lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvis
103. to install Dbvisit Standby is the same account that installed the Oracle software it also must be the same account as used on the primary server Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 39 ON Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Current Windows account logged on is orade This should be the same Windows account that installed Orade The same account name must be used to install Dbvisit Standby on the primary and standby server NOTE for Windows 2008 and Windows 7 User Account Control UAC may need to be turned off for both accounts L o oe DATABASE TECHNOLOGY 23 The components to install can be chosen By default all components should be chosen Dbvisit Standby is bundled with Bitvise WinSSHD and Bitvise Tunnelier software to securely transfer the database updates to the standby server If an alternative SSH secure shell method is already installed then this can be used W Dbyvisit Standby Standby database Technology h Choose Components Dbvisit Choose which Features of Dbyisit you want to install 24 Choose the install location for Dbvisit Standby Nullsoft Install System v2 46 Check the components you want to install and uncheck the components
104. try again or Ignore to skip this file penp imere 11 The Dbvisit Dbvserver software has been installed OD Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Dbvisit Dbvserver software has been installed Dbvserver provides the web interface to Dbvisit N The Dbvserver Windows service will now be created and started Te Jw 12 The Dbvisit Dovserver Windows service will be re created The current Windows account password is needed to start the service cs C Program Files x86 Dbvisit dbvserver bin dbvisit_install_win32 exe C Program Files x86 gt Dbvisit dbuserverd exe exists Finding status of Dhbuserver Status is 50 Service status his unknown or does not exist Service 58 The specified service does not exist as an installed service Set Log On As Service Local Security Policy Service As Logon permission has been granted to user oracle return Creating service Dbuserver service_logon oracle Please enter password for Windows Account oracle please re enter password 13 The Dbvisit Dovserver Windows service has been created and started as Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technolo EG Dbvserver service created and started successfully 14 Only displayed on the primary server Please answer Yes to Do you want to configure Dbvisit Standby through a browser ON Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Do you want to configure Dbvisit Standby through a br
105. under the Dbvisit Standby directory is secured by only allowing administrators access to this directory fais Dbvisit Standby Database Technology xi e WinSSHD configuration is now completed J gt Please ensure you have port 22 open Please also ensure only administrators can access directory C Program Files Dbvisit ssh2 41 The System Readiness check will be performed which test the connection between the standby and the primary server DS Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology System Readiness check will be performed This will check the SSH Bitvise WinSSHD and Tunnelier network connection to the primary server 42 Enter the details to connect to the primary server to complete the test Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 43 Dbvisit ce Bitvise SFTP Client miel x Please enter the name of the remote primary server windev 1 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes Please enter install directory of Dbvisit on remote primary server windev 1 C Program Files dbvisit 1 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes Please enter ssh port 22 10022 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes Remote primary server windev 1 Dbvisit Standby location on local server C
106. usual location is ORACLE_BASE admin ORACLE_SID dbvisit Example LOGDIR_DR C oracle product 10 2 0 admin w102n dbvisit ARCHDEST Directory for archive log files on standby server This is where Dbvisit Standby will place the log files Note this does not have to be the same location as the log_archive_dest or log_archive_dest_ lt n gt parameter in the database If using ASM for the primary database this will also be the directory on the primary server where Dbvisit Standby will extract the ASM archive log files to before shipping them to the standby server In case of the primary ASM database this directory should be created on the primary server If you need to use a location to temporary copy archives different from the location on the standby server specified by ARCHDEST you may specify a different location using ARCHTMP Please ensure this directory is not used for any other files other than archive log files for this specific database Example ARCHDEST oracle oraarch dbvisitp Where dbvisitp is the name of the database MAX_TIMES_ TRIED Specifies the number of times that Dbvisit Standby should attempt to apply the missing log file before raising an error Note this number is also used to raise an error if Dovisit Standby cannot be started in case a previous scheduled Dbvisit Standby is still running Ensure that this number is not too low and not too high If you are unsure set to 4 Example MAX_TIMES_TRIED 4
107. will be shown if needed Archives may need to be compressed uncompressed not essential Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the following command T SOL gt alter system set db recovery file dest xxxxx scope both Primary 14 Database has been converted to standby database Roll forward action 1 Update DDC file dov_ lt DDC gt env with command dbv_oraStartStop update ddc file lt DDC gt Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 206 Dbvisit Standby Database has been converted to the primary database Roll forward action 1 Update DDC file dbv_ lt DDC gt env with command dbv_oraStartStop update ddc file lt DDC gt 2 Add database tempfile location of tempfile script will be shown if needed 3 Archives may need to be compressed uncompressed not essential Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the following command SQ L gt alter system set db recovery file dest xxxxx scope both Database has been converted to TT database Roll forward action 1 Archives may need to be compressed uncompressed not essential Standby Database has been converted to
108. wl02n env to host win2003se 02 dbv w102n env Transferring dbv ORACLE SID env to host win2003se 02 dbv ORACLE SID env Contacting Standby Database wl02n on win2003se 02 Last standby sequence obtained 20 Log file s for wl02n will be transferred from win2003se 01 to win2003se 02 Transferring Ol MF 1 23 380BXLVT_ ARC gz to host win2003se 02 01 MF 1 23 380BALVT ARC gz Transferring Ol MF 1 24 380COPF5 ARC gz to host win2003se 02 01 MF 1 24 380C0PF5 ARC gz Transferring Ol MF 1 25 3022 53 ARC gz to host win2003se 02 01 MF 1 25 38227783X ARC gz 3 Log transfer s to win2003se 02 for wl02n completed Last sequence was 25 Starting Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM Number to keep 0 Days to keep 7 Diskspace full threshold 80 Total number of archive files Number of files deleted Current Disk percent full Where w102n is the name of the database Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Default from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Jot i Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Default Run Close Notes a The first time that Dbvisit Standby executes the Dbvisit Standby installation and configuration files will be copied over to the standby server This is equivalent to runni
109. 02 dbvisit_ setup Transferring dbv oraStartStop to host win2003se 02 dbv oraStartSsStop Transferring dbv wl02n env to host win2003se 02 dbv w102n env Transferring dbv ORACLE SID env to host win2003se 02 dbv ORACLE SID env Contacting Standby Database wl02n on win2003se 02 Last standby sequence obtained 26 Log file s for wl02n will be transferred from win2003se 01 to win2003se 02 Ttansferring UL MF 1_ 26 3039226 ARCsG2 CO host winz00296 02 01 MF L 26 3039226 ARC 0Z Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 119 Transferring Ol MP 1 27 363903YR ARC gz Transferring 01 MF 1 28 3839JCMK sARC gz Transferring Ol MF 1 29 3839O0YTC ARC gz Transferring Ol MF 1 30 3838NWTC ARC gz 200901271134 5 Log transfer s Last sequence was 30 to to to to Starting Dbvisit Archive Management Module Dbvisit Archive Management Module Number to keep 0 Days to keep Total number of archive files Number of files deleted Current Disk percent full AMM 7 13 host host host host to win2003se 02 Diskspace Dbvisit win2003se 02 01 MF 1 27 3839D3YR ARC gz win2003se 02 01 MF 1 28 3839JCMK ARC gz win2003se 02 01 MF 1 29 38390OYTC_ ARC gz win2003se 02 01 MF 1 30 3838NWTC_
110. 02n Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbvisit exe started on win2003se 01 Performing Oracle Checkpoint Waiting for 3 seconds for checkpoint completion Checking Dbvisit installation differences between win2003se 01 and win2003se 02 No Dbvisit installation differences found between win2003se 01 and win2003se 02 Log file s for wl02n will be transferred from win2003se 01 to win2003se 02 Transferring OL MF 1 27 3839D3YR_ ARC gz to host win2003se 02 01 MF 1 27 3839D3YR_ ARC gz 1 Log transfer s to win2003se 02 for wl02n completed Last sequence was 27 Starting Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM Number to keep 0 Days to keep 7 Diskspace full threshold 80 Total number of archive files 10 Number of files deleted Current Disk percent full Where w102n is the name of the database L For example Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive jor Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Default Run Close Dbvisit Standby Database Technology 6 0 02 6231 pid 9190 dbvisit started on dbvisit51 Wed May 11 01 20 44 2011 Checking Dbvisit Standby configurational differences between dbvisit51 and dbvisit53 No Dbvisit Standby configurational differences found between dbvisit51 and dbvisit53 Log file s for w112g will be transferred from dbvisit51 to dbvisit53 Transferring 01_m
111. 11281649 Remote spfile oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db_ 1 dbs spfiledbv1lx102 ora deleted Spfile created on the remote server Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited piece piece piece piece piece piece Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 154 Dbvisit Restoring standby control files Starting Standby Database dbv1lx102 Standby Database dbvlx102 started nomount Standby database dbv1x102 on dbvisit32 startup nomount Shutting down standby database on dbvisit32 Standby database dbv1lx102 on dbvisit32 shutdown Standby control files restored Starting Standby Database dbvlx102 Standby Database dbv1x102 started Standby database dbv1lx102 on dbvisit32 mounted Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 1 77 1 Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 1 78 1 Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 2 79 1 Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 3 80 1 Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 4 811 Catalog backup pisce uszr tmp tmp2 dbv dbvixl02 dbf 5 g2 1 Restoring datafile l Restoring datafile Restoring datafile Restoring datafile Restoring datafile Tempfiles renamed Performing Oracle Checkpoint Waiting 3
112. 2 in joracle orabase product 10 2 0 db 1 bin oracle Total database size for dbvlx1l02 is 995MB What would you like to do Create standby database and optionally save settings in template Restart the uncompleted creation of standby database Create standby database using existing template previously saved Help 5 Terminate processing Please enter your choice 2 3 Starting creation of standby database 5 You can view the contents of the existing template before using it to create a standby database What would you like to do 1 Create standby database using existing saved template 2 View content of existing saved template 3 Return to the previous menu Please enter your choice 1 2 6 You can view the contents of the existing template before using it to create a standby database 7 8 9 1 0 A GENERAL SETTINGS Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 156 12 13 14 15 T6 17 19 19 20 21a 22 23 24 ZO ZO 27 28 29 30 Sis 32a 33a 34 30 s 36 37 38 Dice 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Sls Deu 53 54 55 56 Sla 58 59 60 ols 62 03a 64 O s 66 67 68 69 70 lis Tr T3 74 7
113. 20 To update the Dbvisit Database Repository DDR file go to Home gt Setup gt Update Dbvisit gt Manage Dbvisit Repository gt select Database from drop down menu and click Check Dbvisit Repository Dbvisit Standby Manage Repository KK Action to be hare Check Dbvisit Repository Dbvisit Database repository DDR version 5 7 Dbvisit software version 5 7 Dbvisit Database repository DDR up to date No need to upgrade Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 24 Dbvisit 21 If the DDR needs to be upgraded select Upgrade Dbvisit Repository 22 Repeat upgrade of DDC and DDR for all databases on this primary server 23 Installation and upgrade complete Please continue to Completing the upgrade below Alternative command line interface CLI If it is not possible to access Dbvisit Standby through a browser the command line interface CLI can also be used to upgrade the Dbvisit configurations 24 Answer Yes to Do you want to configure and setup Dbvisit Standby through the command line wizard Ob Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Do you want to configure and setup Dbvisit Standby through the command line wizard Lives J 25 The Dbvisit St
114. 29 N Dbvisit to be upgraded This can be done through the command line interface CLI indicated by El or web based interface GUI indicated by 12 Start browser and specify the URL given Note the port number 0 00 aj gt http 221 48 62 132 8081 13 The Dbvisit Standby login screen will be displayed The default username password is admin admin Dbvisit Standby Login dbvisit51 a User admin Login 14 To update the Dbvisit Database Configuration DDC file go to Home gt Setup gt Update Dbvisit gt Update Configuration gt select Database from drop down menu and click Save Configuration Databases Please specify the Oracle database to work with w112g gt Dbvisit Standby Update Configuration P Parameter Value Details ADD_DATAFILE Yes ADMINS dba mycompany com APPLY_DELAY_LAG MINUTES 0 ARCHDEST oracle oraarch w1i2g ARCHDEST_MANAGEMENT Yes 15 To update the Dbvisit Database Repository DDR file go to Home gt Setup gt Update Dbvisit gt Manage Dbvisit Repository gt select Database from drop down menu and click Check Dbvisit Repository Dbvisit Standby Manage Repository 3 Action to be taken Check Dbvisit Repository 4 Dbvisit Database repository DDR version 5 7 Dbvisit software version 5 7 Dbvisit Database repository DDR up to date No need to upgrade 16 If the DDR needs to be upgraded select Upgrade Dbvisit Repository 17 Repeat upgrade of DDC and DDR for all databases on
115. 30527 Log seq 3392 applied to standby database dbvisitp Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server 3 Enable the scheduling of Dbvisit Standby on both the primary and standby server to keep the standby database up to date during the switchover period Batch mode To run the Graceful Switchover in batch mode without having to enter the unique key interactively the unique key can be specified on the command line The unique key can be any number that uniquely identifies the Graceful Switchover processing and that has not been used before The same key must be used on the primary and the standby server To run in batch mode 1 On the primary server dbv_oraStartStop switchover dbvisitp 6678 Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server 2 On the standby server dbv_oraStartStop switchover dbvisitp 6678 Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 192 Dbvisit Reversing Graceful Switchover back to original state To reverse the switchover so that the
116. 5 76 Tbs 78 79 80 81 82 Bu 84 QDs 86 Dbvisit TEMPLATE ID 1 DDC FILE dbvlx102 SOURCE HOST dbvisit31 DESTINATION HOST dbvisit2 STANDBY ASM Y COPY DATAFILES DIRECTLY N COMPRESS DATAFILES Y USE TRANSPORTABLE MEDIA N PRIMARY TEMP LOCATION usr tmp tmp1 STANDBY TEMP LOCATION usr tmp tmp2 STOP POINT SET N CREATE DIRECTORIES AUTO Y CREATED ON 28 11 2011 10 04 27 audit file dest oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 adump background dump dest oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 bdump compatible 10 2 0 1 0 control files ARCHIVELOGS dbv1x102 control0l1 ctl DATA dbv1x102 control02 ctl ONLINELOGS dbv1x102 control103 ctl core dump dest oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 cdump db block size 8192 db create file dest DATA db create online log dest 1 ARCHIVELOGS db create online log dest 2 ARCHIVELOGS db file multiblock read count 16 db name dbv1x102 db recovery file dest DATA db recovery file dest size 2147483648 dispatchers PROTOCOL TCP SERVICE dbv1x102XDB job queue processes 10 Tog archive dest 1 LOCATION DATA log archive dest 2 LOCATION oracle oraarch dbv1x102 log archive format st s sr dbf log archive start TRUE log file name convert ARCHIVELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog ARCHIVELOGS DBVLX102 onlinelog tONLINELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog ARCHIVELOGS DBVLX102 onlinelog Open Cursors 300 pga aggregate target 16777216 processes 150 remote login passwordfile EXCLUSIVE sga target 167772160 spfile defau
117. AC nNOdeS ccccceccceeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseetaess 80 Configure Dbvisit Standby step 3 LINUX UNIX cece ccee cence eneeeneeeeseneeeeeeneseneeenees 82 Configurator O16 elo ja ee eee ene en ne ce ee ee 83 RAG Cl ONIIIG IN aap E O E E oacentnadtceiatuanondanies 83 Sandy Serner SE UU Dt carnncarassacevnnenvenncaeresunesersaanaincnapiannccaaunedatesparanumamnemneauesedestragneaansnaes 88 SOV ESS ess ee eee ene ee 90 Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM setuD ccccceceeeeeeees 91 PREVIOW SOUINGS 2c sscscrcasdnsccpnccdsnctsaseteececdsicnsnessnanseucesabedvereseonatededosiassenasecsnsenteqsdcstesensescries 94 Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC fil ec ceccceecceeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeaes 95 Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR SetuUD cee cecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeeaes 95 Dbvisit Standby setup completed for CLI ce cecceccseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeaeeeeseteeeseeeaees 96 Primary server or primary RAC node setup for GUI cece ceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeteeeseeenees 97 Dbvisit Standby setup completed for GUI 00 0 ccc ccccceceseeeeeeseeeneeeeeeteeeseeeeeeaeeteeees 101 Create Standby Database step 4 LINUX UNIX eee eeeee ence ene eeeeeneseneeeneeeeees 102 Dbvisit Standby standby database creation Methods cccccecceecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 102 Standby database spfile pfile 2 0 ec ccecc cece eeeceeeteeeeseceeeceeeseese
118. AFTER having being transferred If you are not sure set to Yes Example LEAVE COMPRESS _ SOURCE Yes SYNCH_DBVISIT_INSTALL Specifies whether the Dbvisit Standby software and configuration files should automatically be checked and differences synchronized between primary server and standby server every time Dbvisit Standby executes If network connection to your standby server is slow or through the internet consider turning this off If turned off No then the Dbvisit Standby installation can be manually synchronised with command dbvisit c lt DDC gt Values are Yes or No Yes Test and synchronise differences No Do NOT test and synchronise differences If you are not sure set to Yes Example SYNCH_DBVISIT_INSTALL Yes Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 247 oN Dbvisit re Also see setting SYNCH _ENV_FILE_ONLY LOGSWITCH Determines if a database log switch should be performed every time Dbvisit Standby executes A database log switch archives the current redo log Values are Yes No or Ignore No Dbvisit Standby will perform a database log switch ONLY when there are no new archive logs to transfer Yes Dbvisit Standby will perform a database log switch every time
119. ARC gz for wl02n completed AMM full threshold 80 Where w102n is the name of the database H Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Resynchronize from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Run Action database features Resynchronize Run Close i Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced 7 To determine the archive log gap and the transfer log gap run Dbvisit Standby with the Inspect option B dbvisit i lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration This produces the Dbvisit Standby log gap report For more information please see the Dbvisit Standby log gap report section For example dbvisit i wl02n Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbvisit exe started on win2003se 01 Contacting Standby Database wl02n on win2003se 02 Last standby sequence obtained 26 Dbvisit report Standby Primary Primary Dbvisit at at at database on win2003se 02 is database on win2003se 01 is database on win2003se 01 is last transfer log sequence Archive log gap 2 Transfer log gap seq
120. ASM Alias name format was introduced ASM Aliases are essentially in hierarchical directory format similar to the file system hierarchy Alias names specify a disk group name but instead of a file and incarnation number a user friendly string name is used Alias ASM filenames otherwise known as aliases can be used both for referencing existing ASM files and for creating new ASM files Alias names start with the disk group name preceded by a plus sign after which you specify a name string of your choosing Alias filenames are implemented using a hierarchical directory structure with the slash or backslash character separating name components You can create an alias in any system generated or user created ASM directory You cannot create an alias at the root level however When you create an ASM file with an alias filename the file is created with a fully qualified name and the alias filename is additionally created You can then access the file with either name Alias ASM filenames are distinguished from fully qualified or numeric names because they do not end in a dotted pair of numbers An example of ASM alias for the fully qualified filename above is Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit softwar
121. Avisit Products Dbvisit Development dbvisit standby dbvisit database name Once Dbvisit has been tested schedule Dbvisit on primary and standby servers using windows Scheduled Task or other scheduling tool Please press lt Enter gt to continue 12 The standby database has been created The Dbvisit Standby setup menu will be redisplayed Dbvisit Standby Database Technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Standby Database Technology 6 0 16 7841 http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Dbvisit Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New Dbvisit RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 72 Dbvisit New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup New Dbvisit Database repository DDR setup Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Standby Database and template Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository Please enter choice 13 Exit out of the main menu and run Dbvisit Standby as normal 14 Dbvisit Standby can now be run on completion of the s
122. CDUMP db block size 8192 db file multiblock read count 16 db name wl20n db recovery Tile dest size 2621440000 dispatchers PROTOCOL TCP SERVICE w120nXDB job queue processes 10 log archive dest 1 LOCATION C oracle oraarch w120n log archive format ARC _ SORACLE SID S GR T Open Cursors 300 pga_aggregate target 155189248 processes 50 remote login passwordfile EXCLUSIVE sessions 60 sga target 469762048 spfile OS default standby file management AUTO undo management AUTO undo tablespace UNDOTBS1 user dump dest C ORACLE ADMIN W120N UDUMP What would you like to do 1 Proceed with creating the standby database 2 Edit oracle database parameters for the standby database pfile spfile 3 Terminate processing Please enter your choice 1 Validating oracle database parameters please wait SUCCEEDED Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 0 Dbvisit 9 It is possible to specify the locations of standby datafiles redo logs and tempfiles different as primary or alternatively keep the same structure for the standby database as primary Primary database contains non OMF datafiles and or tempfiles To create non OMF standby datafiles and or tempfiles Dbvisit requires
123. CKUP BACKUP BACKUP COMPRESS COMPRESS COMPRESS COMPRESS COMPRESS COMPRESS TRANSFER TRANSFER TRANSFER TRANSFER TRANSFER TRANSFER UNCOMPRESS UNCOMPRESS UNCOMPRESS UNCOMPRESS UNCOMPRESS UNCOMPRESS RESTORE RESTORE RESTORE RESTORE RESTORE usr tmp tmpl dbv dbvlx102 dbf 1 77 1 lt jasr tmp tmpl dbv dbvixl02 dbi 1 78 1 usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 2 79 1 usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 3 80 1 jusr tmp tmpl dbv dbvixl02 dbf 4 81 1 jasr tmp tmp dbv dbvixl02 dbr 5 82 1 usr tmp tmp1 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 77 1 usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 1 78 1 usr imp tmpl dby_dbvixl02 dbi 2 79 I usr tmp tmp1 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 3 50 1 jasr timp tmpl dby dbovixl02 dbf 4 g1 1 usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 5 82 1 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 77 1 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 1 78 1 usr tmp tmp2 dby dbvlx102 dbf 2 79 1 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 3 80 1 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 4 81 1 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 5 82 1 1 Restart the uncompleted creation of standby database 2 View status of the uncompleted creation of standby database 3 Please enter your choice Return to the previous menu rel 1 Dbvisit 6 The setup will restart the standby database creation process where it has been left by the previous uncompleted setup and continue till completion Creating standby database Compressing usr tmp tmpl1 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 2 79 1l piece Compressing usr tmp
124. Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration This produces the Dbvisit Standby log gap report For example dbvisit i wl02n Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbvisit exe started on win2003se 01 Contacting Standby Database wl02n on win2003se 02 Last standby sequence obtained 26 Dbvisit report Standby database on win2003se 02 is sequence 26 Primary database on win2003se 01 is log sequence 29 Primary database on win2003se 01 is archived log sequence Dbvisit last transfer log sequence Archive log gap 2 Transfer log gap Where w102n is the name of the database Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Default from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Log Gap Report Run Close stanapy aatabase on WINZUUS UZ IS at Sequence ZUD58 Primary database on WIN2008 01 is at log sequence 2218 Primary database on WIN2008 01 is at archived log sequence 2217 Dbvisit Standby last transfer log sequence 2216 Dbvisit Standby last transfer at 201105151940 Archive log gap for w112b 159 Transfer
125. D correctly or if Dbvisit Standby returns the following error Remaining authentication methods gssapi with mic password ERROR Session terminated on client s behalf SSH DISCONNECT NO MORE AUTH METHODS AVAILABLE no authentication methods available SSH user authentication failure Please follow instructions in Dbvisit user manual under Resolving Windows SSH configuration issues If that does not resolve the issue please contact Dbvisit support Dbvisit terminated Return code 103 On the standby server the following message may also be seen in the Windows Event viewer 030 WinSSHD 4 22 Session thread 4630 handling connection from 10 0 0 47 1637 Logon attempt 1 for user name oracle with logon method publickey failed Login permission denied by WinSSHD settings Please follow the following resolution steps to resolving SSH2 configuration issues Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 275 oN Dbvisit Resolution 1 WinSSHD account not set The WinSSHD account information may not have been loaded 1 On the standby or remote server 2 Open the WinSSHD control panel Start gt Programs gt Bitvise WinSSHD gt WinSSHD Control Panel 3 Choose Settings Tab and cl
126. D will now be installed in the background fas Dbvisit Standby Database Technology Bitvise WinSSHD will now be installed in C Program Files Bitvise WinSSHD Do you accept the Bitvise WinSSHD End User License Agreement The license can be viewed at http www bitvise com files WinSSHD EUL4 20051002 txt Bitvise WinSSHD installation completed WiINSSHD will now be started Bitvise Tunnelier Setup 14 Bitvise Tunnelier will now be installed in the background fas Dbvisit Standby Database Technology Bitvise Tunnelier will now be installed in C Program Files Bitvise Tunnelier Do you accept the Bitvise Tunnelier End User License Agreement The license can be viewed at http www bitvise com files Tunnelier EUL4 2005 1002 txt SSH2 Setup 16 SSH2 secure shell will now be configured Several background processes will start The processes will generate unique SSH private and public encryption keys These keys will be loaded into WinSSHD fas Dbvisit Standby Database Technolo EZ SHH2 Secure Shell will now be configured 17 WinSSHD will need to cache the windows password of the current user Note this is the password of the current user on the current server not the password of the standby server fas Dbvisit Standby Database Technology Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out t
127. DC file DDR Please enter choice 21 E Choose for which database the updated applies gt Updating Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file For which database do you want to update the Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file The following Oracle database s file on this server SID dbvisitp Return to menu Please enter choice Where dbvisitp is the database to be upgraded 22 8 Dbvisit Standby will give the option to Would you like to review all the variables have a Dbvisit Database configuration DDC review all the variables Choose No lt Yes No gt Yes 23 8 The new DDC file will now be created The old DDC file will be renamed gt Writing Dbvisit Database configuration Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file usr local dbvisit standby dbv_ dbvisitp env toO override a backup copy will be make gt Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file usr local dbvisit standby dbv dbvisitp env usr local dbvisit standby dbv dbvisitp env file gt Dbvisit Database configuration usr local dbvisit standby dbv_ dbvisitp env Please press lt Enter gt to continue DDC DDC lt Yes No gt file already exists Are you sure you want Yes renamed up to 200901230925 updated Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agre
128. Databases automatically Windows By default Windows services to start Oracle databases at boot time are enabled On the standby server the Window service will not start the standby database in the correct mode when the server is started or rebooted It is therefore recommended to set the Windows services of the databases on both the primary and standby servers to manual OracleServiceW120N Properties Local Computer fed Fa General Log On Recovery Dependencies Service name OracleServicew 120N Display name OracleS ervicew120N Description Kil Lal Path to executable c oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 bin ORACLE EXE Ww 120N Startup type Service status Started Stop Pause You can specify the start parameters that apply when you start the service from here Cancel Apply Note Dbvisit Standby does NOT start and stop listener agent or networking services Leave any Listener networking and agents services as they are Setting up Dbvisit Standby to start the database automatically It is recommended to use Dbvisit Standby to start the databases primary and standby automatically at boot time Dbvisit Standby will start the databases automatically and ensure that the primary and standby databases are started correctly This can be done using the following methods a Using Dbvserver Scheduler to start the databases automatically Please see Dbvserver Scheduler Autostart for more
129. Dbvisit THE SMART ALTERNATIVE REO a Dbvisit standby Oracle Standby Databases Installation Guide and User Manual for Microsoft Windows Unix and Linux Version 6 0 Dbvisit Software Limited Document version 6 0 11 www dbvisit com Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 1 Dbvisit Contents CONTENSO E E nuestra enneananepeeneetieanrsawesenaens 2 COV CIE INO erona eE EEEE E E E EE 7 Disclaimer Terms and Conditions cccccccececcecsccececnesececeeceseeceseecesnecusnscucosesensesenscssnsaees 7 PRTG NVC E E E E E E T CONIC E E E 7 IMPO INE NOCE canna E 8 INrOdUCON is incehesa satan sheuseseecs caadeseestcgaussandenosscaecoseadssacnnunvetuedeesiauatesecseecatsnsyeegede anaianehesaacenedas 9 AUTON e E N 9 Dbvisit Standby system requireMents cccccscceseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeceeseeneseeescnseenesenesenesseees 9 What is included in the Dbvisit Standby software for Windows cssseeeeeees 10 Glossary Ol OIS sorri ec ee cece eeeec sees eneesce ness eastesscecodenceee cect aancseceeseensseee 10 kl COMMANG Line Merna E ieser E ESE E Eaa 14 GU Graphical User INEM ACE s csicnsanedinsvarictnidconteaniunnsnaiaveneanisaakcntaareneeeaniansiiaseanedaniea 14
130. Dbvisit Standby step 2 Windows Once the Dbvisit Standby software is installed Dbvisit Standby can be configured or setup for a specific database and the standby database can be created Dbvisit Standby can be configured and run through a command line interface CLI or a web based interface GUI The CLI commands are indicated with a El and the web based or GUI commands are indicated with a EI Dbvisit Standby is configured for each database using a menu based command line setup utility This utility is called dbvisit_setup EI The following applies to configuring Dbvisit Standby for a specific database 1 dbvisit_setup only needs to be run on the primary server Not on the standby server 2 Dbvisit Standby will as much as possible determine the values for you The default values will be shown in square brackets If the default value is acceptable nothing needs to be entered just press return 3 After each entered variable a confirmation will be given to ensure it is correctly entered 4 At the end of the setup process an overview will be given for all variables entered and any variable entered incorrectly can be altered Dbvisit Standby is configured for each database using a web based menu Specify the address of the primary server in the URL with the correct port default 8081 0 00 lt gt http 221 48 62 132 8081 The following applies to configuring Dbvisit Standby GUI for a specific da
131. Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup New Dbvisit Database repository DDR setup Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Standby Database Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository DDR Please enter choice The Dbvisit Standby setup will begin It is recommended to do a quick setup Only the settings for the quick setup will be shown here Dbvisit Standby will choose defaults for the settings that are not displayed At the end of the setup all settings will be displayed for review gt Accept Defaults Would you like to do a quick setup Or would you like Dbvisit to prompt you for all settings and suggest defaults Values are Yes or No Yes Quick setup let Dbvisit choose defaults for settings that are not displayed No Dbvisit will prompt for all settings and suggest defaults All settings will be displayed at the end of the configuration for review Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 49 Dbvisit Quick se
132. Ensure the new file ssh authorized_keys has the correct permission oracle avisit01 chmod 600 authorized keys SSH is now setup and configured To test On the primary server oracle avisit01 ssh avisit03 ls al The authenticity of host avisit03 10 1 1 82 can t be established RSA key fingerprint is 40 bb ea 96 48 7d 22 fa 36 a6 8e e7 37 7c f4 d3 Are you sure you want to continue connecting yes no yes Warning Permanently added avisit03 10 1 1 82 RSA to the list of known hosts total 896 drwxr xr x 26 oracle dba 4096 Feb 27 18 49 drwxr xr x root root 4096 May 30 2006 oracle dba 2640 Feb 15 09 39 ICEauthority oracle dba 4096 May 21 2006 Trash oracle dba 120 Feb 15 09 39 Xauthority oracle dba 76 May 24 2006 alias oracle dba 16019 Jun 1 2006 Dash history In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server On the standby server oracle avisit03 ssh avisit0Ol ls al The authenticity of host avisitOl 10 1 1 81 can t be established RSA key fingerprint is 40 bb ea 96 48 7d 22 fa 36 a6 8e e7 37 7c f4 d3 Are you sure you want to continue connecting yes no yes Warning Permanently added avisit0O1 10 1 1 81 RSA to the list of known hosts total 896 drwxr xr x 26 oracle dba 4096 Feb 27 18 49 drwxr xr x root root 4096 May 30 2006 oracle dba 2640 Feb 15 09 39 ICEauthority oracle dba 4096 May 21 2006 Trash oracle dba 120 Feb 15 09 39 Xauthority oracle dba 76 M
133. It is not possible to run Dbvisit Standby using a Windows domain account on the primary server and on the standby server run Dbvisit Standby using a standalone Windows user account or vice versa This is a requirement of WinSSHD to establish a secure and trusted connection Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 280 Dbvisit lf the standby server is not part of the same domain as the primary server then the WinSSHD settings are a little different The account in WinSSHD on the standby server should then be a virtual account and group Please see _ hitp www bitvise com wug accounts for more information and http www dbvisit com forums showthread php p 2865 Resolution 5 Please contact Dbvisit support Before contacting Dbvisit support please ensure that you have followed above instructions carefully The configuration and setup of SSH has been tried and tested to work for Windows under many different circumstances All parameters must be set according to the instructions SSH configuration is very specific in its settings and any deviations may not work Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as sp
134. LAG_DR No SEND_HEARTBEAT Determines if a daily heart beat message is sent to ensure SEND HEARTBEAT DR Dbvisit Standby is still scheduled Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 257 LOGGING_LEVEL ARCH_ BUSY ARCH NOT THERE CHECKFOR_PREV_VERSION COMPARE_CHECKSUM Dbvisit Possible values Yes No Yes Dbvisit Standby sends daily heartbeat email No Dbvisit Standby will not send daily heartbeat email Warning If set to No you must have an alternative method to ensure Dbvisit Standby is processing is active SEND_HEARTBEAT is used for the primary server SEND _HEARTBEAT_DR is used for the standby server Default value Yes Example SEND _HEARTBEAT Yes SEND HEARTBEAT _DR No Determines the level of logging for the Dbvisit Standby log file Default value all The values are all All messages will be logged important Only important messages will be logged the following messages will NOT be logged Log not found on standby database Dbvisit Standby still running Dbvisit Standby pre processing completed Dbvisit Standby post processing completed Schedular heartbeat message sent Duplicate compressed file found Example LOGGING_LEVEL important Name of
135. Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 105 Dbvisit Is this correct lt Yes No gt gt Standby What would you like to do 1 Confirm standby location s are correct and continue 2 Provide different standby location s Please enter your choice 1 Primary database contains non OMF redo logs To create non OMF redo logs Dbvisit requires you to specify valid filesystem locations on the standby Review and confirm standby locations to create standby non OMF redo logs gt Standby oracle oradata dbvisitp gt oracle oradata dbvisitp What would you like to do 1 Confirm standby location s are correct and continue 2 Provide different standby location s Please enter your choice 1 2 Primary location oracle oradata dbvisitp Provide standby location oracle oradata dbvisitp5 Is this correct lt Yes No gt gt oracle oradata dbvisitp5 What would you like to do 1 Confirm standby location s are correct and continue 2 Provide different standby location s Please enter your choice 1 gt Create standby database template for dbvisitp using provided answers lt Yes No gt Yes 11 Provided answers can be stored as a template for future use re running creating of a standby database gt Create standby database temp
136. MM Finish in Dbvisit Standby Setup Back Next oo Destination Please enter the name of the standby server or standby database server Primary server is WIN2008 01 win2008 02 Oracle SID If the ORACLE _SID on the standby server is different than the Dest ORACLE_SID on the primary server then it can be specified here Default is the same as ORACLE SID Please enter database on standby server Oracle Home Would you like to specify an ORACLE_HOME for the standby server DR This is not necessary as Dbvisit Standby can determine the ORACLE_HOME 8 If RAC parameters need to be set enter them here Then click Next Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 63 N Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOGY Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish ie Dbvisit Standby Setup Back Next AS RAC Please specify whether Dbvisit Standby is part of a RAC configuration or not Values are Yes or No Yes Dbvisit Standby is part of a RAC configuration over several instances and nodes No Dbvisit Standby is configured for a single instance Database When Dbvisit Standby is part of a RAC configuration Dbvisit Standby should installe
137. ORACLE_ SID structure The default log directory under this structure will be called dbvisit If this directory does not exist then it will be created gt LOGDIR Please enter log directory for dbvisit This is the directory where the log file for dbvisit will be kept Dbvisit will attempt to create this directory first time it executes if it does not exist Dbvisit log dir is oracle orabase admin dbvisitp dbvisit gt Dbvisit log dir will be oracle orabase admin dbvisitp dbvisit Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 87 Dbvisit 17 Enter the Oracle database user or schema that will own the Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR in the database This Oracle user will be created in the database Also enter the password for this user This Oracle user will be given specific privileges it requires to perform the Dbvisit Standby tasks gt DBUSER Please enter the Oracle database user that will be used to log onto the database dbvisitp This user will also own the Dbvisit Database repository DDR dbvisit This user will be created as part of this setup configuration Dbvisit Oracle user is dbvisit gt Dbvisit Oracle user will
138. RABLE STANDBY DATABASE ADD LOGFILE ADD LOGFILE MEMBER ARCHIVEL BACKUP C BACKUP C CONVERT CLEAR LO OG ONTROLFILE ONTROLFILE TO TRACE GFILE CREATE DATAFILE CREATE S DATAFILE DATAFILE DATAFILE DATAFILE DATAFILE DISABLE ENABLE T DROP LOG DROP LOG MOUNT MOUNT ST TANDBY CONTROLFILE AUTOEXTEND END BACKUP OFFLINE ONLINE RESIZE THREAD HREAD FILE GROUP FILE MEMBER ANDBY DATABASE NOARCHIVELOG OPEN RES ETLOGS OPEN NORESETLOGS RECOVER RECOVER RECOVER RECOVER RECOVER RECOVER RECOVER RECOVER RECOVER RENAME F RENAME G RESET CO SET AUTOMATIC DATAFILE LOGFILE TABLESPACE UNTIL CANCEL UNTIL TIME UNTIL CHANGE USING BACKUP CONTROLFILE ILE LOBAL NAME MPATIBILITY INDEX REBUILD RECOVERABLE INDEX REBUILD UNRECOVERABLE PACKAGE PROCEDURE PROFILE RESOURCE ROLE ROLLBACK SEQUENCE SESSION SNAPSHOT SNAPSHOT COST SEGMENT LOG SYSTEM ARCHIVE LO SYSTEM ARCHIVE LO SYSTEM ARCHIVE LO SYSTEM ARCHIVE LO SYSTEM ARCHIVE LO SYSTEM ARCHIVE LO SYSTEM ARCHIVE LO SYSTEM ARCHIVE LO SYSTEM SWITCH LOGFILE G SEQUENCE G CHANGE G CURRENT G LOGFILE G NEXT G ALL G START G STOP Propagated NOT PROPAGATED See Note 6 Not applicable session based command Propagated Not applicable rejected at primary NOT PROPAGATED NOT PROPAGATED No effect No effect No effect INVALIDATES STANDBY must rebuild INVALIDATES STANDBY must rebuild Part
139. RNAME Name of the directory used by Oracle for flash_recovery area for archive logs Default value archivelog Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 254 Dbvisit Example FLASH _ARCH_DIRNAME archivelog FLASH_DIR_NUM How many days to go back to look for archive logs in flash recovery area Each day will have a new directory in the flash recovery area Default value 40 Example FLASH_DIR_NUM 40 FLASH _DIR_FORMAT Format of the archive log directory when using flash recovery area Standard a directory will be created for every day to hold the archives This variable dictates the date format of the day directory Default value YYYY_MM_DD Example FLASH_DIR_FORMAT YYYY_MM_DD FORCE _FLASH_AREA Force the use of the flash_area or DB RECOVERY_FILE area Only necessary when Dbvisit Standby does not recognize a flash area is in use Yes Force flash area No Let Dbvisit Standby determine to use flash area or not Ignore Ignore flash area when Dbvisit Standby has detected flash area Example FORCE_FLASH_AREA No FLASH _ARCHIVE_LOG FORMAT Default log_archive_format for when flash area is being used The log_archive_format specified in v6parameter is ignored and a default
140. Run Close When the standby database is in READ ONLY mode the log files cannot be applied to the standby database This means the standby database will not be in synch with the primary database To return to normal standby database mode for applying log files the standby database needs to be restarted 1 El stop the database using dov oraStartStop stop lt DDC gt 2 El start the database using dov oraStartStop start lt DDC gt Or 3 Hl dbv _oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Or Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Sot ais Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Restart Database o Run Close Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 125 Dbvisit Activating standby database failover In the event that the primary database is no longer available the standby databases must be activated to become the new primary database Dbvisit Standby provides a command to activate the standby database For more information please see the Failover Activating the standby database section 15 To activate a standby database El dbv oraStartStop activate lt DDC gt Yes Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configura
141. Run the Configure SSH2 setup again Rerun the Dbvisit Standby installer and only choose the Configure SSH2 component 1 On the primary server 2 Double click on the Dbvisit Standby Installer and choose component Configure SSH2 and System Readiness Check The System Readiness Check will test if the ssh has been correctly configured and will make a connection to the standby server Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 279 Dbvisit De Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Choose Components Dbvisit Choose which features of Dbyisit you want to install Check the components you want to install and uncheck the components you don t want to install Click Next to continue i M Description Select components to install Dbvisit Standby eres ae If upgrading only select the O Dbvisit Dbvserver Webl and ssh For WinSSHD components that need to be Bitvise WinSSHD and Tunnelier Unselect upgraded Bitvise Tunnelier if SSH2 is already configured Configure SSH2 System Readiness Check Space required 2 5MB i Mullsort Install System v2 46 lt Back Cancel 3 Follow the instructions When asked Is this the
142. Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 58 Dbvisit ORACLE SID DEST w102n ORACLE BASE DR c oracle orabase BINDIR DR C Program Files Dbvisit LOGDIR DR C oracle product 10 2 0 admin wl02n dbvisit ARCHDEST C oracle oraarch w102n LEAVE COMPRESS DEST Yes MAX TIMES TRIED 4 ADD DATAFILE Yes MAILCFG MAIL CLIENT Dbvisit ADMINS support mycompany com 40 Mail Settings MAILCFG FROM oracle win2003se 01 com MATLCFG FROM DR oracle win2003se 02 com SUCCESSMAIL Yes MAILCFG SMTP SERVER mail lt your company name gt com ARCHSOURCE_ MANAGEMENT Yes DAYS TO KEEP ARCHSOURCE 7 NUM ARCHSOURCE_TO KEEP 0 THRESHOLD ARCHSOURCE 80 DELETE _ARCHSOURCE No 60 Standby Archive Log Management Settings ARCHDEST MANAGEMENT Yes DAYS TO KEEP ARCHDEST 7 NUM ARCHDEST TO KEEP 0 THRESHOLD ARCHDEST 80 DELETE ARCHDEST No A Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file The Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file will now be created If the configuration file already exists you will be prompted to overwrite the current configuration file gt Dbvisit Database configuration file dbv wl02n env created The DDC file e ls a text file that contains all the settings for each database There will be a DDC f
143. T_AFTER_EACH_ APPLY Yes AMM_START_AFTER_EACH_TRANSFER No The ASM instance name and the ORACLE_HOME for the ASM instance name Default ORACLE_SID_ASM ASM Sample ORACLE_SID_ASM ASM1 ORACLE_HOME_ASM2 oracle product 1 1 2 0 Graceful switchover timeout period This is the wait time in seconds between each step checkpoint in graceful switchover before a time out occurs If there is no response from the other server after this time then graceful switchover is cancelled with error code 561 Default SWITCHOVER_TIMEOUT_IN_SEC 1500 Sample SWITCHOVER_TIMEOUT_IN_ SEC 3000 Dbvisit Standby does not require an Oracle password as it uses OS authentication to connect to ASM instance if either primary or standby databases use ASM storage These variable can be used to enable Dbvisit Standby to logon to the ASM instance as sysdba WITH a username and password SYS _LOGON_ASM turns this feature on and off Values are Yes or No Default is No If you are not sure set to No or leave blank Example SYS_LOGON_ASM Yes Name of the user to logon to the ASM instance Is only affected if SYS_LOGON_ASM Yes If you are not sure leave blank Example Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit softw
144. Technology 6 0 02 6231 pid 22525 dbvisit started on dbvisit53 Sat May 14 22 53 02 2011 Log file s for w112g from dbvisit51 will be applied to dbvisit53 No new logs to apply To delay the application of the logs to the standby database the setting APPLY DELAY LAG MINUTES can be used This creates a lag time in minutes between the archiving of a redo log at the primary database and the application of the log on the standby database The archive logs are still transferred to the standby server as normal without delay To turn off APPLY DELAY LAG MINUTES set to 0 See Dbvisit Standby configuration variables DDC for more details 3 Manually copy the Dbvisit Standby installation to the standby server This option can only be given on the primary server El dbvisit c lt DDC gt nocksum Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration nocksum is optional and if specified no checksum comparison will be done between the original file or program and the transferred file or program For example dbvisit c wl02n Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbvisit exe started on win2003se 01 Transferring dbv functions to host wanZz003se 02 dby funetions Transferring dbvisit to host win2003se 02 dbvisit
145. This wizard will guide you through the installation of Dbyisit Standby Database Technology It is recommended that you close all other applications before starting Setup This will make it possible to update relevant system Files without having to reboot your computer Click Next to continue Cancel Accept the license terms DS Dbyisit Standby Standby database Technology Eie x License Agreement Dbvisit Please review the license terms before installing Dbvisit Press Page Down to see the rest of the agreement PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING LEGAL AGREEMENT GOVERNING YOUR USE a OF THE LICENSED PRODUCT BY COMPLETING ITS INSTALLATION CLICKING 4 BUTTON OR TYPING Y ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT YOU AGREE TO BE LEGALLY BOUND BY THIS AGREEMENT IF YOU DO NOT AGREE THEN STOP AND DO NOT INSTALL OR USE THIS LICENSED PRODUCT IF YOU ARE ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT ON BEHALF OF 4 COMPANY OR OTHER LEGAL ENTITY YOU REPRESENT THAT YOU HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO BIND SUCH ENTITY AND ITS AFFILIATES TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS IF YOU DO NOT HAVE SUCH AUTHORITY OR IF YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS YOU MUST NOT ACCEPT THIS AGREEMENT AND MAY NOT USE THE LICENSED PRODUCT a IF you accept the terms of the agreement click I Agree to continue You must accept the agreement to install Dbyisit Nullsoft Install System v2 46 lt Back ae Cancel Please ensure that the windows account that is used
146. User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 207 Dbvisit Primary 18 Database has been converted to standby database Roll forward action No further roll forward action required Standby 18 Database has been converted to the primary database Roll forward action No further roll forward action required Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the following command SQ L gt alter system set db recovery file dest xxxxx scope both Notes 1 The above steps are indicative only and may vary from version to version 2 For Oracle 8 SQL gt should be SVRMGR gt 3 If using Dbvisit Standby to keep the new standby database in synch please run Dbvisit Standby once manually with the R option to synchronise on the new primary database Example dbvisit R lt DDC gt Graceful Switchover log files Graceful Switchover will generate a log file This file will be in the same location as the dbvisit hist log file and is called dbvisit hist switchover The location is determined by the LOGDIR and the LOGDIR_DR variables in the Dbvisit Database Configuration file dbv_ lt DDC gt env Graceful Switchover housekeeping During the Graceful Switchover process Dbvisit Standb
147. WOMKS ccceccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 186 Graceful SWIGHOV GF and RAC fo ccseseanarticevnnswaneeeeveanuat basunce adh eareataneubennsaven sande auuelensonneeaes 187 Graceful Switchover with RAC example c cccceccseecseeceeeeseesseceeeseeeseeeseeeeeetaeeaneesess 187 Staring Gracelul SWIRCHOV SL sac ze cedeyaceceacd sncanaendsensdumanecdtiesdeondgesendenjaiedocsseciadinnatatienesantes 189 PAGE ORCE SWINCN OVEN enea E taneous aiareaee ES 192 BIN Oe AEE E E E EE E natu tsar E E E 192 Reversing Graceful Switchover back to original State ccccccceecceeeeseeeseeeeeeeeaeeees 193 Graceful Switchover prerequisites cccccccecceccceeceseceeeceeeceeesseteeeteeeeseeeeeeseeteeeseeeaes 195 Complete switchover processing ccceccseecseececeteeeesecseceeeseeeeseceesseeeseeeseeteeeteeeeneesnes 196 Graceful Switchover errors and FECOVETY ccccceccesceceeeceeeeeeeeseeeceeeceeesseeeseeesaeeseeeaes 200 Graceful Switchover rollback or roll forward action ccceccseeceeceeseeeseeteeeteeeaseeeees 201 OGracel l Switchover log TCS wc cece cecosssehecavecaveeweconidandcteseasieests EE EEEa aTa 208 Graceful Switchover NOUSEKEEPING ccccccceeeceeeceeeecseeceeseueeceeecaceseeeseueeseeseeesueseas 208 Graceful Switchover with multiple standby databases cccccccccceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeaes 208 Adding datafiles to the primary database ceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeneeenese
148. X102 datafile ol mf users 7fbr313c_ dbf SQL gt select name from vStempfile DATA dbv1x102 tempfile temp1 307 762542407 DATA dbv1x102 tempfile temp1 259 762542407 DATA dbv1x102 tempfile temp1 258 762542409 SQL gt select member from vSlogfile ONLINELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog group 2 264 768568567 ONLINELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog group 2 261 768568567 oracle oradata DBVLX102 onlinelog redo 1 2 oracle oradata DBVLX102 onlinelog redo 1 1 Note two OMF control files have been created as we had set db create online log dest 1 oracle oradata db create online log dest 2 oracle oradata OMF datafiles have been created in the location specified by db_create_file_ dest oracle oradata Non OMF datafile has been created in the location oracle oradata DBVLX102 datafile as we have specified Tempfiles and redo logs do not get created for a standby database as they are not required but the standby control file has a record of their names and locations Two primary ASM ALIAS redo logs group 1 have been renamed to filesystem non OMF files However primary Oracle managed files ASM FQSN tempfiles and two redo logs group 2 have not been renamed in the standby controlfile If the standby database is open read only or activated to become a primary database Oracle detects that tempfiles are OMF and will create them as OMF files in a location specified by db_create_file dest Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Cop
149. Y s No gt Yes 20 Enter the ORACLE_SID on the standby server This can be different to the ORACLE_SID on the primary server The default is the same as the ORACLE SID on the primary server The ORACLE_SID must exist on the standby server gt ORACLE SID DEST If the ORACLE SID on th standby server wan200sse 02 is different than the ORACLE SID on the primary server then it can be specified here Default is the same as ORACLE SID w102n Please enter database on standby server win2003se 02 Oracle database on standby server is w102n gt Oracle database on standby server will be wl02n Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 21 Enter the ORACLE_BASE directory on the standby server gt ORACLE BASE DR Please enter ORACLE BASE directory for the standby server win2003se 02 ORACLE BASE is the admin directory tor the Databases Dbovisit does not use the ORACLE BASE directly but it is useful for determining where the log directory of Dbvisit should be on the standby server Entering an ORACLE BASE for the standby server is optional ORACLE BASE for standby server is c oracle orabase gt ORACLE BASE for standby server will be c oracle orabase Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a wa
150. a particular primary and standby configuration Convention lt gt Commands shown in lt gt are supplied by the user and are not optional Do not include the lt gt as part of the command I Commands shown in square brackets are optional commands Do not include the as part of the command dbvisit Dbvisit Standby help Displays the Dbvisit Standby help pages dbvisit lt DDC gt Normal Dbvisit Standby operation This command is run on primary and standby servers Transfers log files from primary database if run on primary server Applies log files to standby database if run from standby server dbvisit i lt DDC gt Reports on the log sequences of 1 Latest archived log of primary database 2 Latest non archived log of primary database redo log 3 Latest log sequence of standby database 4 Latest log sequence sent by Dbvisit Standby It also reports on the Archive log gap which is difference between the last archived sequence on the primary and the last applied sequence on the standby database The archive log gap should be near O except when APPLY DELAY LAG MINUTES is used Transfer log gap which is the difference between the last archived sequence on the primary and the last sequence transferred to the standby server The transfer log gap should be near 0 No log switches are performed on the primary database and no logs are transferred Every time this command is run
151. a standby database The following Oracle database s have a Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file on this server Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 152 Dbvisit SID dbvisitp dbv1x102 Return to menu Please enter choice 2 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 4 The primary database must be up and running for the setup to proceed Total size of the primary database is calculated and displayed If uncompleted creation of the standby database is detected a restart option will be available Database dbv1x102 is up Total database size for dbv1x102 is 30GB gt Please ensure directory usr local dbvisit exists on dbvisit32 and has the correct privileges otherwise the next transfer step may fail Checking Oracle installation on dbvisit32 in oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db 1 bin oracle Total database size for dbv1x102 is 30GB What would you like to do 1 Create standby database and optionally save settings in template Restart the uncompleted creation of standby database Create standby database using existing template previously saved Help Terminate processing Please enter your choice 2 2 Starting creation of standby database 5 Choose option 2 to disp
152. abi Number of files deleted Current Disk percent full Where w102n is the name of the database Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Standby Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Default from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Jot Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Default Run Close Log file s for w112g from dbvisit51 will be applied to dbvisit53 201105142254 Log seq 2535 thread 1 applied to standby database w112g lf there are no logs to be applied then Dbvisit Standby will indicate this A For example dbvisit wl02n Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbvisit exe started on win2003se 02 Log file s for wl02n from win2003se 01 will be applied to win2003se 02 No new logs to apply Where w102n is the name of the database For example Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 116 Dbvisit Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive JOP Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Default s Run Close Dbvisit Standby Database
153. ach node will have the name of the instance and not the database dbv_oracle_instance env If the database is called RACDB and has the following instances RACDB1 and RACDB2 the DDC files will be called dbv RACDB1 env dbv RACBD2 env e Dbvisit Standby needs to be scheduled separately on each node The name of the instance is used when installing and running Dbvisit Standby not the name of the database Example to run Dbvisit Standby on one of the primary nodes dbvisit RACDB1 e Although not strictly necessary it is advisable to ensure there is an entry in the oratab file for each RAC node If the RAC nodes are called RACDB1 and RACDB2 and the database is called RACDB then the oratab on each RAC node should look like RACDB oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db 1 N RACDB1 oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db 1 N RACDB2Z Oracl orabas product 10 2 0 db 12N e With a single instance standby database Dbvisit Standby is scheduled on the standby server using the instance name from one of the primary nodes Example if the RAC configuration has 2 instances called RACDB1 and RACDB2 and the standby database is called RACDB then Dbvisit Standby is executed on the standby server using the command dbvisit RACDB1 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a w
154. age 293
155. al Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 173 DATABASE TECHNOLOGY Scheduled Task Wizard Ea You have successfully scheduled the following task D dby_oraStartStop start w120n Windows will perform this task Run at system startup Open advanced properties for this task when click M Finish Click Finish to add this task to your Windows schedule lt Back Cancel 9 Add the parameters start w120n to the executable In this example the database name is w102n Click on OK dby_oraStartStop start w120n Ed E3 Task Schedule Settings Security D b C AWINDOWS Tasks dbyv_oraStartStop start Bun Program Files Dbvisit dby_oraStartStop exe start w120n Browse Start in C Program Files Dbyisit Comments Run as visit oracle Set password M Run only if logged on J Enabled scheduled task runs at specified time Cancel Apply 10 The new task will now be shown Scheduled Tasks OF x File Edit Yiew Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q Back J F J Search gt Folders E Address E Scheduled Tasks Go Schedule Next Run Time Last Run Time Status fadd Scheduled Task Other Places x G dbvisit w120n Every 10 minute s 5 24 00PM S 14 00PM
156. al Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 6 Dbvisit Copyright Notice Copyright 2000 2012 Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit Standby software All rights reserved Specifications are subject to change without notification This document is the property of Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Dbvisit Standby is a product of Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited http www dbvisit com This software product is licensed not sold Dbvisit is a registered trademark of Avisit Solutions Limited Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation Windows Is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation All other brand names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners Disclaimer Terms and Conditions By installing using and running this software you agree that Avisit Solutions Limited and their associated companies and partners will not be held responsible for anything related to installing or running Dbvisit Standby By installing using and running this software you agree with the terms and conditions displayed during
157. alid filesystem location for ASM ALIAS redo logs ARCHIVELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog redo 1 2 ARCHIVELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog redo 1 1 Primary database contains non OMF redo logs To create non OMF redo logs Dbvisit requires you to specify valid filesystem locations on the standby Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 166 Dbvisit Review and confirm standby locations to create standby non OMF redo logs gt Standby ARCHIVELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog gt oracle oradata DBVLX102 onlinelog What would you like to do 1 Confirm standby location s are correct and continue 2 Provide different standby location s Please enter your choice 1 Standby locations validated The standby database has been created with the following structure SQL gt select name from vScontrolfile oracle oradata DBVLX102 controlfile ol mf 7fbqwj7y ctl oracle oradata DBVLX102 controlfile ol mf 7fbqwjpt_ ctl SQL gt select name from vSdatafile oracle oradata DBVLX102 datafile ol mf system 7fbqyyoz dbf oracle oradata DBVLX102 datafile ol mf undotbsl 7fbr06pm dbf oracle oradata DBVLX102 datafile ol mf sysaux 7fbrilg4z dbf oracle oradata DBVLX102 datafile users dbf oracle oradata DBVL
158. all Dbvisit Standby on standby server again even though the Dbvisit Standby installer instructs to install Dbvisit Standby on the standby server 9 Copy all the keys from the ssh2 directory on NodeA to the same location on NodeB This overwrites all the ssh2 keys from NodeB with the keys from NodeA 10 Start the Dbvisit Standby console on NodeB Type in the command i dbv_functions Y primary setupssh 12 This loads NodeB with the new ssh keys NodeA and NodeB now have the same ssh keys so that they can both make contact with the standby server This also ensures that when the servers are reversed the process will continue successfully Dbvisit Standby installation step1 Windows section For graceful switchover to function correctly for multiple standby databases All the ssh keys in the c program files dbvisit ssh2 directory on the primary server should be copied to the same location on the standby servers The keys are A_SSH2PublicKey A_TunnelierKeypair A_WcfgHexPublickKey A_WinSSHDkKeypair B_ SSH2PublickKey B_TunnelierKeypair B_WcfgHexPublickKey B_ WinSSHDKeypair 6 On each standby server Dbvisit Standby needs to be scheduled Note that the correct DDC file needs to be specified Creating multiple standby databases When the DDC files have been copied and updated for the new standby databases dbvisit_setup can be run to create the new standby databases Each unique DDC file will Dbvisit Standby Installation
159. allation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 285 Dbvisit Appendix C Create a standby database manually Linux Unix A standby database is a special copy of the primary database Once created Dbvisit Standby can be used to automatically keep the standby database up to date with the primary database Dbvisit Standby can automatically create the standby database but in some cases it may be desirable to manually create the standby database These steps show two different methods for manually creating the standby database Please choose one method Creating a standby database using Rman Oracle s Rman can be used to create a standby database without shutting down the primary database You do not need to create an Rman catalog The easiest way to use Rman is to create the backup on disk However this requires significant free space if your database is very large It is also possible to save the backup to tape In this case you would need a tape or media manager as part of your Rman configuration On some systems it may be possible to use an external Hard Disk through USB to backup the database and then use this disk to restore the database on the standby server Example This example backs up the database to disk Pr
160. ally copied over to the standby server the first time Dbvisit Standby executes e Any changes should always be done on the primary server Dbvisit Standby will detect that changes have been made and will transfer the DDC to the standby server A Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR setup The Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR will now be created using information from the DDC file that has just been created in the previous step gt Creating Dbvisit Database repository DDR Database wl02n is up 41 Select the default tablespace to install the Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR A list of tablespaces will be displayed Please select the default tablespace to install the Dbvisit Database repository DDR The following tablespaces are available Tablespace SYSTEM UNDOTBS1 SYSAUX TEMP USERS Refresh list Please enter choice 5 The default tablespace will be USERS Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 42 Select the temporary tablespace to install the Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR A list of tablespaces will be displayed Please select the temp tablespace to install the Dbvisit Database repository DDR The following tablespaces are available Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the
161. andby server This is used to manage the Oracle logs on the standby server e Alerts when certain thresholds have been reached e Can delete Oracle archives logs after a set number of days e Can keep a constant number of Oracle archive logs on the system Values are Yes or no Yes Setup and use AMM on standby server No do not use AMM on standby server If you are unsure set to Yes Yes Days To Keep Please specify the number of days to keep the Oracle log files on the Archdest standby server After this the log files will be removed from the server To disable this setting set to 0 If you are unsure set to 7 7 o 12 The Dbvisit Database Configuration DDC file has been created Choose the default and temp tablespace to create the Dbvisit Database Repository DDR Click on Finish Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 65 DATABASE TECHNOLOGY OHH HAH HE HT Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish OR Dbvisit Standby Setup Back Finish a Thank you Dbvisit Standby installation preparation is now complete Please use the Finish button to install Dbvisit Standby Default Please select the default tablespace t
162. andby Server SellNgS veccndecsesnctsncnecaceatseeconercrsncedess tabs nahensevandentsaerevencesnncseamebocasreoeoacds 249 EES iae lt e tenn eee eee eee eee ee ee eee ee 250 Primary Archive log Management Module AMM cccceccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeaeeees 251 Standby Archive log Management Module AMM cccccccsececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaes 252 PRON ANS ONS atc ao E adic reece cane aede E E cent eyee eee nese 253 4 62 es oh a S eee eee ne eee N AEN E eee 264 C mmands OVETVICW cece sien EE 267 EXA SS e E E bee dneadnem eng aaeacaiaaantaamentiarsseohencs 2 1 Dbvisit Standby trace TNC Scenes ceca csacecue aeteeetcct pee tenes enceeeetseccencessd at ceepcdenessas 273 Manage cleo cients es th ee te ee nee 213 SUPPO scares areenace E E E EEA 273 Dbvisit Standby error messages ccscceeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeeeecaeseeneeeneeeeeeeesoeneeesesaneseneesaees 274 Testing and Resolving Windows SSH configuration issues cccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 275 Testing the SSH2 connection between the primary and the standby server 215 Resolving Windows SSH configuration iSSUCS ccccsccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeaeeees 215 Resolution 1 WinSSHD account not Set ccc ceccceecceeeeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeaeeees 2 6 Resolution 2 Password Cache not Set ccccccccceccceeceeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeseeesaeeaeeeeeesaeeaes 279 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User M
163. andby database up to date dbvisit wli2g3 Where w112g3 is the DDC for the third standby database To run Dbvisit Standby on the standby server to keep a third standby database up to date dbvisit wll2g3 Where w112g3 is the DDC for the third standby database These commands can be scheduled in the appropriate scheduler to keep the standby databases in synch Graceful Switchover and multiple standby databases Graceful switchover will change the role of the primary database to a standby database and one of the standby databases to a primary database Dbvisit Standby can still be used to keep all the standby databases in synch from the new primary database The following manual steps need to be performed to keep the other standby databases in synch with the new primary database e Assuming that 3 DDC files have been created as shown above dbv_w112g env dbv_w112g2 env and dbv_w112g3 env e Assuming the first standby database has been converted to the new primary database DDC file dbv_w112g env Second standby database Copy the DDC file dbv_w112g92 env from the second standby server to the new primary server and edit the DDC file so that SOURCE the new primary server schedule Dbvisit Standby on the new primary server with command dbvisit w112g2 Third standby database Copy the DDC file dbv_w112g93 env from the third standby server to the new primary server and edit the DDC file so that SOURCE the new primary server
164. andby setup utility will be started Choose option 6 to ensure all the latest parameters or variables are available in the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file Dbvisit Standby Database Technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Dbvisit Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New Dbvisit RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup New Dbvisit Database repository DDR setup Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Standby Database Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository DDR Please enter choice 26 Choose for which database the updated applies gt Updating Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file For which database do you want to update the Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file The following Oracle database s have a Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file on this server SID wl02n Return to menu Please enter choice 1 Where w120n is the database to be upgraded 2 Dbvisit Standby give the option to review all the variables Choose No Would you like to review all the variables lt Yes No gt Yes Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out
165. andby standby database s provides high availability and disaster recovery Dbvisit Standby supports archive logs in Oracle ASM file system The standby database can be a RAC standby database figure 2 or it can be a single instance standby database figure 3 D DVI S it Dbvisit configuration with Oracle RAC Primary Oracle RAC Site Standby Oracle Dbvisit is dormant on RAC Site Standby Node 2 Standby Node 2 Primary Node 2 with instance 2 Shared Archive Log a Se 5 Archive log thread Archive log thread 1 Both threads are sent to a location shared by Standby node 1 and Standby node 2 a Dbvisit me Dbvisit is active on Standby Node 1 Primary Node 1 with instance 1 Standby Node 1 Dbvisit on Node 1 will apply both threads to Standby Database Figure 2 RAC primary database with RAC standby database Dbvisit Primary Oracle Standby Oracle Site RAC Site single instance non RAC Dbvisit configuration with Oracle RAC Primary Node 2 with instance 2 aS Dbvisit r Standby Site Dbvisit allows Primary Node 1 with instance 1 Single instance e Gaines non RAC from a RAC primary database Figure 3 RAC primary database with single instance standby database Dbvisit Standby considerations with RAC Please see the RAC environment section for specific information on the setup of Dbvisit Standby in a RAC environment The Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration file DDC created duri
166. anual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 5 Dbvisit Resolution 3 Run the Configure SSH2 setup AGAIN ccccceceseceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeenes 279 Resolution 4 Ensure Windows accounts are similar cccccecceeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeenees 280 Resolution 5 Please contact Dbvisit SUDPOST ec cecc cece eeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaees 281 Appendix A standby database Considerations ccsccscceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeseneees 282 Appendix B Configure remote shell rsh cccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecenseeneseeeseneeenees 285 Appendix C Create a standby database manually Linux Unix 020 286 Creating a standby database USING RMAN cccccceccceeeeeeeeseeeceeeseeeesueeseeeseeesseeeaes 286 Creating a standby database traditional method cccceccseccseeceeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeseeeees 288 Appendix D Creating a standby database WINKOWG cccccseeeeeeeeeseeeeeseneeeeees 290 Creating a standby database USING RMAN ccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeceeeesueeeeeeseeeseeeeaes 290 Creating a standby database traditional method cccceccseeceeeceeeseeeeeeteeeteeeaeeeenes 292 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manu
167. ar to a temporary directory on the primary server eg usr tmp Change directory to the temporary directory usr tmp Untar the file usr tmp gt tar xvf dbvisit standby6 0 02 tar Where usr tmp gt is the prompt of the OS showing the current directory and 6 0 2 is the Dbvisit Standby version A new sub directory dbvisit will be created Change directory into the dbvisit directory usr tmp gt cd dbvisit 9 Ensure dbvisit_install has the correct privileges to be executed usr tmp dbvisit gt chmod 750 dbvisit install 10 Run dbvisit_install to install Dbvisit Standby and Dbvserver providing the web interface to Dbvisit Standby usr tmp dbvisit gt dbvisit install 11 All the defaults can be accepted The Dbvisit software will be installed in usr local dbvisit Welcome Your Dbvisit Standby product is going to be installed now This will install Dbvisit Standby command line version Dbvserver to provide a web interface to Dbvisit Standby It is recommended to make a backup of our current Dbvisit software location for rollback purposes gt Oracle user name on this server default oracle Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 80 Dbvisit Enter a cus
168. are page 265 Dbvisit _SYS_PASSWD_ ASM SYS LOGON STRING ASM Password of SYS_USER_ASM Is only affective if SYS_LOGON_ ASM Yes and SYS_USER_ASM is set Example _SYS_PASSWD_ASM not_tiger Note if ENCRYPT PASSWDS Yes then the password will be encrypted in the DDC file as follows _SYS_PASSWD_ASM ENCRYPT8F87092545A7 6234 To encrypt of SYS PASSWD_ASM first set its value in the DDC file as plain text Then run dbvisit_setup and choose option 6 Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file If ENCRYPT PASSWDS is set to Y the value of SYS PASSWD_ASM will be stored as encrypted The logon string to the ASM instance Is only affective if SYS_LOGON_ ASM Yes and SYS_USER_ASM is set Default is as sysdba Example SYS_LOGON_STRING_ASM as sysdba Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 266 Dbvisit Commands overview The following list gives an overview of the Dbvisit Standby commands available in the command line interface CLI Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dov_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for
169. arranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 110 Customise Standby Oracle DATABASE TECHNOLOGY You may change the value of one or more Oracle database Parameters parameters for the standby database below Here are the rules for parameter input e Do NOT use single or double quotes to enclose parameter values e Separate multiple values with a comma If a comma is part of a value then escape it with a backslash e To delete parameters simply tick their Delete checkboxes before clicking Create Standby Database Selected rows will be disregarded Please note the parameter db_name will always be set to the name of the primary database Hence this parameter is not available in the table below Oracle parameters for database d112f Parameter Value Delete _log_parallelism_max 1 a audit_file_dest u03 app oracle admin d112f adump a compatible 11 2 0 0 0 z control_files u03 app oracle oradata d112f control01 ctl u03 app oracle fl a db_block_size 8192 a db_domain avisit co nz a db_recovery_file_dest u03 app oracle flash_recovery_area a db_recovery_file_dest_size 4070572032 a diagnostic_dest u03 app oracle a dispatchers PROTOCOL TCP SERVICE d112fXDB a log_archive_start TRUE a memory_target 704643072 a open_cursors 300 a processes 150 z remote_login_passwordfile EXCLUSIVE a undo_tablespace UNDOTBS1 a 8 Select the options below The standby database files and online log locations can be can be edite
170. arranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 83 Dbvisit E Primary server or primary RAC node setup for CLI 1 Go to the Dbvisit Standby install directory and start the Dbvisit Standby setup utility 2 Confirm that this is the primary server gt dbvisit setup only needs to be run on the primary server Is this the primary server lt Yes No gt Yes 3 For anew database setup choose option 1 for RAC choose option 1a Dbvisit Standby Database technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup New Dbvisit Database repository DDR setup Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Standby Database Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository DDR Please enter choice 4 The Dbvisit Standby setup will begin It is recommended to do a quick setup Only the settings for the quick setup will be shown here Dbvisit Standby will choose defaults for the settings that are not displayed At the end of the setup all settings will be displayed for review gt Accept Defaults Would you like to do a quick setup Or would you like Dbvisit to prompt you for all settings and suggest defaults Values are Yes
171. artStop status lt DDC gt Example dbv orasStartstop Status orald0g Tests obtaining the status of the database Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 239 dbv_oraStartStop switchover lt DDC gt Add a datafile or new tablespace to the primary database then run dbvisit lt DDC gt Dbvisit Standby Test standby server dbvisit lt DDC gt dbv_oraStartStop stop lt DDC gt dbv_oraStartStop start lt DDC gt dbv_oraStartStop status lt DDC gt dbv_oraStartStop switchover lt DDC gt Dbvisit Example dbv_oraStartStop switchover oral0g Tests the Graceful Switchover and will transition the primary database to a standby database This command must also be initiated on the standby server Example dbvisit oral0g Run Dbvisit Standby on the primary server and then Dbvisit Standby on the standby server The new datafile should be created and added to the standby database Example and explanation Example dbvisit oral0g Normal Dbvisit Standby processing If there are more than one log file then Dbvisit Standby should apply all log files at once After all the log files have been applied run Dbvisit Standby again for several times Dbvisit Standby will in
172. arted nomount Standby database dbv1x102 on dbvisit32 startup nomount Shutting down standby database on dbvisit32 Standby database dbv1lx102 on dbvisit32 shutdown Standby control files restored Starting Standby Database dbv1lx102 Standby Database dbvlxl102 started Standby database dbv1lx102 on dbvisit32 mounted Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dov dbvial0zZ dbr 1 70 l piece ss Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 71 l piece Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 2 72 l piece Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 3 73 l piece Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 4 74 1l piece Catalog backup piece uszr tmp tmp2 dbv dbvlxl02 dbi 5 75 1 piece s Restoring datafile l Restoring datafile 2 Restoring datafile 3 Restoring datafile 4 Restoring datafile 5 Tempfiles renamed Performing Oracle Checkpoint Waiting 3 seconds for log switch completion Standby database created To complete creating standby database run dbvisit on the primary and standby databases to ensure standby database is in synch with primary Please press lt Enter gt to continue Standby Database creation on dbvisit32 completed Next steps 1 Exit out of dbvisit setup 2 Run Dbvisit on this server with command dbvisit database name 3 Run Dbvisit on standby server with command cd usr local avisit svn trunk dbvisit standby dbvisit database nam
173. ary location to create a complete backup of the primary database and then transferring the complete backup from the temporary location on the primary server to the standby server over the network 3 Transportable Media which uses a temporary location to create a complete backup of the primary database and manually transferring the complete backup to the standby server using TRANSPORATBLE MEDIA Transportable media is an external device such as a USB drive that Is first plugged into the primary server and Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 102 Dbvisit then manually transferred to the standby site and plugged into the standby server to complete the process Option 1 should be chosen for smaller databases Option 2 should be chosen for larger databases Option 3 should be chosen for very large databases or slow networks Option 2 and 3 will require adequate space on the primary server to make a compressed copy of the database files Standby database spfile pfile The spfile ora pfile ora for Oracle database version less than 9 is created for the standby database using the init ora or spfile ora file from the primary database Oracle database parameters for the standby database can be customis
174. as an integer If you are not sure set to 80 Example THRESHOLD _ARCHDEST 80 Specifies if archive log files should be deleted once the percentage threshold THRESHOLD _ARCHDEST on the standby server is reached Once the threshold is reached oldest archive log files are deleted first The log files WILL have been applied to the standby database There is no verification that these log files have been backed up Values are Yes or No Yes Let Dbvisit Standby delete archive log files once percentage threshold is met No Dbvisit Standby will only alert when percentage threshold is met no log files will be deleted If you are not sure set to No Example DELETE ARCHDEST No This setting has no influence whether archive log files are deleted for DAYS_TO_KEEP_ARCHDEST or NUM_ARCHDEST_TO_KEEP These settings will delete archive log files once the percentage threshold is met This is used to separate the success emails from the failure emails If set then all successful Dbvisit Standby emails will be sent to this email address Failure or unsuccessful emails will be sent to the email address specified by ADMINS If not set then all emails will go to ADMINS Example SUCCESS_MAILTO success mycompany com Determines the type of connection Dbvisit Standby makes to the database on the primary server Values are dedicated or shared Dedicated is the default Dedicated By default Dbvisit Standby connects with
175. ase is kept up to date with the primary database Dbvisit Standby normally uses the network to transfer the primary database to the standby server to create the standby database For slow networks or very large databases use the transportable media creation method to create the standby database The primary database will not be shutdown during standby database creation Dbvisit Standby uses RMAN in most cases to make a backup of the primary database Perquisites for creating the standby database are 1 Oracle software must be installed on the standby server 2 Enough free space on the standby server must be available for the standby database 3 The Oracle background cdump udump bdump etc and admin directories are created These directories can be created by Dbvisit Standby if you choose the option to create missing filesystem directories automatically Dbvisit Standby allows the following options for creating the standby database a Regular file system standby database with i Same structure as primary database or ii Different structure as primary database b ASM standby database for Oracle version 10 2 and higher with i Same structure as primary database or li Different structure as primary database Dbvisit Standby standby database creation methods The following methods are available to create the standby database 1 Direct transfer to the standby server on the fly creation over the network 2 Using a tempor
176. ast sequence was 254 wl02n completed Last sequence was 255 wl02n completed Last sequence was 256 wl02n completed Last sequence was 257 wl02n completed Last sequence was 258 wl02n completed Last sequence was 259 wl02n completed Last sequence was 260 wl02n completed Last sequence was 261 pid chedular mess sent Dbvisit Standby Database Process is running on wl02n completed Last sequence was 262 id 5567 wl02n completed Last sequence was 263 id 905 wl02n completed Last sequence was 264 id 9845 wl02n completed Last sequence was 265 id 2353 wl02n completed Last sequence was 266 id 5577 200901281542 Record archive log gap 0 pid 2345 wl02n completed Last sequence was 267 59098 wl02n completed Last sequence was 268 pid 4345 200901281542 Record archive log gap 1 pid 4567 200901281545 1 Log transfer s for Where w102n is the name of the database wl02n completed Last sequence was 269 pid 4567 EI The location of the log files are set with the LOGDIR variable for the primary server and LOGDIR_DR for the primary server in the DDC dbv_DDC env file The process id pid is shown for each entry This makes it easy to identify the Dbvisit Standby trace file generated for that entry For more information about Dbvisit Standby trace files please see the Dbvisit Standby trace files section The log files can be read by monitoring tools to provide another level of automatic notification T
177. ate the standby database The primary database will not be shutdown during standby database creation Dbvisit Standby uses RMAN in most cases to make a backup of the primary database Perquisites for creating the standby database are 1 Oracle software must be installed on the standby server 2 Enough free space on the standby server must be available for the standby database 3 The Oracle background cdump udump bdump etc and admin directories are created These directories can be created by Dbvisit if you choose the option to create missing filesystem directories automatically Dbvisit Standby allows the following options for creating the standby database a Regular file system standby database with i Same structure as primary database or li Different structure as primary database b ASM standby database for Oracle version 10 2 and higher with i Same structure as primary database or li Different structure as primary database Dbvisit Standby standby database creation methods The following methods are available to create the standby database 1 Direct transfer to the standby server on the fly creation over the network 2 Using a temporary location to create a complete backup of the primary database and then transferring the complete backup from the temporary location on the primary server to the standby server over the network 3 Transportable Media which uses a temporary location to create a complete backup of
178. atically shutdown during graceful switchover For example With the following configurations ServerA RAC instance ServerC Single instance standby database lf Graceful Switchover is started on ServerA and ServerC then ServerA and serverC will be reversed The RAC instance on ServerB will be automatically shutdown and will no longer be a part of the configuration until Graceful Switchover is initiated again to bring the configuration back to the original configuration 2 Graceful Switchover will convert any RAC database to single instance database by setting cluster database database parameter to FALSE Upon completion of graceful switchover this parameter can be set to TRUE again to convert the single instance back into a RAC database 3 The switchover process may take longer with a RAC and ASM database than with a regular file system database The reason for this is the extra time taken to extract Oracle files out of ASM 4 If the standby database uses multiple nodes RAC configuration all standby instances except for the one that is involved in Graceful Switchover should be manually shut down prior to proceeding with switchover Graceful Switchover with RAC example With the following configuration serverA RAC instance dbvrac7 ServerC Single instance standby database dbvrac ServerB RAC instance dbvrac2 Graceful Switchover is initiated on both ServerA and ServerC with command dbv_oraStartStop s
179. ation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 286 Dbvisit 10 Start the standby database in nomount mode S sqlplus as sysdba SQL gt startup nomount On the primary server 11 Set the Oracle environment to the production database with the oraenv command in Linux UNIX and start Rman S rman connect target run change archivelog all crosscheck allocate channel chl type disk backup incremental level 0 database format oracle orabase backupfile bk inc0O s p setsize 8250000 include current controlfile for standby sql alter system archive log current backup archivelog all format oracle orabase backupfile al s p release channel chl 12 Copy files from oracle orabase backupfile to same location on standby server 13 Create an alias entry for the standby database in the tnsnames ora file on the production server In this example the alias is called standbydb 14 Start Rman and create the standby database The password for sys must be the password from the password file S rman connect auxiliary sys password standbydb connect target run 4 allocate auxiliary channel chl type disk duplicate target database for standby dorecover nofilenamecheck release channel chl 15 Standby database is now complete Rman has started the standby database in mount standby mode which is correct for Dbvisit Standby to continue For reference the commands to sta
180. ay 24 2006 alias oracle dba 16019 Jun 1 2006 bash history In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 9 Dbvisit Secure shell configuration is now competed For more information on SSH please consult the man pages in Unix or Linux Dbvisit Standby installation step 2 Linux Unix For Dbvisit Standby 6 0 and higher the installation must be done on both the primary and standby servers RAC environment In an Oracle RAC environment Dbvisit Standby must be installed and configured as below on each primary node in the RAC cluster Primary and Standby Server or RAC nodes 1 Unzip the dbvisit standby6 0_ lt os gt zip file to a temporary directory This can be done on a local PC where lt os gt is the Operating System linux hpux aix solaris etc Login as the Oracle database owner e g oracle to the primary server 3 Create the directory usr local dbvisit and ensure that the oracle user has full access to this directory usr local gt chown oracle dba dbvisit Where oracle is the Oracle database owner and dba is the database group 4 Copy the installation file dbvisit standby6 0 x t
181. base use the command dbv oraStartStop activate lt DDC gt Activation cannot be reversed A new standby database will have to be built Graceful Switchover Both the primary and standby database must be available Reverses the roles between the primary and standby databases without data loss The primary database becomes the standby database and the standby database becomes the primary database Graceful Switchover is used to switch back to the original primary database after a disaster in which the standby database has been activated failover Graceful Switchover may also be used for planned outages to perform an upgrade on the primary site by switching over the database users to the standby site as hardware or software is upgraded on the primary site It may also be used to test the Disaster Recovery scenario Role reversal Please see Graceful Switchover Please see Graceful Switchover Activation of standby Please see failover database Transportable Media Transportable Media TM is an external device such as a USB drive that can be used to create the standby database The TM is first plugged into the primary server and then manually transferred to the standby site and plugged into the standby server to complete the standby database creation process Using a TM is advantageous if the database is very large or the network is slow since the network is no longer used to transfer the copy of the database to create t
182. be dbvisit Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes gt DBPASSWD Please enter the password for Dbvisit Oracle database user dbvisit Dbvisit Oracle user dbvisit password is dbvisitpasswd gt Dbvisit Oracle user password will be dbvisitpasswd Is this Correct lt Ye s No gt Yes EI RAC configuration only The following will be displayed only if a RAC configuration is chosen 18 Specify the instance name that Dbvisit Standby processing should take over if that instance is unavailable The instance name must be different to the current instance name gt RAC TAKEOVER SID Specify the instance name that Dbvisit processing should take over if that instance is unavailable The instance name must be different to the current instance name RACDB1 The standby database may not be kept up to date if an instance is not available and Dbvisit processing is not taken over by another instance RAC Takeover SID is RACDB2 gt RAC Takeover SID will be RACDB2 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes End RAC configuration only EI Standby Server setup All information for the primary server has now been collected Please enter setup information for the standby server Note values entered during setup cannot be verified on the standby server Please ensure they are correct 19 Enter the name of the standby server gt DESTINATION Please enter the name of the standby server or standby database server Primary
183. bvisit And the following messages go to SUCCESS MAILTO e Notification of successful completion of Dbvisit Standby run on the primary to transfer logs e Notification of successful completion of Dbvisit Standby run on the standby to apply logs e Heartbeat messages e Log gap report lf SUCCESS MAILTO is set to a valid email address but SUCCESSMAIL is set to N then the following type of messages will not be sent at all e Warning when no new logs found to transfer even when ALERT _ON_WARNING is set e Warning that a previous instance of Dbvisit Standby is still running e Warning that a required archive log not found on standby database e Notification of successful completion of Dbvisit Standby run on the primary to transfer logs e Notification of successful completion of Dbvisit Standby run on the standby to apply logs Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 181 Dbvisit Dbvisit Standby with RAC Real Application Cluster Dbvisit Standby can be used together with Oracle RAC Real Application Cluster RAC allows multiple instances on different nodes to access a shared database on a cluster system RAC allows scalability and provides high availability Oracle RAC together with Dbvisit St
184. bvisit i lt database gt command must be scheduled for these settings to be effective Sample ARCHIVE_LOG_GAP_THRESHOLD 0 TRANSFER_LOG _GAP_THRESHOLD 4 Dbvisit Standby log files are will automatically according to these settings LOG_FILE_ROTATE_MAX indicates how many backups are made of the log files before it is overwritten The first backup will be dbvisit_hist log 1 The second backup will be dbvisit_hist log 2 etc LOG_FILE_SIZE_MAX_MB indicates the size of the log file before the log file is rotated as above Sample LOG_FILE_ROTATE_MAX 5 LOG_FILE_ SIZE _MAX_MB 5 Automatically start the standby database if standby database is down and dbvisit i or dbvisit R command is given on the primary server These Dbvisit Standby commands require the standby database to be up Setting AUTO_START_STANDBY_DB Yes ensures the standby database will be up Default value Yes Sample AUTO_START_STANDBY_DB Yes This creates a lag time in minutes between the archiving of a redo log at the primary database and the application of the log on the standby database Note that the archive logs are still transferred to the standby server as normal without delay When this variable is gt 0 MAX_TIMES_TRIED can no longer be relied on to alert when there are no new archives to be applied to the standby database Use TRANSFER_LOG_ GAP_THRESHOLD instead for alerting To turn off APPLY_DELAY LAG MINUTES set to 0 Sample APPLY
185. bvisit i the Dbvisit Standby log gap report will be displayed Setting this to Yes will email this report to the email address specified by ADMINS The Dbvisit Standby log gap report will always be written to the Dbvisit Standby database repository DDR Possible values Yes No Yes Email the Dbvisit Standby log gap report to the email address specified by ADMINS No Do not email the Dbvisit Standby log gap report Default value Yes Example EMAIL_LOG_ GAP_REPORT Yes Possible values Yes No Yes Include the Dbvisit Standby log gap report in the daily heartbeat email that is sent from the primary server No Do not include the Dbvisit Standby log gap report in the daily heartbeat email Default value No Example SEND LOG GAP_WITH_HEARTBEAT Yes If Dovisit Standby is part of a cluster and a different hostname should be used instead of the regular hostname returned by the current server then this variable can be Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 259 Dbvisit used to specify a command to set the hostname for Dbvisit Standby For example When Dbvisit Standby is used in a cluster and the virtual cluster name should be used instead of the physical hostname
186. bvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 2 New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup 3 New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup 4 New Dbvisit Database repository DDR setup Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 96 Dbvisit Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Standby Database Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository DDR Please enter choice Primary server or primary RAC node setup for GUI The setup through the browser is very fast and efficient Dovisit Standby will specify all the defaults and will alert if a setting is not correct This setup is only required on the primary server and not on the standby server 1 Specify the address of the primary server in the URL with the correct port default 8081 e080 lt gt GS http 221 48 62 132 8081 2 Login to the Dbvisit Standby GUI interface by specifying the user name and password default is admin admin Dbvisit Standby Login dbvisit51 User admin Login 3 Choose Setup from the main menu
187. by Database Cand template Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository CDDR gt Please enter choice 55 Dbvisit Standby has been installed on the primary server Please click OK to exit ON Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology fel 2 Completing the Dbvisit Setup Wizard Dbvisit has been installed on your computer Click Finish to dose this wizard The Dbvisit Standby software and secure shell have been installed The standby database can now be created and then Dbvisit Standby can be setup and configured for the primary and standby database Windows Shortcuts for command line interface CLI amp Shortcuts will have been created for Dbvisit Standby under Programs gt Dbvisit gt Standby The shortcuts are Dbvisit Standby command console Db Dbvisit Standby setup A Dbvisit Standby UserGuide a Readme a Uninstall Dbvisit Standby The Dbvisit Standby command console is the main utility to execute Dbvisit Standby commands for CLI Shortcuts have also been created for Bitvise Tunnelier and Bitvise WinSSHD For more information about Bitvise WinSSHD and Tunnelier please visit http www bitvise com Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 46 Dbvisit Configure
188. by Server Run Interactive SO a da Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Graceful Switchover Unique Key Run Close H Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Standby Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Graceful Switchover from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Enter a unique key such as 4456 this must be the same key as entered on the primary tab Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Jot Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Graceful Switchover Unique Key 4456 Run Close The rest of the examples show command line interface CLI however the output is identical to the web based GUI version Example Note that both the primary and the standby database will be shutdown and restarted during the switchover 1 On the primary server start the Graceful Switchover procedure dbv oraStartstop switchover dbvisitp Where dbvisitp is the name of the database 2 On the standby server start the Graceful Switchover procedure dbv oraStartstop switchover dbvisitp Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software pag
189. by Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Default from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Jor Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Default 7 Run Close 2 Activate the standby database A prompt will be displayed to ask for confirmation Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 217 Dbvisit Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Jot Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Activate 3 Run Close 3 As soon as possible back up your new production database At this point the former standby database is now your production database This task while not required is a recommended safety measure because you cannot recover changes made after activation without a backup The new production database is now operational and users can connect to continue operation Once the old primary server is available again a new standby database can be built on this server Dbvisit Standby can then be run as normal to keep the new standby database in synch with the primary database Notes
190. ch is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration Where licensed_user is the licensed username obtained after purchasing Dbvisit Standby And license_number is the license key obtained after purchasing Dbvisit Standby For example dbvisit lic wl02n Avisit 3556 Dbvisit Standby Database technology dbvisit started on dbvisitll Dbvisit license for Database wl02n DEMO gt Update with new licensed user Avisit and license number 3556 Ts this correct lt Y s No gt Yes y License updated Running license check again Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 213 Dbvisit Dbvisit License for Database wl02n VALID Avisit 3556 Where w102n is the name of the database Avisit is the licensed username and 3556 is the license number H Home gt Setup gt Register Dbvisit Standby License Product y License Information Please enter the following information to license Dbvisit Standby User Name avisit License Key 3556 License Dbvisit Standby Display License Note 1 This only has to be done on the primary database server A license is not needed for the standby server 2 The ord
191. chives will be deleted If set to No then archives will not be deleted if THRESHOLD ARCHSOURCE exceeds the current disk space full percentage This variable has NO influence over DAYS TO KEEP _ARCHSOURCE or NUM ARCHSOURCE_TO_KEEP These will still delete archive files when their criteria are met ARCHSOURCE_BACKUP_COUNT Specifies the number of times an archive log has to be backed up by RMAN before Dbvisit Standby deletes it from the primary server To disable this setting set to 0 If you are not sure set to 0 Example ARCHSOURCE_BACKUP_COUNT 0 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 129 Dbvisit Notes 1 Only the variables for the primary server are shown The standby server variables work exactly the same as the primary server variables The standby server variables have the word srt instead of source 2 In normal circumstances either variable DAYS TO KEEP ARCHSOURCE Of NUM ARCHSOURCE TO KEEP will be used but not both 3 The variables pays to krer arcHsourcE and num arcHsource To KEEP Can be turned off by setting them to 0 4 The variable taresuotp arcusource Can be turned off by setting it to 100 Dbvisit Standby Archive Log Management Module processing overview
192. command line interface CLI or a web based interface GUI Throughout this user manual the CLI commands will be indicated with a El and the web based or GUI commands will be indicated with a ON Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Do you want to configure Dbvisit Standby through a browser Dj 52 Click Yes to configure this now through a browser Click No to configure Dbvisit Standby through the command line interface CLI cs C Program Files x86 Dbvisit dbvserver bin dbvisit_install_win32 exe Starting in C Program Files x86 Dbvisit dbuserver bin Path C Program Files x86 gt Dbvisit Service logon Dbyserver is up and running The service name is Dbuserver To change the port that Dbuvserver is listening on please edit C program files x86 gt dbvisit dbuserver etc dbuserver conf Next steps Dbuvisit Standby is configured either through a browser or through co mmand line wizards This only needs to be done on the primary server or primary RAC nodes To configure Dbvisit Standby through a browser please point your browser to http 216 48 62 142 8681 Default username password is admin admin If your browser fails to respond please ensure firewall ports are open or restart the Dbuserver service Also check the logs in C program files x86 gt dbvisit dbuserver log Please press enter to exit this message 53 Please see the Configure Dbvisit Standby step 2 Window
193. completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Backing up current controlfiles for dbvisitp dbvisit31 avisit co nNnZ Database dbvisitp on dbvisit31 avisit co nz is already down No action taken Starting Regular Database dbvisitp Regular Database dbvisitp started nomount Shutting down standby Database dbvisitp Standby Database dbvisitp shutdown successfully Controlfile backed up as usr tmp GS dbvisitp X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp controlfile Database dbvisitp on dbvisit3l avisit co nz is already down No action taken Transferring X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp controlfile to host dbvisit32 avisit co nz X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp controlfile Waiting for Checkpoint 6 on dbvisit32 avisit co NnZ Checkpoint 6 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 7 on dbvisit32 avisit co NnZ Checkpoint 7 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 8 on dbvisit32 avisit co nNnZ Checkpoint 8 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 9 on dbvisit32 avisit co nZ Checkpoint 9 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 10 on dbvisit32 avisit co nzZ Checkpoint 10 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Waiting tor Checkpoint 11 on dbvisit32 avisit co nNnZ Checkpoint 11 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 12 on dbvisit32 avisit co NnZ Checkpoint 12 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co n
194. ctory usr local dbv1x102 exists on dbvisit32 and has the correct privileges otherwise the next transfer step may fail Transterring dbv Functions Lo host dbvisiloZ2 chy funcelionse Transferring dbvisit to host dbvisit32 dbvisit Transferring dbvisit setup to host dbvisit32 dbvisit setup Transferring dbv oraStartStop to host dbvisit32 dbv_orastartstop Transferring dbv dbv1x102 env to host dbvisit32 dbv_dbvlx102 env Transferring dbv_ ORACLE SID env to host dbvisit32 dbv_ORACLE SID env Transferring README txt to host dbvisit32 README txt Checking Oracle installation on dbvisit32 in oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db 1 bin oracle Total database size for dbv1lx1l02 is 30GB What would you like to do 1 Create standby database and optionally save settings in template Restart the uncompleted creation of standby database Create standby database using existing template previously saved Help Terminate processing Please enter your choice 2 1 Starting creation of standby database 4 An ASM for Oracle database versions 10 2 or higher or normal file system standby database can be created Do you want to create an ASM standby database with all or some database files in ASM storage Yes y Standby database will be ASM Y Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license
195. d A database connection is opened once at the start of Dbvisit Standby This connection is used shared for all information requested from the database At the end of Dbvisit Standby processing the connection is closed If the time taken to establish a database connection is too long Dbvisit Standby may be optimised to improve performance by setting DB_ CONNECTION MODE_DR shared The connection to the database is then only made once If you are not sure set to dedicated Example DB CONNECTION MODE_DR shared IGNORE_ARCH_ HIST Default value No Possible values Yes No Yes Use Dbvisit Standby own internal mechanism to find the next available log to transfer No Use Oracle controlfile information to find the next available log file If this information is no longer available in the controlfile default to using Dbvisit Standby s own internal mechanism If you are not sure set to No During initial Dovisit Standby testing setting this to Yes is useful as the archive log file to transfer to the standby database is not always easily available in Oracle especially if there has been a network outage and the standby database has not been updated for a while Example IGNORE_ARCH_HIST No USE STORE _ARCH_SEQ Graceful Switchover only Set to Yes if during initial Graceful Switchover testing Oracle cannot find new archives to recover database Possible values No Yes Example USE STORE_ARCH_SEQ No FLASH _ARCH_DI
196. d configured and scheduled on each primary node No RAC Node Please specify if this is the first RAC node in the Dbvisit Standby configuration or not Values are Yes or No Yes First RAC node that Dbvisit Standby is configured for No Dbvisit Standby has been already configured on another node in this RAC configuration 9 Specify Mail parameters Then click Next Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish wie Dbvisit Standby Setup Back Next X Mail Client Please enter mail client Default is to use internal Dbvisit smtp mail client Alternate mail clients can be set after completing setup Please see MAILCFG_SENDMAIL_CLIENT Dbvisit Internal Mail Manual Mail Optionally in case your preferred mail client is different from Dbvisit Client internal mail client you may enter your own client below Admins Please enter the administrator email address es where emails will be sent upon success or failure of Dbvisit Multiple emails should be separated with a comma Surround mutiple email address es in double quotes Example support mycompany com dba mycompany com support mycompany com 10 Specify the settings for managing the archive log files on the primary server Then click Next Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit lice
197. d if a different structure of the standby database is required File Locations Primary u03 app oracle oradata d112f Online Log Locations Primary u03 app oracle oradata d112f Primary database contains non OMF datafiles and or tempfiles Creation of non OMF standby datafiles and or tempfiles requires valid filesystem locations on the standby server Review and confirm standby locations to create standby non OMF datafiles and tempfiles You may alter the data file names for the standby database below If unsure use the file names displayed by default Standby u03 app oracle oradata d112f Primary database contains non OMF redo logs Creation of non OMF redo logs Dbvisit Standby requires valid filesystem locations on the standby server Review and confirm standby locations to create standby non OMF redo logs You may alter the log file names for the standby database below If unsure use the file names displayed by default Standby u03 app oracle oradata d112f 9 The settings can be saved for future use Click on Create Standby Database Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 111 Dbvisit Save Template Save information provided on this page as new template Please note
198. dbvisitp on dbvisit3l1 if not already started Please enter unique key 23550 Key 3550 entered Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server The switchover process has now started For more information about the messages and process during the switchover please see the Graceful Switchover errors and recovery section below At the end of the switchover the primary database has transitioned to a standby database Checkpoint 14 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz File dbv dbvisitpsenv copied to dbv cbhvisitp env 20111 2051706 Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file dbv dbvisitp env has been updated and variables have been reversed between primary and standby server SOURCE dbvisit32 avisit co nz DESTINATION dbvisit31 avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 15 on dbvisit32 avisit co nzZ Checkpoint 15 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit Waiting for Checkpoint 16 on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Checkpoint 16 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit Waiting tor Checkpoint 17 on dbvisit32 avisit co NnZ Checkpoint 17 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit Tempfiles dropped Waiting for Checkpoint 18 on dbvisit32 avisit co nzZ Checkpoint 18 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit Graceful switchover completed This database dbvisitp is now a standby database Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual
199. dbvisitp dbf 1 82 l piece gz Uncompressing var tmp tmp2 dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 2 83 l piece gz Uncompressing var tmp tmp2 dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 3 84 l piece gz Uncompressing var tmp tmp2 dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 4 85 l piece gz Uncompressing var tmp tmp2 dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 5 86 l piece gz Shutting down standby database on dbvisit32 avisit CcO NZ Standby database dbvisitp5 on dbvisit32 avisit co nz shutdown Remote spfile oracle orabase product 10 1 0 Db 1 dbs spfiledbvisitp5 ora backed as joracle orabase prodiuct 10 1 0 Db 1 dbs spriledbvisitps ora 201111231612 Remote spfile oracle orabase product 10 1 0 Db 1 dbs spfiledbvisitp5 ora deleted Spfile created on the remote server Restoring standby control files Starting Standby Database dbvisitp5 Standby Database dbvisitp5 started nomount Standby database dbvisitp5 on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Startup nomount Shutting down standby database on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Standby database dbvisitp5s on dbvisit32 avisit co nz shutdown Standby control files restored Starting Standby Database dbvisitp5 Standby Database dbvisitp5 started Standby database dbvisitp5 on dbvisit32 avisit co nz mounted Catalog backup piece var tmp tmp2 dbv_dbvisitp dbf 10 87 l piece Catalog backup piece var tmp tmp2 dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 1 81 l piece Catalog backup piece var tmp tmp2 dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 1 82 l piece Catalog backup piece var tmp tmp2 dbv_ dbvisi
200. dby as per normal Example Configuring Dbvisit Standby for multiple standby databases The following example will show how to configure Dbvisit Standby for 3 standby databases all being kept in synch from the same primary database Assuming that 3 DDC files have been created as shown above dbv_w112g env dbv_w112g2 env and dbv_w112g3 env First standby database Ei To run Dbvisit Standby on the primary server to keep a first standby database up to date dbvisit wll2g Where w112g is the DDC for the first standby database To run Dbvisit Standby on the standby server to keep a first standby database up to date dbvisit w112g Where w112g is the DDC for the second standby database Second standby database El To run Dbvisit Standby on the primary server to keep a second standby database up to date dbvisit w112g2 Where w112g2 is the DDC for the second standby database Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 221 Dbvisit To run Dbvisit Standby on the standby server to keep a second standby database up to date abvisit w112g2 Where w112g2 is the DDC for the second standby database Third standby database EI To run Dbvisit Standby on the primary server to keep a third st
201. dby through command line i cd usr local dbvisit standby ii Run dbvisit setup Please ensure Dbvisit Standby software is installed on all primary and standby servers before starting configuration dbvisit install completed Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 81 Dbvisit The Dbvisit software has been installed Dbvisit Standby can now be configured for the primary and standby databases and a standby database can be created Configure Dbvisit Standby step 3 Linux Unix Once the Dbvisit Standby software is installed and SSH is configured Dbvisit Standby can be configured or setup for a specific database Dbvisit Standby can be configured and run through a command line interface CLI or a web based interface GUI The CLI commands are indicated with a Hl and the web based or GUI commands are indicated with a EI Dbvisit Standby is configured for each database using a menu based command line setup utility This utility is called dbvisit_setup EI The following applies to configuring Dbvisit Standby for a specific database 1 dbvisit_ setup only needs to be run on the primary server Not on the standby server 2 Dbvisit Standby will as much as possible determine the value
202. dicate that there will not be any new log files to apply Run Dbvisit Standby again until the threshold has been reached MAX_TIMES_ TRIED and Dbvisit Standby should send an alert Then run Dbvisit Standby again on the primary server and then again on the standby server Dbvisit Standby should apply the next available log file Example dbv oraStartStop stop oral0g Tests stopping the standby database Example dbv oraStartStop start oral0g Tests starting the standby database Example dbv oraStartStop status oral0g Tests obtaining the status of the database Example dbv oraStartStop switchover oraldg Tests the Graceful Switchover and will transition the standby database to a primary database This command must also be initiated on the primary server Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 240 Dbvisit Housekeeping Temp files Dbvisit Standby produces temporary files in the TMP directory every time Dbvisit Standby executes The temporary files are automatically deleted when Dbvisit Standby finishes execution lf REMOVE TEMP FILE is set to N default is Yes then all temporary files will be NOT be deleted when Dbvisit Standby has completed processing This sett
203. e Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Standby Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Activate from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Jot Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Activate z Run Close Graceful Switchover 16 To initial Graceful Switchover El dbv oraStartStop switchover lt DDC gt unique key Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 126 Dbvisit Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration unique _ key is optional and can be supplied if Graceful Switchover is to be run in the background This command must be issued on both the primary and the standby server Both the primary and the standby database will be shutdown and restarted during the switchover Please see the Graceful Switchover role reversal section for more information Example On the primary server start the Graceful Switchover proc
204. e The cluster will usually have a shared file system which is either mounted on node 1 or node 2 depending on which is the active node When the cluster fails over to the other node the new active node will mount the file system The cluster will have a virtual node name and a virtual IP address This virtual name and IP address will be associated with the active node and will swap over to the other node if that node becomes active To setup Dbvisit Standby on a two node cluster you can either choose to either install Dbvisit Standby on the shared file system or a local file system e If you install Dbvisit Standby on a shared file system you only need to install Dbvisit Standby once and maintain one copy of Dbvisit Standby e If you install Dovisit Standby on a local file system you will need to install Dbvisit Standby twice and maintain 2 copies of Dbvisit Standby In a cluster the physical node that Dbvisit Standby runs on is may change Dbvisit Standby may run on any one of the nodes in the cluster Therefore Dbvisit Standby cannot use the hostname or server name of the server it is currently running on In a cluster environment it is common to use the virtual hostname of the cluster rather than the physical hostname of the node To specify a virtual hostname or server name to use for Dbvisit Standby set the HOSTNAME_CMD variable in the DDC file Example for a VERITAS Cluster server on Unix HOSTNAME CMD usr local bin c
205. e The same account name must be used to install Dbvisit Standby on the primary and standby server NOTE for Windows 2008 and Windows 7 User Account Control UAC may need to be turned off for both accounts A L x oam 5 The components to install can be chosen By default all components should be chosen Dbvisit Standby is bundled with Bitvise WinSSHD and Bitvise Tunnelier software to securely transfer the database updates to the standby server If an Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 35 N Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOGY alternative SSH secure shell method is already installed then this can be used 7 Choose Components Dbvisit Choose which Features of Dbvisit you want to install Check the components you want to install and uncheck the components you don t want to install Click Next to continue Description an Position your mouse Dbvisit Dbvserver Web gyer a component to Bitvise WinSSHD see its description Bitvise Tunnelier Configure SSH2 System Readiness Check Select components to install If upgrading only select the components that need to be upgraded Space required 55 4MB i Nullsoft Install System v2 46 6 Choos
206. e Once Dbvisit has been tested schedule Dbvisit on primary and standby servers using cron or other scheduling tool Please press lt Enter gt to continue 15 The standby database has been created The Dbvisit Standby setup menu will be redisplayed Dbvisit Standby Database Technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Dbvisit Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New Dbvisit RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 2 New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 151 Dbvisit New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup New Dbvisit Database repository DDR setup Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Standby Database and template Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository DDR Exit 16 Exit out of the main menu and run Dbvisit Standby as normal A Restarting Standby Database creation There are three possible scenarios when you may wish to restart creation of the standby database 1 Previous run of the setup utility terminated with an error while creating a standby database The err
207. e page 162 Dbvisit dgroup2 sample controlfile control01 dbf Standby database files renaming tecniques Dbvisit Standby uses a range of techniques to rename database files in the standby control file e Use Oracle database parameters db_ file name_convert and log file name_convert e Use RMAN command set newname e Ensure creation of OMF files is enabled in the standby database to create OMF and FQSN files automatically Standby database files renaming rules Dbvisit Standby creates a standby pfile int lt ORACLE SID DEST gt ora in a default operating system location for Oracle databases version below 9 Oracle creates a standby spfile spfile lt ORACLE SID DEST gt ora in a default operating system location for Oracle databases versions 9 and higher when creating a filesystem standby database For an ASM standby database the user may alternatively specify a valid ASM location to create an spfile spfile lt ORACLE SID DEST gt ora The value of the control_files Oracle database parameter determines control files to be created for the standby database e The user can provide full name for FS or ALIAS control files e To create OMF or FQSN control files the parameter control_ files should be left empty or in case of the ASM standby only the name of ASM diskgroup s should be specified Creation of OMF files should be enabled on the standby by setting parameters db_create_file dest and or db create online log dest_n and or db reco
208. e page 290 Dbvisit 10 Start the standby database in nomount mode sqlplus as sysdba SQL gt startup nomoun rt On the primary server 11 Set the Oracle environment to the production database and start Rman rman connect target run change archivelog all crosscheck allocate channel chl type disk backup incremental level 0 database format C oracle orabase backupfile bk inc0O s sp setsize 8250000 include current controlfile for standby sql alter system archive log current backup archivelog all format C oracle orabase backupfile al s p release channel chl 12 Copy files from C oracle orabase backupfile to same location on standby server 13 Create an alias entry for the standby database in the tnsnames ora file on the production server In this example the alias is called standbydb 14 Start Rman and create the standby database The password for sys must be the password from the password file rman connect auxiliary sys password standbydb connect target run allocate auxiliary channel chl type disk duplicate target database for standby dorecover nofilenamecheck release channel chl 15 Standby database is now complete Rman has started the standby database in mount standby mode which is correct for Dbvisit Standby to continue For reference the commands to start a standby database are SQL gt startup nomount SQL gt alter database mount standby database
209. e 189 3 4 5 Dbvisit Where dbvisitp is the name of the database Enter a unique key on the primary server This unique key can be any number that has not previously been used for Graceful Switchover Graceful Switchover starting on Primary Database dbvisitp Timestamp 200902230513 gt gt gt Database dbvisitp will be shutdown and restarted lt lt lt Ensure Dbvisit is no longer scheduled Obtaining archive log gap Contacting Standby Database dbvisitp on dbvisit32 Last standby sequence obtained 3387 Archive Log Gap is 0 This is correct to continue Please enter unique key to begin graceful switchover for database dbvisitp The same key must be entered on both primary and standby server Please start command dbv oraStartStop switchover dbvisitp on dbvisit32 if not already started Please enter unique key 3550 Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server Enter the same unique key on the standby server This ensures that both processes are linked to each other Graceful Switchover starting on Standby Database dbvisitp Timestamp 200902181649 Database dbvisitp will be shutdown and restarted Ensure Dbvisit is no longer scheduled Please enter unique key to begin graceful switchover for database dbvisitp The same key must be entered on both primary and standby server Please start command dbv oraStartstop switchover
210. e Dbvisit software page 258 REMOVE_TEMP_FILES TRANSFER_RETRIES SYNCH_ENV_FILE_ONLY EMAIL_LOG_GAP_REPORT SEND_LOG_GAP_WITH_HEARTBEAT HOSTNAME CMD Dbvisit Default value Yes Example COMPARE_CHECKSUM Yes Determines if Dbvisit Standby temporary files should be deleted after Dbvisit Standby processing Possible values Yes No Yes Dbvisit Standby temporary files will be deleted No Dbvisit Standby temporary files will NOT be deleted Default value Yes Example REMOVE_TEMP_FILES Yes Determines the number of retries when the checksum of the transferred log file does not match the original file When the checksum does not match the file will be transferred again If the checksum does not match after TRANSFER_RETRIES attempts an alert will be raised Default value 2 Example TRANSFER_RETRIES 2 Variable SYNCH_DBVISIT_INSTALL Yes must be set for this setting to be active Possible values Yes No No Complete Dbvisit Standby installation and configuration DDC file will be synchronised everytime Dbvisit Standby executes Yes Only Dbvisit Standby database configurational DDC file will be synchronised everytime Dbvisit Standby executes Note The complete Dbvisit Standby installation can be synchronised with the dbvisit c lt DDC gt command Example SYNCH_ENV_FILE_ONLY Yes Determines if the Dbvisit Standby log gap report will be emailed When Dbvisit Standby is run with the inspect command d
211. e agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 283 UPDATE Propagated Note 1 Recovery process at standby will fail during application of archive if datafiles do not already exist Datafiles should be pre created at the standby to prevent automatic recovery from failing However if the recovery process fails then the problem can be fixed by creating the datafile s and restarting recovery Note 2 If incomplete or media recovery is performed which requires the standby to be rebuilt However if you can perform complete recovery without resetting the logs then the standby is not invalidated Note 3 The standby controlfile is not updated If the redo log configuration at the standby is different than at the primary then no action is needed Else rename as for datafiles Datafiles at standby must be renamed at the operating system level and then at the database level that is repeat the commands issued at the primary Note 4 If archive stream interrupted In which case must rebuild standby However if this is a temporary halt in archiving then it has no effect Note 9 If the archive stream is interrupted in which case rebuild standby However if you are performing complete recovery without resetting the online redo logs then the standby is not invalidated For example if all primary controlfiles are lost but all other fil
212. e default tablespace to install the Dbvisit Standby database repository DDR A list of tablespaces will be displayed Please select the default tablespace to install the Dbvisit Database repository DDR The following tablespaces are available Tablespace SYSTEM UNDOTBS1 SYSAUX TEMP USERS Refresh list Please enter choice 5 The default tablespace will be USERS Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 42 Select the temporary tablespace to install the Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR A list of tablespaces will be displayed Please select the temp tablespace to install the Dbvisit Database repository DDR The following tablespaces are available Tablespace SYSTEM UNDOTBS1 SYSAUX TEMP USERS Refresh list Please enter choice 4 The temp tablespace will be TEMP Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 43 The Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR will now be created Dbvisit will now create the Dbvisit Database repository DDR Continue Yes or return to the menu lt Yes Return gt Yes User dbvisit created Grants to user dbvisit completed Creating repository for dbvisit Repository for dbvisit created A Dbvisit Standby setup completed for CLI The Dbvisit Standby setup is complete 44 Dbvisit Standby setup is now complete Ensure the tasks listed are completed on the standby server A what is next message is also displayed Dbvisit configuration comple
213. e enabled on the standby by setting Pme FOSN Ne eee parameter db _create_file_dest Datafiles and tempfiles will be created in this location Primary ALIAS file Standby FS file A valid existing filesystem location must be specified for the standby FS file Primary FQSN Standby OMF Creation of OMF files must be enabled on the standby by setting redo redo parameters db _create_file_dest and ordb_create_online_log_dest_n and or db_recovery_file_dest Redo logs will be created in these locations if CSD_FORCE_ASM_REDO_CONVERT set to Y in the DDC file default N then a FS redo will be created This setting can be used for some environments that do not allow mounting of the standby database when its control file contains ASM names for redo and an ASM instance is not running Primary ALIAS Standby FS redo A valid existing filesystem location must be used for the standby FS redo redo Primary FS gt Standby ASM Datafiles and tempfiles Primary FS file Standby FQSN A valid ASM diskgroup name must be specified File will be created file under ASM_diskgroup db_unique_name datafile tempfile Primary OMF file Standby FQSN A valid ASM diskgroup name must be specified File will be created file under ASM_diskgroup db_unique_name datafile tempfile Redo logs Primary FS redo Standby ALIAS A valid ASM diskgroup name must be specified File will be created fredo under ASM_diskgroup db_unique_name onlinelog Primary OMF redo Standby FQSN A valid ASM diskg
214. e in read only mode for reporting purposes 10 To start a regular or standby database use El dbv oraStartStop start lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration For example to start a standby database dbv_oraStartStop start wl02n Dbvisit Standby Database technology dbv oraStartStop started on dbvisiti2 Starting Standby Database wl02n Standby Database wl02n started Where w102n is the name of the database Example to start a normal database Dbvisit Standby Database technology aby orastartstop Started on dbvisit11 Starting regular Database wl02n Regular Database wl02n started Wherew102n is the name of the database Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Start Database from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Jot Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Start Database s Run Close To start the standby database choose the Standby Server tab It is recommended to use Dbvisit Standby to start the databases primary and standby automatically at boot time Dbvi
215. e it is overwritten The first backup will be dbvisit hist dogs1 The second backup will be dbvisit hist log 2 etc LOG FILE SIZE MAX MB indicates the size of the log file before the log file is rotated as above Example LOG FILE ROTATE MAX 5 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 241 Dbvisit LOG FILE SIZE MAX MB 5 This setting ensures the maximum size of the Dbvisit Standby log file will be SMB If the log file is greater than 5MB it will be copied to a backup log file This setting ensures there will be 5 backup versions of the Dbvisit Standby log file before backup versions of the log file will be overwritten The TMP directory location can be found in the DDC file for the database Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 242 Dbvisit Dbvisit Standby configuration variables DDC Dbvisit Standby is highly configurable and there are many variables that affect the configuration processing and options of Dbvisit Standby These c
216. e name from one of the primary nodes Example if the RAC configuration has 2 instances called RACDB1 and RACDB2 and the standby database is called RACDB then Dbvisit Standby is executed on the standby server using the command dbvisit RACDB1 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 48 Dbvisit A Primary server or primary RAC node setup for CLI A Starting dbvisit_setup 1 Start the Dbvisit Standby command console from the Start Menu gt Programs gt Dbvisit gt Standby Note this step is not necessary if dbvisit_ setup is started as part of the initial Dovisit Standby installation DS Dbvisit Standby command console Db Dbvisit Standby setup A Dbvisit Standby UserGuide Readme Uninstall Dbyisit Standby Type dbvisit_setup to start the configuration Note this step is not necessary if dbvisit_setup is started as part of the initial Dovisit Standby installation Confirm that this is the primary server gt dbvisit setup only needs to be run on the primary server Is this the primary server lt Yes No gt Yes For a new database setup choose option 1 for RAC choose option 1a Dbvisit Standby Database technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup
217. e standby server Alerts when certain thresholds have been reached Can delete Oracle archives logs after a set number of days Can keep a constant number of Oracle archive logs on the system Values are Yes or no Yes Setup and use AMM on standby server No do not use AMM on standby server If you are not sure set to Yes Should Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module be used on standby server Yes gt Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module on standby server will used Yes Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 3 7 Specify the number of days to keep the Oracle archive log files on disk After this period they will be removed To disable this setting set to 0 gt DAYS TO KEEP ARCHDEST Please specify the number of days you want to keep the Oracle log files on the Standby server After this the log files will be removed from the server To disable this setting set to 0 If you are not sure set to 7 Number of days to keep log files on disk is 7 gt Number of days to keep log files on disk will be 7 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 38 Specify the number of archive log files to keep on the server Log files greater than this number will be removed oldest first To disable this setting set to 0 gt NUM ARCHDEST TO KEEP Please specify the number of Archive log files to keep on the standby server Log files greater than this number will be removed oldest first To disable this sett
218. e standby server to the primary server Can only be run on the standby server Dbvisit Standby installation and configuration files DDC will be overridden on the primary server This option can be used to test the transfer mechanism between the standby and primary server where the standby server initiates the transfer instead of the primary server Displays the Dbvisit Standby license for a particular database This can be VALID INVALID or DEMO When the DEMO license has expired a Dbvisit Standby license must be purchased in order to continue to use Dbvisit Standby Can only be run on the primary server abvisict lic lt DDC gt lt 11censed User gt 11Celse dbvisit setup Sets the Dbvisit Standby license for particular database The license will be verified If the license is correct the words VALID will be displayed Can only be run on the primary server Run the Dbvisit Standby setup and configure utility This can do the following 1 New database or RAC Instance setup 2 Create standby database 3 New Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file setup 4 New Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM setup 5 New Dbvisit Standby database repository DDR Setup 6 Manage the database repository DDR 7 Update Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as spec
219. e the install location for Dbvisit Standby com Choose Install Location Dbvisit Choose the Folder in which to install Dbvisit Setup will install Dbyvisit Standby in the following Folder To install the in a different folder click Browse and select another Folder Click Install to start the installation Please note Dbvisit Standby will be installed under a subdirectory called Standby from the main directory chosen Destination Folder C Program Files Dbvisit Browse Space required 55 4MB Space available 7 5GB Nullsoft Install System v2 46 S lt Back Cancel 7 Choose the install location for Bitvise WinSSHD www bitvise com This is the SSH service that accepts secure transfers bP Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology fel x d Choose Install Location Dbvisit Choose the folder in which to install Dbvisit Please choose folder for installation of Bitvise WinSSHD Please choose next if this component will not be installed or upgraded Please ensure the same location is chosen on both primary and standby servers Please choose Folder For installation of Bitvise WinSSHD Browse Space required 55 4MB Space available 3 4GB Nullsoft Install System v2 46 lt Back Cancel 8 Choose the install location for Bitvise Tunnelier www bitvise com This is the secure SSH client that transfers the updates Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual C
220. e upgrade needs to be done for each primary node You may want to create a backup of the Dbvisit Standby install directory for rollback purposes all Dbvisit software is contained within the main directory Existing 6 0 license keys are automatically applied to the new software Existing 5 1 5 2 and 5 3 license keys are NOT valid for 6 0 Contact Dbvisit Sales to obtain 6 0 license keys if you have current Dbvisit support Your current Dbvisit Database Configuration DDC configurations will be saved Primary and Standby Servers or RAC nodes 1 Unzip the dbvisit standby6 0_ lt os gt zip file to a temporary directory This can be done on a local PC where lt os gt is the Operating System linux hpux aix solaris etc Copy the installation file dbvisit standby6 0 x tar to a temporary directory on the primary server eg usr tmp Change directory to the temporary directory usr tmp Untar the file usr tmp gt tar xvf dbvisit standby6 0 02 tar Where usr tmp gt is the prompt of the OS showing the current directory and 6 0 2 is the Dbvisit Standby version A new directory dbvisit will be created Change directory into the dbvisit directory usr tmp gt cd dbvisit Ensure dbvisit_install has the correct privileges to be executed usr tmp dbvisit gt chmod 750 dbvisit install Run dbvisit_install to install Dbvisit Standby and Dbvserver providing the web interface to Dbvisit Standby usr tmp dbvisi
221. e uses fil fter they h k i a lave Dect aeKecup See the Dbvisit Standby configuration variables section for more information Dbvisit Standby will not conflict with any backup software Dbvisit Standby always ensures the archive log file is not in use before processing the file Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 232 Dbvisit Dbvisit Standby reporting The Dbvisit Standby database repository DDR can be queried to obtain information about the standby database process There are three methods to report on the information contained in the DDR 1 Using the reporting option within the web based version of Dbvisit Standby See Web based reporting below for more information Reporting 2 Using SQL to obtain information about the standby database update process The Dbvisit Standby database repository schema is by default the Oracle schema called dbvisit Please see below for an example of a SQL repository query 3 Using the Dbvisit Standby supplied utility called dbv_functions The option N will extract information from the DDR Type dbv_functions h for help on the command and to show the different options Example dbv functions N dbvisitp Dbvisit Database configuration DDC
222. eating standby parameter file Backup of primary database completed Compressing usr tmp tmpl dbv dbvlx102 dbf 1 70 1 piece Compressing usr tmp tmpl dbv dbvlx102 dbf 1 71 1 piece Compressing usr tmp tmpl dbv dbvlx102 dbf 2 72 1 piece Compressing usr tmp tmpl dbv dbvlx102 dbf 3 73 1 piece Compressing sr tmp tmpl dby dbvlx102 dbf 4 74 l piece Compressing usr tmp tmpl1 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 5 75 1 piece Transferring usr tmp tmp1 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 70 1 piece gz to host dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 1 70 1 piece gz Transferring usr tmp tmpl1 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 71 1 piece gz to host dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv dbvlxl02 dbf 1 71 l piece gz Transferring usr tmp tmpl1 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 2 72 1 piece gz to host dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv dbvlxl02 dbf 2 72 l prece gz Transferring usr tmp tmp1 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 3 73 1 piece gz to host dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 3 73 1 piece gz Transferring usr tmp tmp1 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 4 74 1 piece gz to host dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx1l02 dbf 4 74 1 piece gz Transferring usr tmp tmpl cby dbvlx102 dbf 5 75 1 piec gz fo host dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 5 75 1l piece gz Uncompressing usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 70 1l piece gz Uncompressing usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 71 1 piece gz Uncompressing usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 2 72 1 piece gz Uncompressing usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 3 73 l piece gz Uncomp
223. eceeeeeeeeseeeeeteeetseeeneeaaes 103 Create standby database on the fly USING CLI 0 0 eee ccceceeeceeeteeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeaes 103 Create standby database on the fly USING GUI ee cecccececeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeseeeeaes 109 Dbvisit Standby commands running or executing Dbvisit Standby 113 Two ways to run Dbvisit Standby manually on all platforms cc ecceeceeeeeeeeeeeees 113 Executing Dbvisit Standby CLI commands WINdOWS ccccceeeseeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees 113 Executing Dbvisit Standby CLI commands LINUX UNIX cece cecceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeteeees 113 Executing Dbvisit Standby GUI commands web based cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 113 Running Dbvisit Standby on primary SErVel cccceccceeeceeeeceeceeeceeeceeeeseeeseeeseeeeaeeees 113 Running Dbvisit Standby on the standby server ccccceecceecceeeceeeeeeeeaeeeseeeseeeeeeeees 115 Stopping and starting Gala DaASESS ssciiccsctvsninsaneneus ceanenwswaeawensadavedeaiwottertwadedeatamenntssseneistne 122 Activating standby database failover ccccccccceeeceeeceeeeeeeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeas 126 ICE SWIC NOV CL sosncamasteaeteaucnanenatsa E A 126 Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM ccsseesseeeeeeeeees 128 Dbvisit Standby Archive Log Management Module variables cccseceeeeeeeeeeeeees 129 Dbvisit Standby Archive Log Management Module proc
224. ecifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 281 Dbvisit Appendix A standby database considerations Most changes to the primary databases are propagated using normal propagation however some changes are not propagated to the standby database This is nota constraint from Dbvisit Standby but from Oracle The list below indicates whether a command is normally propagated or requires extra administrative efforts to be fully propagated sglldr direct false RE sqlidr direct false ALLOCATE ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER CLUSTER DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE DATABASE FUNCTION INDEX ACTIVATE COVERABLE UNRECOVE
225. ed If an existing init ora or spfile ora file is already present on the standby server it will be overwritten The Create Standby Database wizard will guide the process for customizing of the Oracle standby database during the creation process The settings can be saved as a template for future use lf a standby database template has been created previously this can be used to create the standby database No further questions will be asked El Create standby database on the fly using CLI The example below shows how to create standby database on the fly by direct transfer to the standby server Creating a standby database is performed on the primary server primary node For a complete overview of creating the standby database please see Creating Standby Databases automatically with Dbvisit Standby 1 Go to the Dbvisit Standby install directory Start the Dbvisit Standby setup utility dbvisit setup 2 To create a standby database choose option 7 Dbvisit Standby Database Technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Dbvisit Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New Dbvisit RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup New Dbvisit Database repository DDR setup Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file
226. edure dbv_oraStartStop switchover dbvsun92 Where dbvsun92 is the name of the database On the standby server start the Graceful Switchover procedure dbv_oraStartStop switchover dbvsun92 Where dbvsun92 is the name of the database Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Graceful Switchover from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Enter Unique Key This can be any number but it has to be the same number as entered on the Standby Server tab Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Jot Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Graceful Switchover Unique Key Run Close Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Standby Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Graceful Switchover from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Sot ur Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Graceful Switchover Unique Key Run Close Enter Unique Key This can be any number and it has to be the same number as entered on the Primary Server tab Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a wa
227. eeseneeeaees 209 Resending archive NOS assert neces asec stems ance e ects ssace sees sateeeeceteessee 210 Re synchronising with the standby database cccccsscsseeeeeeeeeesneseeeceeseeeseneeeees 211 Setting and viewing the Dbvisit Standby license key ccccscceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 213 Updating the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file 0 0 215 Bc oe 2 ts N E nce ne eee eee nett ee een E eee eee ee ee ee 215 Methods to update the DDC file ccceccceeceecteeeeeeeeeeteeesaesseeseeeeeesueeeeeteeeeneeaaes 215 HERA Cnet ert ee ne nee ne ne ee AE 215 Multiple standby dataDa Ses cccccccseccseeceecceecaeeceeceeecageseeeceeseeesaeeseeeseesaeesaeeeuesaass 215 Failover Activating the standby database ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeseeeseeseeeseneseneeeeees 217 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 4 Dbvisit On the standby Server USING CLI ccc ccccceccseccceeecesecesecaeeeseecaeeceeseueeseeeeeeseeeseneseas 217 On the standby server USING GUI ccc cceccceeeceeceeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeessueeseeesaeesaeeseeesaes 217 Multiple standby databases cccccecceeeseeeeeeeeeeseneseeeeeeeeneecesceneceescnseenseenseeesene
228. egular Database wl02n Regular Database wl02n shutdown successfully Where w102n is the name of the database H Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Stop Database from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Sot UT Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Stop Database o Run Close To stop the standby database choose the Standby Server tab 12 To restart a database This is the same as stopping a database first and then starting again El dbv oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration Example abv OrasStartstop restart wl02n Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 123 Dbvisit Dbvisit Standby Database technology dbv oraStartStop started on dbvisitil Shutting down regular Database wl02n Regular Database wl02n shutd
229. eliminary steps 1 Setup the same Linux or Unix user accounts Oracle software owner and groups dba on the standby server preferably with the same uid and the same gid as on the primary server 2 Recreate the same Oracle directory structure on the standby server as on the primary server 3 Install Oracle software on the standby server preferably in the same location as on the primary server 4 Copy the init ora file for the production database on the production server to the standby server 5 Copy the var opt oracle oratab or etc oratab from the production server to the standby server 6 Copy the password file 0RACLE HOME dbs orapw lt ORACLE_SID gt from the production server to the standby server You may have to create a new password file with the orapwd utility 7 Copy the spfile from the production server to the standby server if it is used 8 Create a directory on the primary and standby server where the full backup of the database can be kept In this example oracle orabase backupfile On the standby server 9 Listener must be running on the standby server and you must be able to connect from primary server to the standby database the SQL Net port must be open on any firewall between the two servers Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Document
230. elp KJ Back EJ 7 F Pe Search Folders By Address E Scheduled Tasks Go Schedule Next Run Time Last Run Time Status Add Scheduled Task Other Places 2 b dbvisit w120n Every 10 minute s S 14 00PM 4 34 00 PM gt Control Panel lShadowCopyvolume bb62957 Multiple schedule ti 7 00 00 AM 12 00 00 PM GAL Mu Macurmeante Se EE ee gt 4 Inthe Scheduled Task Wizard click on Browse Click the program you want Windows to run To see more programs click Browse Application Version a J Accessibility Wizard 5 2 3790 395 R Activate Windows 2 3790 0 sr W Address Book 6 00 3790 39 i Administration Assistant for w 10 2 0 1 0 E Administration Assistant for W 9 2 0 1 0 BS Adobe Reader 8 a EA Dakun E 22700 20r lt Back Next gt Cancel 5 Find the Dbvisit Standby start database executable dbv_oraStartStop exe Note if Dbvserver is to be started at boot time then select the dbvserverd exe executable Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 172 Select Program to Schedule a Fa Look in Dbvisit 4 O9 2em ie My Recent Documents Desktop n Uninstall exe Ob dbv_f
231. ement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 31 Dbvisit 24 8 The main menu will be displayed again 25 8 Choose option 5 Manage Dbvisit Standby Database repository DDR 26 8 Choose option 3 Check version of Dbvisit Standby Database repository DDR Upgrade Dbvisit Database repository DDR Downgrade Dbvisit Database repository DDR Check version of Dbvisit Database repository DDR Return to main menu 27 8 Choose for which database the check applies gt Checking Dbvisit Database repository DDR version For which database do you want to check the Dbvisit Database repository version The following Oracle database s have a Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file on this server SID dbvisitp dbv1x102 Return to menu Please enter choice 1 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes Yes Where dbvisitp is the database to be upgraded 28 8 Dbvisit Standby will now indicate if the DDR is up to date Database dbvisitp is up Dbvisit Database repository DDR version 5 3 Dbvisit software version 5 3 Dbvisit Database repository DDR up to date No need to upgrade Please press lt Enter gt to continue 29 If Dbvisit Standby indicates that the DDR should be upgraded then choose option 1 to upgrade 30 E Return to the main menu 31 8 Repeat upgrade of DDC and DDR for all databases on this primary server 32 E Once the main men
232. emoved To disable this setting set to 0 gt DAYS TO KEEP ARCHDEST Please specify the number of days you want to keep the Oracle log files on the standby server After this the log files will be removed from the server To disable this setting set to 0 If you are not sure set to 7 Number of days to keep log files on disk is 7 gt Number of days to keep log files on disk will be 7 ITs this correct lt Y s No gt Yes 38 Specify the number of archive log files to keep on the server Log files greater than this number will be removed oldest first To disable this setting set to 0 gt NUM ARCHDEST TO KEEP Please specify the number of Archive log files to keep on the standby server Log files greater than this number will be removed oldest first To disable this setting set to 0 If you are not sure set to 0 disable Number of log files to keep on disk is 0 gt Number of log files to keep on disk will be 0 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 39 Specify the threshold in a percentage of how much disk space may be used up by the archive log files before raising an alert gt THRESHOLD ARCHDEST Please specify the threshold in percentage of how much disk space may be taken up by the Oracle log files on disk before an alert is triggered on the standby server 80 means at 80 disk space full an alert will be triggered Please specify threshold as an integer If you are not sure set
233. en this variable can set in the DDC file If no path name is given the Dbvisit Standby install directory is assumed Example DBV_PRE_PROC rman_backup cmd DBV_ POST PROC Specifies the name of the post processing script Default value Windows dbv_post_processing cmd Default value Non Windows dbv_post_processing sh If a different named script should be called then this variable can set in the DDC file If no path name is given the Dbvisit Standby install directory is assumed Example DBV_ POST PROC post_procs_all cmd Pre processing Windows The commands will run before Dbvisit Standby transfers or applies the log files If the pre processing has to take place before Dbvisit Standby transfers the log files on the primary server the following commands need to be done on the primary server If the pre processing has to take place before Dbvisit Standby applies the log files on the standby server the following commands need to be done on the standby server The pre processing will apply for all databases that use Dbvisit Standby on the server 1 Create an empty file called dbv_pre_processing cmd in the Dbvisit Standby directory Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 237 Dbvisi
234. epository DDR setup Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 146 Dbvisit Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Standby Database and template Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository Please enter choice 2 Choose the primary database to create a standby for Only Dbvisit Standby configured databases will be shown gt Creating Standby Database Primary database will NOT be shutdown For which primary database do you want to create a standby database The following Oracle database s have a Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file on this server dbvisitp dbvlx102 Return to menu Please enter choice 2 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 3 The primary database must be up and running for the setup to proceed Total size of the primary database is calculated and displayed The Dbvisit Standby installation files are also copied to the standby server initially If uncompleted creation of the standby database is detected a restart option will be available Standby database can also be created using a saved template Database dbv1x102 is up Total database size for dbvlx1l102 is 30GB gt Please ensure dire
235. er Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 219 Dbvisit 5 It is possible to have a different schedule for each standby database For example the disaster recovery standby database runs every 15 minutes but the reporting standby database only runs every hour from 7pm to 7am Windows only The Dbvisit Standby software and SSH software must be installed on the second standby server Please install the Dbvisit Standby software as specified in the standby server of the Windows special note RAC with Dbvisit Standby installation Dbvisit Standby for Windows includes the Bitvise SSH environment with public and private keys In order to configure this successfully for RAC to ensure all servers in the configuration can communicate to each other please follow these steps Assuming RAC has 2 nodes NodeA and NodeB Install Dbvisit Standby on NodeA as per installation below including installing the Bitvise software and configuring SSH2 Install Dbvisit Standby on the standby server as per installation below including installing the Bitvise software and configuring SSH2 Install Dbvisit Standby on NodeB as per installation including installing the Bitvise software and configuring SSH2 8 Do not inst
236. er created Database user permissions granted Database repository objects created Next Steps Install Dbvisit Standby on the standby server Setup password less SSH connection between primary and standby servers Then create a standby database or Run Dbvisit Standby to update the standby database Create Standby DB Run Dbvisit Standby 14 To create a standby database click on Create Standby DB To run Dbvisit Standby click on Run Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 101 Dbvisit Create Standby Database step 4 Linux Unix This step can be skipped if a standby database is already present Dbvisit Standby can work with existing standby databases Dbvisit Standby will automatically register the existing standby database Dbvisit Standby does not distinguish between an existing standby database and a standby database created through Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby can automatically create the standby database The standby database will reside on the standby server and is an exact binary copy of the primary database The standby database only needs to be created once After the standby database is created Dbvisit Standby will automatically ensure the standby datab
237. er of the parameters is important when entering new license information The licensed username must come first then the license key 3 For a RAC configuration on Unix Linux the license information only needs to be entered on one of the primary nodes for one of the RAC instances The license is then set for the whole RAC database For a RAC configuration on Windows the license information needs to be entered for each primary node of the RAC database Windows only For multiple standby databases the license must be set for each DDC file on the primary server For example if there are 2 standby database with the following DDC files w102n and w102n2 then the following commands should be run on the primary server only dbvisit lic wl02n Avisit 2556 dbvisit lic wl02n2 Avisit 2556 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 214 Dbvisit Updating the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file Per database Dbvisit Standby is highly configurable and the settings can be easily changed The Dbvisit Standby configuration is unique per database and is determined by the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file specific to the database The DDC file only needs to be updated on the pr
238. erver and the standby server 4 Main primary database is shutdown during transition Standby database is shutdown during transition 6 Main primary database transitions to standby database on primary server in matter of minutes 7 Standby database transitions to primary database on standby server in matter of minutes 8 Users can re connect to primary database on standby server and continue working with no data loss 9 Maintenance can proceed on primary server 10 Optionally Dbvisit Standby can keep the standby database on the primary server up to date during the scheduled maintenance outage 11 At the end of the scheduled maintenance the databases are transitioned back to their original state in matter of minutes Ol Depending on speed of network and distance between primary and standby server Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 186 Dbvisit Graceful Switchover and RAC Graceful Switchover can be used with Oracle RAC and works identical to graceful switchover with single instance databases However the following applies 1 Graceful Switchover can only occur between ONE primary node and the standby server The instance on the other primary node s will be autom
239. erver using command dbv oraStartStop stop lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration Shutdown the standby database on the standby server using command dbv oraStartStop stop lt DDC gt 4 Stop all listeners and agents on primary and standby servers Patch or upgrade the Oracle software on the primary server as specified by Oracle in the accompanied release notes This is normally done by running the installer runI Installer If this is an interim patch run opatch per the patch README Patch or upgrade the Oracle software on the standby server as specified by Oracle in the accompanied release notes This is normally done by running the installer 2 runinstaller If this is an interim patch run opatch per the patch README Startup the primary instance on the primary host sqlplus as sysdba SQL gt startup migrate On the primary instance run the following script SQL gt rdbms admin catpatch sgl For the interim patch run any scripts as outlined in the accompanied README On the primary instance run the following command SQL gt alter system disable restricted session 10 Complete the remainder of the Post Install Actions from the Patch Set readme on
240. es 60 Primary server or primary RAC node setup for GUI cee cceecceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaes 62 Dbvisit Standby setup completed for GUI 00 0 ccc ceccceceseeceeseeeeeeeeeeteeeaeeeseeeeeseeaees 66 Create Standby Database step 3 WINCOWS cccceseceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneseneseeeeneseneseaees 67 Dbvisit Standby standby database creation Methods ccccecceeeceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeseees 67 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 2 Dbvisit Standby database spfile pfile 2 0 ccc cecc cece ececeeeeeeteseceeesaeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeetaeeneetenetseeees 68 Creation of standby database using CLI or GUI o oo ccc cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeees 68 Create standby database on the fly using CLI ccc eccceeeeceeeceeeseeeeaeeeseeesaeetaees 68 Create standby database USING GU ccc cecccseceseeeceeeseeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeseesaess 74 New Dbvisit Standby installation 4 step process Linux UNIX ccccceeeeeeee ees 77 Configure secure shell SSH step 1 LINUX UNIX cc ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeseneeenees 77 Dbvisit Standby installation step 2 LINUX UNIX eee ee cee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeees 80 Primary and Standby Server or R
241. es are available then the controlfile can be created with NORESETLOGS Furthermore if you create a control file to increase maximum values such as MAXDATAFILES and do not reset the redo logs then you should refresh the Standby controlfile if the change must be propagated Note 6 If the affected objects are needed after activation then at the standby either rebuild the standby backup up the affected datafiles at the primary and restore at the standby If the affected objects are not needed then ensure that the tables exist in a tablespace that can be offlined dropped at the standby Dbvisit Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 284 Dbvisit Appendix B Configure remote shell rsh To configure rsh the rhosts file is created under the home directory of the Unix or Linux user that is running Dbvisit Standby For a normal installation this will be oracle Ensure that rsh is installed and is running as part of the inetd or xinetd service On the primary server f oracle avisit01 S cd HOME foracl e avisit0Ol vi rhosts In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server Add the name of the standby server Add the alias as well as the
242. esses log archive dest 1 LOG archive dest 2 log archive format LOG archive start open cursors pga_aggregate target processes remote login passwordfile sga_ Larger spfile standby Tile management unao Management undo tablespace user dump dest oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 adump oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 bdump LOR Ze edad oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 cdump 8192 oracle oradata oracle oradata oracle oradata 6 dbov1x102 oracle flash recovery area 2147483648 PROTOCOL TCP SERVICE dbv1x102XDB 1O LOCATION oracle oraarch dbv1lx102 ob oS of sObE TRUE 300 Lori T2168 150 EXCLUSIVE 167772160 Os Gerault MANUAL AUTO UNDOTBS1 oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 udump Dbvisit Standby prompted to provide filesystem locations for data temp files as the primary database contains one non OMF datafile patTa dbv1x102 users dbf Primary database contains non OMF datafiles and or tempfiles To create non OMF standby datafiles and or tempfiles Dbvisit requires you to provide valid filesystem locations on the standby Review and confirm standby locations to create standby non OMF datafiles and tempfiles gt Standby gt oracle oradata DBVLX102 datafile What would you like to do 1 Confirm standby location s are correct and continue 2 Provide different standby location s Please enter your choice 1 Standby locations validated Dbvisit Standby also prompted us to provide a v
243. essing overview 00008 130 Dbvisit Standby Archive Log Management Module log file ccceccsececeeeeeeeeeeeees 130 AC KU SOR WAS aen EE A EA E E 130 DOV SONY OF seron EA E A A E A 132 Starting Dbvserver ON LINUX UNIX cccccceccseee eect eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeneetaeees 132 Stopping Dbvserver On LINUX UNIX cccscccssccerssccsvensuscussusususecuuscersesesusccursesenssccurseuss 132 Starting and stopping Dbvserver ON WINCOWS cceecceeeseeeseeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeaseeeaes 132 Managing the Dbvserver Service ON WINGOWS ccccecceeeceeeceeceeeceeseeeseeeaeeeaeeaeeeaees 132 DOV SCV ACON S een ne eer eee ee eee eee 133 Auto start Dbyvserver at DOL sccsacaccciccdcteticaserantrsetsieaneiaasesontesetaxesatisatanertranteseeaniiieereettans 133 OPV GIVET CONNGUIANON oeer ene E E 134 DOV SCF ae pug ee AE se eceegenemoesseseeucdece 134 Scheduling Dbvisit Standby with Dbvserver scheduler all platforms 135 AOST erer E E E A A E 136 Command LOG File SlAlU Siccct ncxcssecuecnccnssanceaansoneneuutse nctaensaennbeencnenheteouasdeentenenpatcchereeaacs 136 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 3 Dbvisit Scheduling Dbvi
244. et out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 271 Dbvisit redo log 3 Latest log sequence of standby database 4 Latest log sequence sent by Dbvisit Standby 5 Archive log gap 6 Transfer log gap dbvisit lue dbvproda View the license status of database dbvprod1 The options are 1 VALID License is valid 2 DEMO Demo license that can be used for 30 days 3 INVALID Demo license has expired or license entered is not correct Gbviasit lace dbvprodl Avisit 3654 Set new license for licensed username Avisit and license number 3654 for database dbvprod1 dov orastartotop Start covprodl Start database dbvprod1 GDY Ore start ouOp Status Obvprod Display the status of database dbvprod1 CODY Ora tartotop activate dbvprodl Activates standby database dbvprod1 to become a primary database dov oragtartotop switchover dbvprodl Initiate Graceful Switchover between the primary and the standby database The primary database transitions to a standby database and the standby database transitions to a primary database There is no loss of data during the transition and the standby database does not have to be rebuilt Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documenta
245. ethod used No extra firewall nares aneden WAN Internet 4 y ao Firewall Primary Database a Server l Process can easily N Firewall be reversed after Compression used failover only low bandwidth required Figure 1 Platform Dbvisit Standby runs on Microsoft Windows NT4 2000 2003 2008 XP Vista Windows 7 Unix platforms Solaris HP UX AIX and Linux Oracle versions from Oracle 8i 9i 10g and 11g Dbvisit Standby works with Standard Edition SE Oracle Enterprise Edition EE Workgroup Server Edition One SE1 and Oracle XE Dbvisit Standby works with Oracle RAC Microsoft Cluster Server Oracle fail safe ASM OMF and flash recovery area Windows UAC User Access Control may need to be turned off for Dbvisit to function correctly Dbvisit Standby system requirements e 100MB of space on the primary and standby servers for the Dbvisit Standby software e 10MB of space for the Dbvisit Standby database repository in the Oracle database e Identical database management system and operating system versions on production and standby system Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 9 Dbvisit e Similar storage capacity on production and standby system What i
246. etting set to 0 If you are unsure set to 7 7 o 12 The Dbvisit Database Configuration DDC file has been created Choose the default and temp tablespace to create the Dbvisit Database Repository DDR Click on Finish Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 100 DATABASE TECHNOLOGY OHH HAH HE HT Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish OR Dbvisit Standby Setup Back Finish a Thank you Dbvisit Standby installation preparation is now complete Please use the Finish button to install Dbvisit Standby Default Please select the default tablespace to install the Dbvisit Database Tablespace repository DDR USERS Temp Please select the temp tablespace to install the Dbvisit Database Tablespace repository DDR TEMP Back Finish Dbvisit Standby setup completed for GUI The Dbvisit Standby setup is complete 13 Dbvisit Standby has now been configured for this database DHHS HAH HE HT Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish Dbvisit Standby Setup Create Standby DB Run Dbvisit Standby or Dbvisit Standby database setup completed DDC file created Database us
247. existing template will be replaced by the new one Please enter your choice 1 2 What would you like to do 1 Continue with creating a standby database 2 Terminate creating a standby database The saved template will be available for future use Please enter your choice 1 14 The standby database will now be created Once completed the next steps to take will be shown Creating standby database Backing up datafile l Backing Up datafile 2 Backing up datafile 3 Backing up datafile 4 Backing up datafile 5 Creating standby controlfile controlfile Creating standby parameter file Backup of primary database completed Compressing usr tmp tmpl1 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 70 1 piece Compressing usr tmp tmpl1 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 71 1 piece Compressing usr tmp tmpl1 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 2 72 1 piece Compressing usr tmp tmp1 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 3 73 1 piece Compressing usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 4 74 1l piece Compressing usr tmp tmpl1 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 5 75 1 piece Transferring usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 70 1 piece dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 1 70 1 piece gz Transferring usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 71 1 piece dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv dbvilx102 dbf 1 71 lsprece gz Transferring usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 2 72 1 piece dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv dbvlxl02 dbf 2 72 lapiece gz Transferring usr tmp tmpl dbv_ dbv1x102 dbf 3 73 1 piece gz dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 db
248. f RAC parameters need to be set enter them here Then click Next Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 98 N Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOGY Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish ie Dbvisit Standby Setup Back Next AS RAC Please specify whether Dbvisit Standby is part of a RAC configuration or not Values are Yes or No Yes Dbvisit Standby is part of a RAC configuration over several instances and nodes No Dbvisit Standby is configured for a single instance Database When Dbvisit Standby is part of a RAC configuration Dbvisit Standby should installed configured and scheduled on each primary node No RAC Node Please specify if this is the first RAC node in the Dbvisit Standby configuration or not Values are Yes or No Yes First RAC node that Dbvisit Standby is configured for No Dbvisit Standby has been already configured on another node in this RAC configuration 9 Specify Mail parameters Then click Next Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish wie Dbvisit Standby Setup Back Next X Mail Client Please enter mail client Default is to use internal Dbvis
249. f the Dbvisit software page 212 Dbvisit Setting and viewing the Dbvisit Standby license key Dbvisit Standby is a licensed product and to continue using it after the 30 day evaluation period a license key must be entered Please contact Dbvisit www dbvisit com to obtain a valid license To view the license key on the primary database server El dbvisit lic lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration For example dbvisit lic wl02n Dbvisit Standby Database technology dbvisit started on dbvisitll license for Database wl02n Where w102n is the name of the database In the above example the Dbvisit Standby license is a DEMO license which is valid for 30 days H Home gt Setup gt Register Dbvisit Standby License Product yi License Information Please enter the following information to license Dbvisit Standby User Name License Key License Dbvisit Standby Display License To set the license key on the primary database server El dbvisit lic lt DDC gt lt licensed user gt lt license_number gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name whi
250. f using Dbvserver and this has been started then the schedule will be automatically started Upgrade completed Upgrading from version 4 0 to 6 0 1 You may want to create a backup of the Dbvisit install directory for rollback purposes 2 The Dbvisit 4 0 software needs to be removed including the DDC file 3 Dbvisit Standby 6 0 can be installed as a new installation by following the steps in Dbvisit Standby installation step 2 Linux Unix 4 Anew DDC file will have to be created D The existing DDR can be upgraded through the web based interface using Home gt Setup gt Update Dbvisit gt Manage Repository and select Upgrade Dbvisit Repository 6 El The existing DDR can be upgraded through the command line interface run dbvisit_setup and choose option 5 usr local dbvisit standby gt dbvisit setup 7 Existing 4 0 license keys are NOT valid for 6 0 Contact Dbvisit Sales to obtain 6 0 license keys if you have current Dbvisit support Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 33 Dbvisit New Dbvisit Standby installation 3 step process Windows The complete installation and configuration should take less than 30 minutes Microsoft Windows or the database does not need to be
251. f you choose the option to create missing filesystem directories automatically Dbvisit Standby allows the following options for creating the standby database a Regular file system standby database with i Same structure as primary database or li Different structure as primary database b ASM standby database for Oracle version 10 2 and higher with i Same structure as primary database or li Different structure as primary database Dbvisit Standby standby database creation methods The following methods are available to create the standby database 1 Direct transfer to the standby server on the fly creation over the network 2 Using a temporary location to create a complete backup of the primary database and then transferring the complete backup from the temporary location on the primary server to the standby server over the network 3 Transportable Media which uses a temporary location to create a complete backup of the primary database and manually transferring the complete backup to the standby server using TRANSPORATBLE MEDIA Transportable media is an external device such as a USB drive that Is first plugged into the primary server and Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 67 Dbv
252. f_1_2534_6wligvzrj_ arc gz to host dbvisit53 01_mf_1_2534_6wlgvzrj_ arc gz Running Dbvisit Standby on the standby server 2 Execute Dbvisit Standby on the standby server El dbvisit lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration For example Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 115 Dbvisit dbvisit wl02n Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbvisit exe started on win2003se 02 Log file s for wl02n from win2003se 01 will be applied to win2003se 02 200902271142 Log seg 21 applied to standby database wl02n 200902271142 Log seq 22 applied to standby database wl02n 200902271142 Log seq 23 applied to standby database wl02n 200902271142 Log seq 24 applied to standby database wl02n 200902271142 Log seq 25 applied to standby database wl02n Starting Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM Number to keep 0 Days to keep 8 Diskspace full threshold 80 Total number of archive files
253. file which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration The DDC and the ORACLE SID can be different The ORACLE SID is a variable setting contained within the DDC file and is not linked to the DDC name However in most cases the DDC and the ORACLE _SID are the same Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 15 Dbvisit Example If the database name or ORACLE_ SID is orcl then the DDC is orcl and the DDC file is dbv_orcl env e A primary and standby database must be on separate servers A primary and standby database on the same server is not supported e Each time Dbvisit Standby executes the DDC file on the primary server is compared with the DDC file on the standby server If there are any differences the DDC file on the standby server will be overwritten with the DDC file of the primary server This is why the DDC file should only be edited on the primary server Dbvisit Standby is scheduled on both the primary and the standby server The schedule determines the maximum lag of the standby database For example if Dbvisit Standby is scheduled every 5 minutes then the maximum time the standby database is behind the primary
254. ful switchover to work Archive log dir on the standby server is oracle oraarch dbvisitp gt Archive log dir on the standby server will be oracle oraarch dbvisitp Is this correct lt Y s No gt Yes 24 Enter the number of times that Dbvisit Standby should attempt to apply a missing archive before raising an alert Every configuration may be different but a good starting point number is 4 This variable sets the alerting threshold gt MAX TIMES TRIED Please specify the number of times that Dbvisit should attempt to apply the missing log file before raising an error Note this number is also used to raise an error if Dbvisit cannot be started in case a previous scheduled Dbvisit is still running Ensure that this number is not too low and not too high If you are unsure set to 4 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 89 Dbvisit Maximum attempts before raising error when log file is not there is 4 gt Maximum attempts before raising error when log file is not there will be 4 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes B E Mail setup Dbvisit Standby uses email to send notifications These notifications can be information messages or error messages Sendmail can
255. g Graceful Switchover consists of multiple steps on both the primary and the standby server After each step a checkpoint is initiated on both servers Only until both servers have reached the same checkpoint will processing continue to the next step This ensures that both servers are always in a consistent state and rollback or roll forward is possible in case there are any issues Backup copies of the control files the redo logs and the database configuration files are made in case a rollback has to be initiated The backup copies will have a date stamp suffix in the form yyyymmddhh24mi Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 196 Dbvisit Redo logs and the archive logs are compressed before being transferred to the other server When an error occurs on either the primary server or the standby server processing will stop on both the primary and standby server The complete switchover process is shown below 1 The process on the primary server to transition from a primary database to a standby database Dbvisit Standby Database Technology pid 23152 dbv_oraStartstop started on dbvisit31 Graceful Switchover starting on Primary Database dbvisitp with standby database dbvisitp Ti
256. gated Propagated Propagated NOT PROPAGATED treated the same as ALTER DATABASE RENAME FILE Propagated no action needed See ALTER DATABASE DATAFILE OFFLINE Propagated treated the same as ALTER DATABASE DATAFILE ONLINE Propagated Indirect propagation treated the same as ALTER TABLESPACE OFFLINE NORMAL Propagated no action needed See ALTER DATABASE DATAFILE ONLINE NORMAL Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated INVALIDATES STANDBY See Note 5 NOT PROPAGATED Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated NOT PROPAGATED Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated NOT PROPAGATED See Note 6 Dbvisit will propagate Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit licens
257. gure should be near 0 except when APPLY DELAY LAG MINUTES is used Transfer log gap The difference between the last archived sequence on the primary and the last sequence transferred to the standby server The transfer log gap should be near 0 log_archive_ dest Parameter in Oracle that determines where the Log files are kept on the server The value of this parameter can be shown by the SQL command SQL gt show parameter log_archive_dest DDC stands for Dbvisit Database Configuration and refers to the DDC name DDC name Most Dbvisit Standby commands require the DDC name or simply DDC In most cases this is the same as the database name or ORACLE_ SID The DDC refers to the DDC file which is in the form dbv_DDC env This file contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration The DDC name and the ORACLE SID can be different The ORACLE SID is a variable setting contained within the DDC file and is not linked to the DDC name However in most cases the DDC and the ORACLE_SID are the same Example If the database name or ORACLE_SID is orcl then the DDC is orcl and the DDC file is dbv_orcl env DDC file A Dbvisit Standby created text file which contains all the settings for each database There will be a DDC file for each database or instance that has Dbvisit Standby configured Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Softwa
258. h primary node in the Oracle RAC It is recommended that Dbvisit Standby is scheduled at different times on each node For example node1 Schedule every hour at 00 15 30 45 node2 Schedule every hour at 05 20 35 50 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 142 Dbvisit Scheduling Dbvisit Standby Linux Unix Dbvisit Standby must be scheduled on both the primary and standby servers Dbvisit Standby can be scheduled using Dbvserver see Scheduling Dbvisit Standby with Dbvserver scheduler all platforms If Dbvisit Standby is scheduled in Dbvserver then no other scheduling software is required lf Dovserver is not running then Dbvisit Standby can be scheduled in cron or other scheduling software A decision must on the maximum time that the standby database may be behind the primary database This is a business decision but certain factors play a key role These are Speed of the network Activity on the database Speed of the disks Compression method chosen and CPU power to compress and uncompress archive log files a eS Se A good recommended time frame is to schedule Dbvisit Standby every 10 minutes To schedule Dbvisit Standby add a cron entry to the Oracle software
259. h the transition from the primary database to the standby database will be updated automatically A backup copy which is time stamped will be made before the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file is be updated This option is part of normal Graceful Switchover processing Brings up help for dbv_functions This performs various Dbvisit Standby functions like compression copying repository reporting creating control file list full Diskspace checksum etc This utility may also be used on its own Run Dbvisit Standby for database dbvprod1 Setup and configure Dbvisit Standby for a specific database Also Creates Standby Databases Configures the Dbvisit Standby Archive Management Module Manages the Dbvisit Standby repository Updates the Dbvisit Standby database configuration file DDC Run Dbvisit Standby starting at sequence 345 until the current sequence for database dbvprod1 Standby database does not need to be up and running Resynch Contact the standby database to find the next sequence that it requires Resend starting from this sequence for database dbvprod 1 Standby database needs to be up and running Reports on the log sequences of database dbvprod1 1 Latest archived log of primary database 2 Latest non archived log of primary database Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically s
260. he Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 38 Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOG 18 To complete the SSH configuration three of the generated encryption keys have to be copied over to the standby server A readme file will be displayed that describes what needs to be done next r SSHConfig_Readme txt Notepad File Edit Format wiew Help http www dbvisit com Bi Es SSH Configuration README gt IMPORTANT lt lease commence install of Dbvisit on standby server before continuing with install on this server when prompted on standby server please move the following files from this server to the Sisak server i 2 Location on e server will depend on where Dbvisit is installed but it should be the ssh2 directory under the Dbyvisit instal directory For more information about Bitwise WINSSHD please see http www bitvise com winsshd users quide Security Note Please ensure directories C Program Files Dbvisit ssh2 Con primary and standby servers are protected fo that only administrators are able to view it 19 Initiate the Dbvisit Standby install on the standby server see below Standby Server 20 Go to the standby server and double click on the Dbvisit Standby installation 21 22 executable fs Dbvisit Standby Database Technology x Welcome to the Dbyisit Standby Database Technology Setup Wizard
261. he log files will be removed from the server To disable this setting set to 0 If you are not sure set to 7 Number of days to keep log files on disk is 7 gt Number of days to keep log files on disk will be 7 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 33 Specify the number of archive log files to keep on the server Log files greater than this number will be removed oldest first To disable this setting set to 0 gt NUM ARCHSOURCE TO KEEP Please specify the number of Archive log files to keep on the primary server Log files greater than this number will be removed oldest first To disable this setting set to 0 If you are not sure set to 0 disable Number of log files to keep on disk is 0 gt Number of log files to keep on disk will be 0 Is this correct lt Yes No Yes 34 Specify the threshold in a percentage of how much disk space may be used up by the archive log files before raising an alert gt THRESHOLD ARCHSOURCE Please specify the threshold in percentage of how much disk space may be taken up by the Oracle log files on disk before an alert is triggered on the primary server 80 means at 80 disk space full an alert will be triggered Please specify threshold as an integer If you are not sure set to 80 Threshold for log file management is 80 gt Threshold for log file management will be 80 Is thas correct lt Yes No gt Yes 35 Specify if archive log f
262. he primary database to create a standby for Only Dbvisit Standby configured databases will be shown gt Creating Standby Database Primary database will NOT be shutdown For which primary database do you want to create a standby database The following Oracle database s have a Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file on this server Return to menu Please enter choice 1 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 3 The primary database must be up and running for the setup to proceed Total size of the primary database is calculated and displayed The Dbvisit Standby installation files are also copied to the standby server initially If uncompleted creation of the standby database is detected a restart option will be available Standby database can also be created using a saved template Database wl20n is up Total database size for wl20n is 23GB Transferring dbv functions to host WINDEV 02 dbv functions Transferring dbvisit to host WINDEV 0O2 dbvisit Transferring dbvisit setup to host WINDEV 02 dbvisit setup Transferring dbv_oraStartStop to host WINDEV 02 dbv_oraStartStop Transferring dbv w120n env to host WINDEV 02 dbv w120n env Transferring dbv ORACLE SID env to host WINDEV 02 dbv ORACLE SID env Transferring README txt to host WINDEV 02 README txt Checking Oracle installation on WINDEV 02 in Cr oracle product 10 2 0 db 1 Total database size for wl20n is 830MB What would you like to do Create standby database and
263. he standby database Dbvserver Dbvserver is the Web server that provides the web interface to Dbvisit This component is optional and Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 13 Dbvisit only required if Dbvisit Standby is configured and run through a web browser Dbvisit Standby is to be scheduled using the built in web based scheduler The default http port for Dbvserver is 8081 Web based scheduler Dbvisit Standby provides its own built in web based scheduler and is part of the Dbvserver web server The Dbvserver process must be running for the scheduler to function Dbvisit Standby can be configured and run through a CLI Command Line command line interface CLI or a web based Interface H interface GUI Throughout this user manual the CLI commands will be indicated with a El Dbvisit Standby can be configured and run through a GUI Graphical User command line interface CLI or a web based Interface interface GUI Dbvserver is the web server that needs to be running for the web based access to be available Throughout this user manual the web based or GUI options will be indicated with a Conventions lt gt Commands shown in lt gt are
264. he standby database has been activated Graceful Switchover may also be used for planned outages to perform an upgrade on the primary site by switching over the database users to the standby site as hardware or software is upgraded on the primary site It may also be used to test the Disaster Recovery scenario Graceful Switchover can be used on single and RAC databases It can be used when the redo logs or the archive logs are in regular file system or Oracle ASM file system During a switchover the primary database transitions to a standby role and the standby database transitions to the primary role see figure 2 There is no loss of data during the transition and the standby database does not have to be rebuilt After the planned outage is completed Graceful Switchover can reverse back to the Original state Note 1 Always ensure you have a valid backup before initiating Graceful Switchover Note 2 Graceful Switchover has been carefully designed so that if it fails for any reason there will always be a rollback or roll forward path to ensure you are not left with two primary databases or two standby databases Note 3 Graceful Switchover supports different structures between the primary and standby database The standby database files or redo logs may be in different directory structure mount points as the primary database and have different file names The standby database must however have the same number of data files as the pr
265. heckpoint 2 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 3 on dbvisit31 avisit co nzZz Checkpoint 3 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Waiting tor Checkpoint 4 on dbvisit31 avisit co nz Checkpoint 4 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Shutting down standby Database dbvisitpd5 Standby Database dbvisitp5 shutdown successfully Waiting for Checkpoint 5 on dbvisit31 avisit co nzZz Checkpoint 5 completed Key found on dbvisit31 avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 6 on dbvisit31 avisit co nzZz Checkpoint 6 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 7 on dbvisit31 avisit co nzZz Checkpoint 7 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Backing up current controlfiles for dbvisitp5 dbvisit32 avisit co NnZ Database dbvisitp5 on dbvisit32 avisit co nz is already down No action taken Starting Standby Database dbvisitp5 Standby Database dbvisitp5 started nomount Shutting down standby Database dbvisitp5 Standby Database dbvisitp5 shutdown successfully Controlfile backed up as usx tmp Gs dbvisitp X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp stdby ctl bck Database dbvisitp5 on dbvisit32 avisit co nz is already down No action taken Waiting tor Checkpoint 8 on dbvisit31 avisit co nNnZ Checkpoint 8 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Starting Standby Database dbvisitpd5 Standby Database dbvisitp5 started nomount Database dbvisitp5 on dbvisit32
266. his option is only available if ssh secure shell is being for the transfer method This will leave the files uncompressed on the server Set COMPRESS ssh for ssh compression This turns compression off Use this option if the network speed is sufficiently fast to transfer uncompressed archive log files and disk space is sufficient to hold uncompressed files Set COMPRESS No for no compression Unix Linux For Unix and Linux and alternate external compression method like gzip or compress can also be specified Examples COMPRESS bin gzip COMPRESS usr bin compress NOTE It is recommended to disable any other compression routines used to compress the Oracle archive log files If unsure set compression method to Dbvisit Standby internal compression Example COMPRESS dbvisit UNCOMPRESS The uncompress method used to uncompress the archive log files The following options are available 1 Dbvisit Standby internal compression This uses the zlib compression library Dovisit Standby will uncompress the archives on disk first before applying to the standby server After applying to the standby server the files will be compressed again to save disk space Set UNCOMPRESS dbvisit for Dbvisit Standby internal uncompression SSH compression This uses the zlib compression library to uncompress the files as they are being received on the standby server This option is only available if ssh Secure shell is being for
267. hod This is used to securely transfer the logs from the primary server to the standby server The preferred method is scp secure copy gt CP copy or transfer method Please choose copy method to transfer the archive log files from the source server to the standby server Secure copy is scp Non secure copy is rcp For the copy method please ensure that it is configured so that no password or passphrase is required and that it is also installed on the standby server See the Dbvisit user guide for more information on how to configure either of these methods The following methods have been found on this server 1 fusr oin scp 2 fase bim rep 3 Enter own method Please enter choice 1 l Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 12 Secure remote shell method This is used to manage the transfer from the primary server to the standby server The preferred method is SSH secure shell gt RSH remote shell method Please enter remote shell method Secure remote shell is ssh Non secure shell is rsh For both methods please ensure that it is configured so that no password or passphrase is required and that it is also installed on the standby server See the Dbvisit user guide for more information on how to configure either of these methods The following methods have been found on this server 1 usr bin ssh 2 jusx bin rsh 3 usr bin rsync 4 Enter own method Please enter choice 1 1
268. ial propagation See Note 1 No effect Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated NOT PROPAGATED only NOT PROPAGATED only NOT PROPAGATED NOT PROPAGATED No effect Not applicable rejected at primary INVALIDATES STANDBY INVALIDATES STANDBY must rebuild No effect INVALIDATES STANDBY See Note INVALIDATES STANDBY See Note INVALIDATES STANDBY See Note INVALIDATES STANDBY See Note INVALIDATES STANDBY See Note INVALIDATES STANDBY See Note INVALIDATES STANDBY See Note INVALIDATES STANDBY See Note INVALIDATES STANDBY See Note NOT PROPAGATED See Note 3 NOT PROPAGATED refresh controlfile INVALIDATES STANDBY must rebuild Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated NOT PROPAGATED See Note 6 Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Propagated Not applicable session based command Propagated Propagated No effect No effect No effect No effect No effect No effect No effect INVALIDATES STANDBY See Note 4 No effect Parallel Server Option Parallel Server Option Mm NMNNMNNNNN N NY Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 282 ALTER ALTER ALTER ALTER
269. ically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 52 Dbvisit Ts this correct lt Y s No gt Yes RAC configuration only The following will be displayed only if a RAC configuration is chosen 18 Specify the instance name that Dbvisit Standby processing should take over if that instance is unavailable The instance name must be different to the current instance name gt RAC TAKEOVER SID Specify the instance name that Dbvisit processing should take over if that instance is unavailable The instance name must be different to the current instance name RACDB1 The standby database may not be kept up to date if an instance is not available and Dbvisit processing is not taken over by another instance RAC Takeover SID is RACDB2 gt RAC Takeover SID will be RACDB2 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes End RAC configuration only Ei Standby Server setup All information for the primary server has now been collected Please enter setup information for the standby server Note that values entered during setup cannot be verified on the standby server Please ensure they are correct 19 Enter the name of the standby server gt DESTINATION Please enter name of standby server Primary server is win2003se 01 Standby server is win2003se 02 gt Standby server will be win2003se 02 Is this correct lt
270. ick on Edit View settings Server Keypair Settings Activation Settings Management M Settings Import settings from file Export settings to file Password cache for Windows usernames Domain Password Account Set Clear Clear all LS 4 Click on Access control and then Windows accounts The windows account should contain one entry as follows the Windows account name may be different to the one shown below 6 WinSSHD Settings Iof x Configuration Query E Settings Windows accounts Load Defaults Server access windccounts Bindings amp list of WinSSHD settings For Windows accounts If there is no entry in this list For a Windows account that tries to Logging log in a group settings entry in Windows groups will be used IF an account settings entry is defined but specifies Algorithms the default value for a setting the corresponding Group setting will be used See also http tww bitvise comswug accounts html Key exchange Encryption _ Windows account d Windows account n Specify group Grouptype Data integrity protectior oracle False everyone Compression Session Domain order Proxy profiles Access control Windows groups Windows accounts Virtual groups virtual accounts Hosts IP rules Hosts DNS name rules gt Add Copy Edit Remove 4 Cancel 5 If there is no entry in
271. if the AMM module to manage the archive log files is turned on or off on the standby server Values are Yes or No Yes Turn on AMM on standby server No Turn off AMM on standby server If you are not sure set to Yes Example ARCHDEST_ MANAGEMENT Yes DAYS_TO_KEEP_ARCHDEST Specifies the number of days to keep the Oracle log files on the standby server After this the log files will be removed from the server To disable this setting set to 0 If you are not sure set to 7 Example DAYS _TO_KEEP_ARCHDEST 7 NUM_ARCHDEST_TO_KEEP Specifies the number of archive log files to keep on the standby server Log files greater than this number will be removed oldest first Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 252 THRESHOLD_ARCHDEST DELETE ARCHDEST Advanced Settings SUCCESS_MAILTO DB_CONNECTION _ MODE Dbvisit To disable this setting set to 0 If you are not sure set to 0 disable Example NUM _ARCHDEST_TO_ KEEP 0 Specifies the threshold in percentage of how much disk space may be taken up by the Oracle log files on disk before an alert is triggered on the standby server 80 means at 80 disk space full an alert will be triggered Please specify threshold
272. ifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 269 dbv_oraStartStop dbv_oraStartStop dbv_oraStartStop dbv_oraStartStop dbv_oraStartStop dbv_oraStartStop dbv_oraStartStop Dbvisit 8 Uninstall Dbvisit Standby Can only be run on the primary server start lt DDC gt Starts the database This may be either a regular primary database or a standby database Dbvisit Standby will determine if the database is a primary or a standby database and will start it accordingly stop lt DDC gt Stops shutdown the database This may be either a regular primary database or a standby database Dbvisit Standby will determine if the database is a primary or a standby database and will start it accordingly restart lt DDC gt Stops shutdown and then starts the database This may be either a regular primary database or a standby database Dbvisit Standby will determine if the database is a primary or a standby database and will stop and start it accordingly status lt DDC gt Displays the status of the database This can be either a regular primary database or a standby database open lt DDC gt Opens the standby database in READONLY mode activate lt DDC gt Yes In the event the primary database is no longer available Activates the standby database to become a primary database Activation canno
273. ify the restart flag to continue with uncompleted creation of the standby database For Example dbvisit setup csd ddc prodi Creates a standby database for database prod1 using existing template Create Standby Database using web based GUI The web based version of Dbvisit Standby to create the standby database has 3 options Dbvisit Standby Create Standby Database y Create New Standby Database Restart Standby DB Creation Create from existing Template Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 159 Dbvisit 1 Create a new standby database This is used to create a new standby database from scratch 2 Restart the creation of a standby database if for any reason the process has failed This will restart from the last successful point 3 Create a standby database from an existing template If a template was saved this option can be used to create a standby database from a template The web based creation of the standby database is a wizard driven process The same concepts apply for both the CLI and GUI version Please note 1 When creating a new standby database the settings can be saved for future use Click on Create Standby Database Save Template Save information pr
274. iguration file or DDC file This is similar to the init ora parameter file and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a specific primary and standby database pair The DDC file is generated during setup for each database The DDC file can be edited with any text editor or through running dbvisit_setup or through the web based GUI The DDC file should only be edited on the primary server The template to create the DDC file for each database is dbv ORACLE SID env 3 Dbvisit Database Repository DDR This is a schema in the database that contains the Dbvisit Standby tables used to manage the standby process The DDR is created during setup 4 Dbvisit Standby trace files Each time Dbvisit Standby executes a trace file is generated This trace file contains information about Dbvisit Standby processing and its environment This trace file is used by the Dbvisit support team to diagnose issues When an alert or error notification is sent by Dbvisit Standby the trace file will be attached to the email so that this can be forwarded to Dbvisit support if needed Dbvisit Standby concepts e The Dbvisit Standby environment described above will be the same on both the primary and the standby server The Dbvisit Standby software executes separately on the primary and standby servers e DDC name or simply DDC Most Dbvisit Standby commands require the DDC In most cases this is the same as the database name or ORACLE SID The DDC refers to the DDC
275. ilable on the primary server dbvisit R lt DDC gt Example dbvisit R oraldd Tests the resynchronization with the standby database after the standby database has been rebuilt Can also be used to ensure the standby database has all the necessary log files after there has been an outage The standby database must be up and running and the required log files must be available on the primary server dbvisit i lt DDC gt Example dbvisit i oral0g Reports on the archive log gap and transfer log gap between the primary database and the standby database Dbvisit Standby will start the standby database if the standby database is not running and AUTO_START_STANDBY_DB Yes Edit dbv env and change Example IGNORE ARCH_HIST Y dbvisit oral0g Edit the DDC file and update the IGNORE_ARCH_HIST variable and set this to Y This forces Dbvisit Standby to use its own internal mechanism to find the next log file to transfer to the standby database then run dbvisit lt DDC gt This test is useful as the archive log file to transfer to the standby database is not always easily available in Oracle especially if there has been a network outage and the standby database has not been updated for a while dbv_oraStartStop stop lt DDC gt Example abv oraStartStop stop oral0g Tests stopping the primary database dbv_oraStartStop start lt DDC gt Example dbv oraStartStop Start oral0g Tests starting the primary database dbv_oraSt
276. ile for each database or instance that has Dbvisit Standby installed It is the equivalent init ora file for Dbvisit Standby e Contains the configuration for the optional Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM e The name of the DDC file is dbv_oracle_sid env e For RAC the name of the DDC file is dbv_instance_name env e The location of the DDC file is the Dbvisit Standby install directory e Contains all the necessary configuration information to keep the standby database up to date e Can be modified with any text editor or can be modified through the dbvisit_setup utility e Will be automatically copied over to the standby server the first time Dbvisit Standby executes e Any changes should always be done on the primary server Dbvisit Standby will detect that changes have been made and will transfer the DDC to the standby server Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 59 Dbvisit A Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR setup for CLI The Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR will now be created using information from the DDC file that has just been created in the previous step gt Creating Dbvisit Database repository DDR Database wl02n is up 41 Select th
277. iles should be deleted once the threshold on the primary server is reached gt DELETE ARCHSOURCE Please specify if archive log files should be deleted once the threshold THRESHOLD ARCHSOURCE on the primary server is reached Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 56 Dbvisit Once the percentage threshold is reached oldest archive log files are deleted first The log files WILL have been transferred to the standby server There is no verification that these log files have been backed up Values are Yes or No Yes Let Dbvisit delete archive log files once percentage threshold is met No Dbvisit will only alert once percentage threshold no log files will be deleted If you are not sure set to No Should Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module delete log files once percentage threshold is met No gt Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module will delete log files once percentage threshold is met No Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes AMM standby server setup 36 Specify if you want to setup AMM on the standby server gt ARCHDEST MANAGEMENT Do you want to setup archive log file management on the standby server This is used to manage the Oracle logs on th
278. ill be displayed in the Dbvisit Standby log file Default value No Example ALERT _ON_WARNING No IGNORE_RESETLOG_ID Ignore the r parameter in the log_archive_format This may be used if Dbvisit Standby fails to recognize the log archive format or Dbvisit Standby is unable to obtain the Resetlogs Id Possible values Yes No Default value No Example IGNORE_RESETLOG_ID No THREAD _SOURCE If set to Yes the THREAD number from the instance is obtained to determine the next archive to send This may be set to Yes if Dbvisit Standby fails to recognize the archive log sequence Default value No Possible values Yes No For RAC this is always set to Yes Example THREAD_SOURCE No THREAD_DEST If set to Yes the THREAD number from the instance is obtained to determine the next archive to apply This may be set to Yes if Dbvisit Standby fails to recognize the archive log sequence For RAC this is always set to Yes Default value No Possible values Yes No Example THREAD _DEST No SHOW_TRACEFILE_NAME Determines when to show the tracefile name Possible values Yes No Yes Will show tracefile name in alerts errors and success emails No Will show tracefile name in alerts and errors Default value No Example SHOW_TRACEFILE_NAME No SHOW_TIME_IN_ TRACE Shows the timestamp in the trace file There is no significant overhead in displaying the timestamp in the trace file Possible values Yes No Yes
279. imary database Note 4 Graceful Switchover can be initiated throught web interface GUI or through the command line CLI There is no difference in functionality however because of the nature of web interfaces using an asynchronous connection it is recommend to use the command line CLI interface when initiating Graceful Switchover in production environments Through the web interface there is a small possibility of loosing the connection from the web browser to the webserver In this case the graceful switchover process will continue to function in the background but the output will no longer be displayed in the browser windows The output can always be seen in the Dbvisit Standby logs on both the primary and standby servers Graceful Switchover overview e Allows planned role reversal between the primary database and one of its standby databases The primary database transitions to a standby role and the standby database transitions to the primary role e Is to handle scheduled outages on the primary system without the loss of service e Has been tested on Oracle 8i 9i 10g and 11g e Databases will be shutdown temporarily during the transition phase e Temporary data files will be added to the new primary database e Allows only a small interruption of service as users can continue operations on standby database during outage on primary database Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Lim
280. imary server Methods to update the DDC file There are three methods to update the DDC file for a specific database 1 El Edit the DDC file manually for the specific database For example for database dbvisitp the DDC file will be called dbv_dbvisitp env For database w102n the DDC file will be called dbv_w102n env 2 Run the Dbvisit Standby setup utility dbvisit setup and choose option 6 Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file 3 To update the DDC file through the web based interface go to Home gt Setup gt Update Dbvisit gt Update Configuration and click Save Configuration This will display all settings and give the ability to update the settings Once a setting is selected to be updated the menu will explain what the setting is used for and possible defaults The Dbvisit Standby setup utility will create a new DDC file and save a backup copy of the existing DDC file Note The advanced setting cannot be updated through the dbvisit_ setup or web based method The advanced settings must be edited manually Once the DDC file has been changed this file will be automatically replicated to the standby server the next time Dbvisit Standby executes on the primary server If SYNCH_DBVISIT_INSTALL Y default It can also be replicated to the standby server manually with the following command on the primary server dbvisit c dbvisitp Where dbvisitp is the name of the database DO NOT edit the dov ORACLE _SID env te
281. in smtp mail server MAILCFG_SMTP_SERVER Sample mail lt your company name gt com smtp lt your company name gt com Example MAILCFG_SMTP_SERVER mail dr Primary Archive log Management Module AMM ARCHSOURCE_MANAGEMENT DAYS _ TO KEEP ARCHSOURCE NUM_ARCHSOURCE_TO_KEEP Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software Specifies if the AMM module to manage the archive log files is turned on or off on the primary server Values are Yes or No Yes Turn on AMM on primary server No Turn off AMM on primary server If you are not sure set to Yes Example ARCHSOURCE MANAGEMENT Yes Specifies the number of days to keep the Oracle log files on the primary server After this the log files will be removed from the server To disable this setting set to 0 If you are not sure set to 7 Example DAYS _TO_ KEEP _ARCHSOURCE 7 Specifies the number of archive log files to keep on the primary server Log files greater than this number will be removed oldest first page 251 Dbvisit To disable this setting set to 0 If you are not sure set to 0 disable Example NUM _ARCHSOURCE_TO_KEEP 0 ARCHSOURCE_BACKUP_COUNT Specifies the number of times an archive log has to be backed up b
282. ing set to 0 If you are not sure set to 0 disable Number of log files to keep on disk is 0 gt Number of log files to keep on disk will be 0 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 39 Specify the threshold in a percentage of how much disk space may be used up by the archive log files before raising an alert Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 57 Dbvisit gt THRESHOLD ARCHDEST Please specify the threshold in percentage of how much disk space may be taken up by the Oracle log files on disk before an alert is triggered on the standby server 80 means at 80 disk space full an alert will be triggered Please specify threshold as an integer If you are not sure set to 80 Threshold for log file management is 80 gt Threshold for log file management will be 80 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 40 Specify if archive log files should be deleted once the threshold on the primary server is reached gt DELETE ARCHDEST Please specify if archive log files should be deleted once the threshold THRESHOLD ARCHDEST on the standby server is reached Once the percentage threshold is reached oldest archive log files are deleted first The log file
283. ing does not apply to Dbvisit Standby trace files These will always be created Dbvisit Standby trace files Dbvisit Standby trace files are files that are created every time Dbvisit Standby executes Dbvisit Standby trace files can be sent to Dbvisit support for fast issue resolution Trace files are created in the TMP directory The trace filename will start with a number then the name dbvisit then the database name and then the timestamp and will end with extension trc Example 3118 dbvisit prodi0g 200901091322 trc Since Dbvisit Standby version 5 1 19 Dbvisit Standby trace files are automatically deleted according to settings NUM TRACE TO KEEP The number of trace files to keep after which trace files are deleted DAYS TO KEEP TRACE The number of days to keep the trace files after which trace files are deleted Default settings are NUM TRACE TO KEEP 100 DAYS TO KEEP TRACE 10 Least restrictive setting applies between pays TO KEEP TRACE ANd NUM TRACE TO KEEP To turn off set to O Prior to version 5 1 19 Dbvisit Standby trace files are not removed Dbvisit Standby log files The Dbvisit Standby log file dbvisit hist and the Dbvisit Standby archive management module log file lt DDC gt _arch_management log will automatically be kept at a specific size based on the following settings LOG FILE ROTATE MAX LOG FILE SIZE MAX MB LOG FILE ROTATE MAx indicates how many backups are made of the log files befor
284. installation on dbvisit32 in joracle orabase product 10 1 0 Db 1 bin oracle Total database size for dbvisitp is 20GB What would you like to do 1 Create standby database and optionally save settings in template 2 Create standby database using existing template previously saved 3 Help 4 Terminate processing Please enter your choice 1 1 Starting creation of standby database 5 An ASM for Oracle version 10 2 or higher or normal file system standby database can be created Do you want to create an ASM standby database with all or some database files in ASM storage No n Standby database will be ASM N Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 6 It is possible to transfer datafiles directly to the standby server but only if both primary and standby databases are filesystem and the primary database does not contain Oracle Managed Files OMF You can create a standby database by transferring the database files directly to the standby server or by copying them to a temporary local location first By using a temporary location the time taken to place the database in backup mode is reduced If the database is very large then use a temporary location answer No If either a primary or a standby database is ASM you have to use a temporary location answer No Do you want to copy database files directly to the standby server Yes Database files will be copied directly to the standby server Y Is thi
285. ion answer No Do you want to copy database files directly to the standby server Yes Database files will be copied directly to the standby server Y Is this correct lt Yee No gt Yes Y 6 Itis possible to use secure shell SSH compression on the fly during transfer of the database files Using SSH compression may speed up the transfer if the network is slow however it may take additional CPU cycles Use ssh compression to compress the database files during transferring Database files will be compressed during transferring Yes Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 7 Itis possible to create missing filesystem directories on the standby server automatically Dbvisit has functionality to create missing filesystem directories on the standby server automatically Do you want Dbvisit to create missing filesystem directories on the standby automatically Yes Dbvisit will create missing filesystem directories automatically Y Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 8 Oracle database parameters for the standby database can be customised The following oracle database parameters will be set in the standby database pf le or spfile audit file dest C ORACLE ADMIN W120N ADUMP background dump dest C ORACLE ADMIN W120N BDUMP compatible 10 206140 control files C ORACLE ORADATA W120N CONTROL01 CTL ORACLE ORADATA W120N CONTROLO2 CTL C ORACLE ORADATA W120N CONTROLO3 CTL core dump dest C ORACLE ADMIN W120N
286. is 4 Scheduled Tasks fel E3 File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help ae Schedule Status Next Run Time Last Run Time Add Scheduled Task b dbvisit wi02n Every 10 minute s from 5 05 00 PM 4 55 00PM b dbvisit i w102n Every 1 hour s fromi 5 42 00 PM 4 42 00PM Other Places A H Control Panel 4 My Documents amp J My Network Places Where w702n is the name of the database Emailing the Dbvisit Standby log gap report The Dbvisit Standby log gap report will be emailed by default to the email address specified by the parameter ADMINS in the DDC file If the email report layout is not the same as what is printed on screen please change the Encoding setting in the email client to Western European Windows To disable emailing the Dbvisit Standby log gap report set EMAIL_LOG GAP REPORT No in the DDC file Dbvisit Standby log gap report alerting Dbvisit Standby will alert if the log gap from the Dbvisit Standby log gap report dbvisit i exceeds the following values set to O to turn off alerting e ARCHIVE LOG GAP_THRESHOLD is the difference between the last archived sequence on the primary and the last applied sequence on the standby database The archive log gap should be near 0 except when APPLY DELAY LAG MINUTES is used e TRANSFER LOG GAP_THRESHOLD is the difference between the last archived sequence on the primary and the last sequence transferred to the standby se
287. is directory does not exist then it will be created gt LOGDIR Please enter log directory for dbvisit This is the directory where the log file for dbvisit will be kept Dbvisit will attempt to create this directory first time it executes if it does not exist Dbvisit log dir is C oracle product 10 2 0 admin w102n dbvisit gt Dbvisit log dir will be C oracle product 10 2 0 admin w102n dbvisit Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 17 Enter the Oracle database user or schema that will own the Dbvisit Standby database repository DDR in the database This Oracle user will be created in the database Also enter the password for this user This Oracle user will be given specific privileges it requires to perform the Dbvisit Standby tasks gt DBUSER Please enter the Oracle database user that will be used to log onto the database w102n This user will also own the Dbvisit Database repository DDR dbvisit This user will be created as part of this setup configuration Dbvisit Oracle user is dbvisit gt Dbvisit Oracle user will be dbvisit Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes gt DBPASSWD Please enter the password for Dbvisit Oracle database user dbvisit Dbvisit Oracle user dbvisit password is dbvisitpasswd gt Dbvisit Oracle user password will be dbvisitpasswd Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specif
288. is instance will take over from another instance regardless of whether that instance is available or not No Dbvisit Standby on this instance will NOT take over from another instance unless the instance is not available and RAC_TAKEOVER Yes RAC TAKEOVER SID Specify the instance name that Dbvisit Standby processing should take over if that instance is unavailable The instance name must be different to the current instance name Example If the RAC setup contains 2 nodes racnode1 racnode2 with instance names RACDB1 and RACDB2 then On racnode1 the dbv_RACDB1 env will contain RAC TAKEOVER SID RACDB2 On racnode2 the dbv_ RACDB2 env will contain RAC TAKEOVER SID RACDB1 This ensures that if either node is unavailable the other node will takeover log shipment to the standby database s Standby node setup with RAC The standby database can be configured as a single instance database or as a RAC database with several instances on different standby nodes Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 183 Dbvisit Single standby database instance Figure 3 RAC primary database with single instance standby database e All primary nodes need to send the archive logs to the single s
289. isit 5 Select the temporary location on the primary and standby servers if required Temp Location Primary Temp Location Standby Temp directory on primary server c temp Temp directory on standby server c temp 6 The standby database parameters can be edited if required Customise Standby Oracle Parameters Parameter _log_parallelism_max audit_file_dest compatible control_files db_block_size db_domain db_recovery_file_dest db_recovery_file_dest_size diagnostic_dest dispatchers log_archive_start memory_target open_cursors processes remote_login_passwordfile undo_tablespace You may change the value of one or more Oracle database parameters for the standby database below Here are the rules for parameter input e Do NOT use single or double quotes to enclose parameter values e Separate multiple values with a comma If a comma is part of a value then escape it with a backslash e To delete parameters simply tick their Delete checkboxes before clicking Create Standby Database Selected rows will be disregarded Please note the parameter db_name will always be set to the name of the primary database Hence this parameter is not available in the table below Oracle parameters for database d112f Value 1 u03 app oracle admin d112f adump 11 2 0 0 0 u03 app oracle oradata d112f control01 ctl u03 app oracle fl 8192 avisit co nz u03 app oracle flash_recovery_a
290. isit then manually transferred to the standby site and plugged into the standby server to complete the process Option 1 should be chosen for smaller databases Option 2 should be chosen for larger databases Option 3 should be chosen for very large databases or slow networks Option 2 and 3 will require adequate space on the primary server to make a compressed copy of the database files Standby database spfile pfile The spfile ora pfile ora for Oracle database version less than 9 is created for the standby database using init ora or spfile ora file from the primary database Oracle database parameters for the standby database can be customised If an existing init ora or spfile ora file is already present on the standby server it will be overwritten The Create Standby Database wizard will guide the process and for customizing of Oracle standby database during the creation process The settings can be saved as a template for future use lf a standby database template has been created previously then this can be used to create the standby database No further questions will be asked Creation of standby database using CLI or GUI The creation of the standby database can be done either through the command line interface CLI or the web based graphical user interface GUI The CLI commands are indicated with a H and the web based or GUI commands are indicated with a El Create standby database on the fly using CLI The exa
291. isit dbvserverd exe Startup type Automatic On Unix Linux this can be done by creating an init d script to auto start Dbvserver at boot time Example template init d files can be found in usr local dbvisit dbvserver etc init d An example init d script for redhat is Source function library etc init d functions DBVISIT usr local dbvisit DBVSERVERD SDBVISIT dbvserverd PIDFILE SDBVISIT dbvserver tmp dbvserverd pid PATH usr bin bin usr sbin sbin RETVAL 0 prog dbvserverd start Check if already running echo n Starting prog sudo u oracle SDBVSERVERD RETVAL echo return SRETVAL stop echo n Stopping prog if f SPIDFILE then killproc DBVSERVERD fi RETVAL Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 133 Dbvisit echo return SRETVAL restart stop start case 1 in start start stop stop restart restart a echo S Usage 0 start stop restart exit 1 esac exit e xit SRETVAL Dbvserver configuration The Dbvserver configuration is determined by the settings in the dbvserver conf file which is located in the etc directory This configuration file can be edited manually or updated thr
292. isit Standby can be initiated again as normal on ServerA and ServerC Start dbvrac2 instance on ServerB dbvisit dbvracl On other nodes that were not part of the graceful switchover in this case ServerB Dbvisit Standby must be resynchronised with the standby database by running command dbvisit R dbvrac2 The command only needs to run once After this command Dbvisit Standby can be run as normal dbvisit dbvrac2 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 188 Dbvisit Starting Graceful Switchover The Graceful Switchover procedure must be activated on both the primary and the standby server Transition overview Primary server primary database gt standby database Standby server standby database gt primary database EI The command to initiate Graceful Switchover is dbv_oraStartStop switchover lt DDC gt unique key This command must be issued on both the primary and the standby server Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Graceful Switchover from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Enter a unique key such as 4456 this must be the same key as entered on the standby tab Primary Server Stand
293. isit Standby internal compression Z for compress Example ZIP_EXTENSION gz The time that the daily heartbeat alert email will be sent This is a daily email to ensure that emailing from Dbvisit Standby is active This will be sent from the primary and standby server The time is in 24 hour format and should be between 0000 and 2359 and must be 4 digits If this variable is not present an email will be sent at the start of each day midnight Multiple times separated by colon can be set Also see the El E Mail setup section Example SEND HEARTBEAT_TIME24 0700 SEND_HEARTBEAT_TIME24 0700 1300 1800 The directory where the Dbvisit Standby temporary and trace files will be located Example TMP C temp TMP usr tmp Path to the server environment Windows Set to the Windows and Windows command directories Example PATH C WINDOWS C WINDOWS system32 Unix Linux Set to the usual bin directories Example PATH usr bin bin usr sbin usr local bin sbin Specify the Oracle Home of the database In most cases this setting is not required as Dbvisit Standby can determine the ORACLE_HOME Determines whether Dbvisit Standby is part of a RAC Real Application Cluster configuration or not Values are Yes or No Yes Dbvisit Standby is part of a RAC configuration over several instances and nodes Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Soluti
294. isit Standby trace files are not removed Support If for any reason Dbvisit Standby fails to function or an error message is produced please send the Dbvisit Standby trace file to Dbvisit support The Dbvisit Standby trace file can be identified as follows e The trace filename will start with a number process id then the name dbvisit then the database name and then the timestamp and will end with extension trc Example 3118 dbvisit_prod10g_200610091322 trc The location of the trace file is determined by the TMP variable in the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file Please forward the trace file to Dbvisit support through our website at http www dbvisit com support php Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 273 Dbvisit Dbvisit Standby error messages Most Dbvisit Standby error messages are self explanatory and the resolution is in the error message itself However some error messages may require further elaboration in order to resolve them They are listed here Dbvisit Standby error code or error Resolution message poe oda tea ORA 01152 file string was not restored ORA 01152 file 1 was not restored from a from a sufficiently old backup sufficiently o
295. isit Standby will detect if STANDBY _FILE_ MANAGEMENT has added the datafile to the standby database and if so Dbvisit Standby will not add the datafile Note 4 Oracle does not allow datafiles to be manually added to the standby database if OMF is used Oracle Managed Files If Dovisit Standby is unable to add the datafile to the standby database then an error message will be displayed and the datafile can be added manually Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 209 Dbvisit Resending archive logs If for any reason the specific log files from the primary database have to be resent to the standby database the following command can be used On the primary database server El dbvisit r lt sequence number gt lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration Where sequence_number is the log sequence number from which you want to start sending For example dbvisit r 229 dbvisitp Dbvisit Standby Database technology dbvisit started on dbvisit
296. isit dbvisitp Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server Graceful Switchover errors and recovery When an error occurs during Graceful Switchover on either the primary or the standby server processing will stop on both the primary and standby servers There are two options when an error occurs depending on where which checkpoint the error occurred The options are 1 Rollback Switchover processing was not completed far enough to transition the databases to their new roles The databases will remain in their original state Manual steps may be required to complete the rollback These steps will be shown in the Dbvisit Standby error notification These steps are also shown below in the Graceful Switchover rollback or roll forward action section 2 Roll forward Switchover processing was completed far enough to transition the databases to their new roles The primary databases will become the standby database and the standby database will become the new primary database Manual steps may be required to complete the transition These steps will be shown in the Dbvisit Standby error notification These steps are also shown below in the Graceful Switchover rollback or roll forward action section Backup copies of the redo logs controlfiles or database configuration file may be needed for rollback purposes The name of the backup copy will be displayed during Graceful
297. it software page 246 Dbvisit is running for on the primary server The usual location is ORACLE_BASE admin ORACLE_SID dbvisit Example LOGDIR C oracle product 10 2 0 admin w102n dbvisit DBUSER The Dbvisit Standby database repository DDR owner in the Oracle database Example DBUSER dbvisit DBPASSWD The password for the Dbvisit Standby database repository DDR owner Example DBPASSWD dbvisitpasswd ENCRYPT _PASSWDS Specify whether all passwords should be encrypted in the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file Note To change ENCRYPT PASSWDS from Yes to No the DBPASSWD is required Values are Yes or No This value cannot be manually edited Use dbvisit_setup and choose option Update the Dbvisit Standby Database configuration DDC file Yes Encrypt passwords No Do not encrypt passwords Default is No If you are unsure set to No Example ENCRYPT PASSWDS Yes LEAVE COMPRESS SOURCE Specifies whether the log files should be left compressed or not on the primary server AFTER having been transferred to the standby server If using RMAN the log files should be left uncompressed otherwise RMAN cannot find the logs If using standard backup software leave the logs compressed Note Log files will always be sent compressed to the standby server This setting does not influence that Values are Yes or No Yes Leave compressed AFTER having being transferred No Uncompress log file
298. it executes Ignore Dbvisit Standby will never perform a database log switch Use this option with caution as Dbvisit Standby will not be able to guarantee how far behind in time the standby database is Only when Oracle performs a database log switch will Dbvisit Standby transfer the current archive redo log to the standby database If you are not sure set to No Example LOGSWITCH No ORACLE_SID_ASM Specifies the name of the ASM instance on the primary server or node if RAC if primary database uses ASM Default value is ASM If primary database does not use ASM leave as default Example ORACLE_SID_ASM ASM 1 Sys Logon Settings SYS_LOGON Dbvisit Standby does not require an Oracle password as it uses OS authentication These variables can be used to enable Dbvisit Standby to logon as sysdba WITH a username and password This may be required when SQLNET AUTHENTICATION SERVICES NTS cannot be set or a password file cannot be used SYS _ LOGON turns this feature on and off Values are Yes or No Default is No If you are not sure set to No or leave blank Example SYS_LOGON Yes SYS_USER Name of the user to logon to the database Is only affected if SYS_ LOGON Yes If you are not sure leave blank Example SYS_USER sys _SYS_PASSWD Password of SYS_USER Is only affective if SYS_LOGON Yes and SYS_USER is set Example _SYS_PASSWD not_tiger Note if ENCRYPT PASSWDS Yes then the password will be encry
299. it Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration Through the web based graphical user interface GUI H Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Default from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Run Action Leave this one set to Default u database features Default lt gt Run Close Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Standby Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Default from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Run Action Leave this one set to Default ur database features Default lt gt Run Close 41 Restart the Dbvisit Standby schedule if using Dbovserver and this has been started then the schedule will be automatically started Upgrade is complete Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 27 Dbvisit Upgrading Linux Unix Upgrading from version 5 2 x 5 3 x or 6 0 x to 6 0 x Please note 1 6 Upgrading of Dbvisit Standby software needs to be done on both the primary server and standby servers For Oracle RAC th
300. it Standby applies the archive logs 3 Dbvisit Standby post processing Backup software can be scheduled here 4 Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module The Backup software can be scheduled as part of the post processing option If the Backup software fails the return code can be trapped and passed back to Dbvisit Standby This means Dbvisit Standby will alert with a notification and will stop processing This ensures that the Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module will not be executed and that archive logs will not be deleted before they are backed up For more information about post processing see the Pre and post processing section Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 131 Dbvisit Dbvserver Dbvserver is the Web server that provides the web interface to Dbvisit This component is optional and only required if Dbvisit Standby is configured and run through a web browser Dbvisit Standby is to be scheduled using the built in web based scheduler Dbvserver scheduler The default http port for Dbvserver is 8081 The default username password is admin admin Dbvserver should be running on all primary and standby servers Starting Dbvserver on Linux Unix Dbvserver
301. it smtp mail client Alternate mail clients can be set after completing setup Please see MAILCFG_SENDMAIL_CLIENT Dbvisit Internal Mail Manual Mail Optionally in case your preferred mail client is different from Dbvisit Client internal mail client you may enter your own client below Admins Please enter the administrator email address es where emails will be sent upon success or failure of Dbvisit Multiple emails should be separated with a comma Surround mutiple email address es in double quotes Example support mycompany com dba mycompany com support mycompany com 10 Specify the settings for managing the archive log files on the primary server Then click Next Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 99 DATABASE TECHNOLOGY Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish i Dbvisit Standby Setup Back Next Z Archsource Primary Archive log Management Module Settings AMM Management Do you want to setup archive log file management on the primary server This is used to manage the Oracle logs on the primary server e Alerts when certain thresholds have been reached e Can delete Oracle archives logs afte
302. it32 is the standby server 7 Graceful Switchover has been completed and is back to its original state The primary database is now back on the primary server and the standby database is now back on the standby server 8 To confirm that the original primary database is now once again the primary database the following command may be run dbv_oraStartStop stat dbvisitp Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbv oraStartStop started on dbvisit3l Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server 9 To confirm that the original standby database is now once again the standby database the following command may be run Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 194 Dbvisit dbv orfraStartStop stat dbvisitp Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbv oraStartStop started on dbvisit32 Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server 10 To keep the primary database in sync with the standby database Dbvisit Standby may be run as per usual dbvisit dbvisitp Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbvisit started on dbvisit31l Checking Dbvisit ins
303. ited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 185 Dbvisit e Can reverse back to the original state once scheduled maintenance is completed e There is no data loss during the transition e Primary Database redo logs must be available elt is recommended to test the Graceful Switchover on a test system with similar bandwidth and latency between the primary and standby server as the production systems e The time taken for the switchover to complete depends on the size of the redo logs the archive logs and the speed of the network between the primary and the standby server It can be used for normal file system database and ASM file system databases Dbvisit Standby Graceful Switchover limitations In some cases on Windows the registry setting ORA_DB_ AUTOSTART needs to be set to FALSE where DB is the name of your database The setting is in HKEY LOCAL _MACHINE SOFTWARE ORACLE Only set this if graceful switchover is not successful initially How the Dbvisit Standby Graceful Switchover process works 1 Dbvisit Standby checkpoints are used to ensure the process between the primary and standby database are synchronised 2 Users should be disconnected from the main primary database 3 Dbvisit Standby Graceful Switchover is initiated with a simple command on the primary s
304. ive log Management Module AMM setup section for description of each step Home gt Setup gt Update Dbvisit gt Update Dbvisit Configuration Choose the AMM settings to update and click on Save Configuration Dbvisit Standby Archive Log Management Module variables The main variables that control the Dbvisit Standby Archive Log Management Module AMM processing are ARCHSOURCE_MANAGEMENT Turns AMM processing on or off for the primary server DAYS_TO_KEEP_ARCHSOURCE Number of days to keep the archive log files on the server Archive logs older than this period will be deleted Values are numeric Example 7 7 days To disable this setting set to 0 NUM_ARCHSOURCE_TO KEEP Specify how many Oracle log files should be kept on the primary server Log files greater than this number will be removed oldest first To disable this setting set to 0 THRESHOLD _ARCHSOURCE Specify the threshold in percentage of how much disk space may be used by the Oracle archive log files before an alert is triggered Values are numeric Example 80 If more than 80 of the space is used up then an alert will be triggered If DELETE_ARCHSOURCE is set to Y then archives will also be deleted once percentage threshold is reached DELETE _ARCHSOURCE This variable only applies to THRESHOLD_ARCHSOURCE Determines if archives should be deleted once THRESHOLD _ARCHSOURCE exceeds the current disk space full percentage If set to Yes then ar
305. izard Fa Select the time and day you want this task to start Start time 1 06PM Perform this task Teeneneeeneeteseeneseeeses C Weekdays C Every fi days Start date 6 26 2007 lt Back Cancel 8 Enter the password of the current user That will be the user that will run Dbvisit Standby Click Next Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 139 Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOGY Scheduled Task Wizard Ea Enter the name and password of a user The task will tun as if it were started by that user Enter the user name WIN20035 E 02 oracle Enter the password eee eee Confirm password owe eee If a password is not entered scheduled tasks might not run Pe 9 Tick the box Open advanced properties Click on Finish You have successfully scheduled the following task h oa DS dbvisit wi02n Windows will perform this task t 1 06 PM every day starting 6 26 2007 Peseeeeeseesesceescesssscesssesssnessuseensnsseneassessseneseussssensuenssessnssesesenessnessseesenesesesssassssenssseeey Vv Open advanced properties for this task when click Finish seeeeeeeeeeseesccessucessscsssccsssessssenssesessesesasesenessenescue
306. k on Next fs Dbvisit Standby Database Technology ee Ea Welcome to the Dbyisit Standby Database Technology Setup Wizard This wizard will guide you through the installation of Dbvisit Standby Database Technology It is recommended that you close all other applications before starting Setup This will make it possible to update relevant system files without having to reboot your computer Click Next to continue Accept the license terms Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 21 Dbvisit De Dbyvisit Standby Standby database Technology License greement Dbvisit Please review the license terms before installing Dbvisit Press Page Down to see the rest of the agreement PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING LEGAL AGREEMENT GOVERNING YOUR USE amp OF THE LICENSED PRODUCT BY COMPLETING ITS INSTALLATION CLICKING 4 BUTTON OR TYPING Y ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT YOU AGREE TO BE LEGALLY BOUND BY THIS AGREEMENT IF YOU DO NOT AGREE THEN STOP AND DO NOT INSTALL OR USE THIS LICENSED PRODUCT IF YOU ARE ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT ON BEHALF OF COMPANY OR OTHER LEGAL ENTITY YOU REPRESENT THAT YOU HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO BIND SUCH ENTITY AND ITS AFFILIATES TO
307. l Repository Dbvisit Standby Uninstall Repository e Uninstall Repository 4 Uninstall the Dbvisit Standby software from primary and standby server Windows only Po Dbyvisit Standby command console Db Dbyisit Standby setup A Dbvisit Standby UserGuide Readme We Uninstall Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 230 8 9 DATABASE TECHNOLOGY Uninstall the Dbvserver software from the primary and standby server Windows only d Bitvise Tunnelier Bitvise WinSSHD Dbvisit dE Dbvserver W Uninstall Douser is di Standby Uninstall the Bitvise WinSSHD software if installed from primary and standby server Windows only _ Bitvise Tunnelier dJ Bitvise WinSSHD eS Lninstal Vai SY WinSSHD Contror Dbvisit Uninstall the Bitvise Tunnelier software if installed from primary and standby server Windows only J Bitvise Tunnelier Host Key Manager Keypair Manager Proxy Settings GS Tunnelier 8B Uninstall Tunnelier Remove Dbvisit install directory and all of its contents and subdirectories Linux Unix only Uninstall complete Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Softwa
308. late for dbvisitp using provided answers lt Yes No gt Yes An existing template found gt Do you want to view the existing template lt Yes No gt Yes n What would you like to do 1 Keep existing template and continue with creating a standby database uSing provided answers 2 Save provided answers as a new template Note existing template will be replaced by the new one Please enter your choice 1 2 What would you like to do 1 Continue with creating a standby database 2 Terminate creating a standby database The saved template will be available for future use Please enter your choice 1 12 The standby database will now be created Once completed the next steps to take will be shown Creating standby database Backing up datafile l Backing up datafile 2 Backing up datafile 3 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 106 Dbvisit Backing up datafile 4 Backing up datafile 5 Backing up datafile 10 Creating standby controlfile controlfile Creating standby parameter file Backup of primary database completed Compressing var tmp tmp1 dbv_dbvisitp dbf 10 87 l piece Compressing var tmp tmpl dbv_dbvisitp dbf 1 81 l piece Compressi
309. lay the summary of uncompleted backup or option 1 to continue with creating the standby database What would you like to do 1 Restart the uncompleted creation of standby database 2 View status of the uncompleted creation of standby database 3 Return to the previous menu Please enter your choice 1 2 DDC FILE dbv1x102 SOURCE HOST dbvisit31 DESTINATION HOST dbyvyisit32 STARTED AT 28 11 2011 16 38 02 ENDED AT STANDBY ASM COPY DATAFILES DIRECTLY COMPRESS DATAFILES USE TRANSPORTABLE MEDIA PRIMARY TEMP LOCATION usr tmp tmp1 STANDBY TEMP LOCATION usr tmp tmp2 STOP POINT SET N CREATE DIRECTORIES AUTO Y DATABASE SIZE IN MB 1075 BACKUP COMPLETED Y DATABASE CREATION COMPLETED N WNrRoaB WN EF Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 153 COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT NOT What would you like to do COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED COMPLETED BACKUP BACKUP BA
310. layed by default Standby u03 app oracle oradata d112f 8 The settings can be saved for future use Click on Create Standby Database Save Template Save information provided on this page as new template Please note if there is an already existing template present for this database then it will be overridden Yes No Create Standby Database 9 Standby database creation process will start and the output of the different steps will be shown in the browser window This process can take a very long time depending on the size of the database and the network a Create New Standby Database J Database Watch the database creation process below Be aware that the creation of Creation the standby database might take a very long time Progress Please note the creation process is running independently from this browser page i e closing this browser window will not interfere with database creation Total database size for w112g is 2 07GB Starting creation of standby database Creating standby database Creating standby controlfiles __ Standby controlfiles created 10 Standby database has now been created Standby database created Oracle parameter standby_file_management is set to AUTO for the standby database To complete creating standby database run dbvisit on the primary and standby databases E lt gt Standby database has been created successfully Show Setup Debug Mode Only Y
311. ld backup Cause An incomplete recovery session was started but an insufficient number of redo logs were applied to make the database consistent This file is still in the future of the last redo log applied Action 1 Run Dbvisit Standby to apply additional log files until the database is consistent Each time Dbvisit Standby will notify of the error but the log files will be applied This will happen until sufficient log files have been applied 2 Restore the standby database datafiles from an older backup and run dbvisit R lt DDC gt to resynch the primary database with the standby database a e a ee Please ensure WinSSHD is running on the check connection to server name else please contact Dbvisit support remote or standby server On the remote server 1 Open the WinSSHD control panel Start gt Programs gt Bitvise WinSSHD gt WinSSHD Control Panel 2 Click on Start WinSSHD Return code 101 PO URET AU NEN PECS TION FALLUT Please see the Testing and Resolving Windows SSH configuration issues section to resolve this issue Return code 103 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 274 Dbvisit Testing and Resolving Windows SSH configuration issues Testing
312. le spfile 3 Terminate processing Please enter your choice Validating oracle database parameters please wait Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 148 Dbvisit SUCCEEDED 9 It is possible to use TRANSPORTABLE MEDIA for very large databases or slow networks Do you want to use TRANSPORTABLE MEDIA to transfer the database files to the standby server Transportable media is an external device such as a USB drive that is first plugged into the primary server and then manually transferred to the standby site and plugged into the standby server to continue the process It can be used for large databases or slow networks Specifying No means the network will be used to transfer the database files No Transportable media will be used N Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 10 To create an ASM standby database temporary locations on both primary and standby server must be specified to hold a database backup A temporary location must be specified on dbvisit3l where the database will be backed up to first This location must be big enough to hold RMAN backup of the whole database 1 05GB Specify the location on this server usr tmp usr tmp tmpl Directory for tempo
313. lease 2 9 2 Prior to this fix OMF file names had the following format File Type Format Example Datafile ora st su dbf Ora TOSI 2Zixthog0gqvdbe Tempfile Ora 4C cus tmp ora templ odygh80r tmp Redo log file ora sg u log ora 1 wo94n2x1i log Control file Ora lt usctl Ora cmE7CI0pscrl Where t is the tablespace name possibly truncated u is an eight character string that guarantees uniqueness g is the online redo log file group number A file was considered OMF if its base file name had an ora_ prefix and a dbf tmp log or ctl extension The new and current format for OMF file names on Windows and Unix based systems Is File Type Format Example Datafile Ol Mi gt t v dbf ol ml tpsi 2ixthng0g abf Tempfile ol mf st su_ tmp ol mf templ odygh80r tmp Redo log file ol mf cg su alog ol mf 1 wo94n2x1i log Control file Ol ME a vorl Ol mt Cmr t90p tl Where t is the tablespace name possibly truncated Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 161 Dbvisit u is an eight character string that guarantees uniqueness g is the online redo log file group number A file is now considered OMF if its base file name has a o1_mf_ prefix and a dbf tmp log
314. ll Log file s for dbvisitp will be transferred from dbvisitll to dbvisitl2 200608292337 5 Log transfer s for dbvisitp completed Last sequence was 233 Where dbvisitp is the name of the database and 229 is the starting log sequence number to resend H Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Resend Sequence from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Enter a sequence number Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Sot uv Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Resend Sequence Sequence Number 442 Run Close All log files starting from the sequence specified until the current log sequence on the primary database will be transferred to the standby database No contact is made with the standby database The resend sequence specified must be gt 1 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 210 Dbvisit Re synchronising with the standby database Normally Dbvisit Standby on the primary server does not contact the standby database when transferring log files This allows complete independent processing It is possible fo
315. log open cursors 200 pga aggregate target LETT IZLE processes 150 remote login passwordfile EXCLUSIVE sga target od 1260 spfile default standby file management MANUAL Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 169 Dbvisit undo management AUTO unao tablespace UNDOTBS1 user dump dest oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 udump STANDBY FILE NAME oracle oradata DBVLX102 datafile users dbf Note Dbvisit Standby has added the following parameter to the standby spfile log file name convert ARCHIVELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog oracle oradata DBVLX102 onlinelog This parameter was used to rename primary ASM ALIAS redo logs The section C Database file locations contains a record for datafile 4 with a standby name oracle oradata DBVLX102 datafile users dbf This information is used to generate set newname RMAN command to rename datafile 4 when restoring the standby controlfile Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 170 Dbvisit Starting
316. lowing 1 A Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file 2 Dbvisit Standby database repository DDR Dbvisit Standby setup is initiated with command dbvisit_ setup Dbvisit Standby Same as Dbvisit Standby setup configuration Dbvisit Standby database repository DDR Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM As part of the Dbvisit Standby setup Dbvisit Standby will create an Oracle account that contains tables and objects Dbvisit Standby uses this to keep internal track of the transfer process The Dbvisit Standby database repository is a small repository and should not take more than about 10MB in space Optional module that comes with Dbvisit Standby Management and monitoring of the Oracle archive log space on either the primary standby server or both The AMM is configured through command Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 12 Dbvisit dbvisit_ setup The AMM settings are contained within the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file Fail over In the event of a disaster the standby database is activated to become the new primary database The Original primary database is no longer available To activate the standby data
317. lt standby file management MANUAL undo management AUTO undo tablespace UNDOTBS1 user dump dest oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 udump TYPE ID STANDBY FILE NAME DATA 1 DATA DATA 2 DATA DATA 3 DATA DATA 4 DATA DATA 5 DATA TEMP 1 DATA TEMP 2 DATA TEMP 3 DATA What would you like to do 1 Create standby database using existing saved template 2 View content of existing saved template 3 Return to the previous menu Please enter your choice 1 Validating template Please wait STATUS VALID What would you like to do 1 Create standby database using existing saved template 2 View content of existing saved template 3 Return to the previous menu Please enter your choice 1 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 157 Dbvisit 87 Validating template Please wait 88 STATUS VALID 89 Dbvisit Standby will validate the template and proceed with creating a standby database without further interaction Starting creation of standby database Creating standby database Backing up datafile 1 Backing up datafile 2 Backing up datafile 3 Backing up datafile 4 Backing up datafile 5 Creating standby controlfile controlfile Cr
318. luster hostname sh The cluster hostname sh may be a script that contains commands to obtain the virtual cluster name opt VRTS bin haclus display 2 gt dev null grep i clustername awk print 2 It can also be an echo or print command that prints out the cluster name Notes 1 Ensure that the HOSTNAME CMD script has the correct permissions and is executable 2 Standby Server Do not create the HOSTNAME_CMD script on the standby server If HOSTNAME_CMD is specified but does not exist on the server then Dbvisit Standby ignores the HOSTNAME CMD and uses the regular method to obtain the hostname of the server 3 A cluster should not be confused with Oracle RAC In a cluster there is only one physical database running on one node in the cluster With Oracle RAC there is a separate instance running on each node of the RAC In Oracle RAC each node in Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 226 Dbvisit the RAC is involved with the database In a cluster only one node is involved with running the database Optimising Dbvisit Standby By default Dbvisit Standby initiates a database connection each time information is requested from the database The connection is closed after each req
319. m Readiness Check Select components to install If upgrading only select the components that need to be upgraded Space required 43 9MB I Nullsoft Install System v2 46 lt Back Cancel 7 Follow the on screen instructions You will be prompted for the installation location for all components Please ensure it is the same location as where it is currently installed for the component you are upgrading For the other components this can be ignored 8 Specify if this is the primary server Answer Yes if this is the primary server fas Dbvisit Standby Database Technolo 2 J Is this the primary server 9 The previous Dbvisit Standby and Dbvserver software will be removed Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 22 Dbvisit 10 If the following message is displayed it means Windows has not released all the locks on the previous installed software Please wait for 20 seconds and click on Retry Retry can be repeatedly clicked until the message is gone OX Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology x Error opening file for writing C Program Files x86 Dbvisit dbvserverd exe Click Abort to stop the installation Retry to
320. mand dbv_oraStartStop switchover dbvisitps on dbvisit3l avisit co nz if not already started Please enter unique key 41 Key 41 entered Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server The switchover process has now started For more information about the messages during the switchover please see the Complete switchover processing section below 5 At the end of the switchover the primary database has transitioned to its original standby database Graceful switchover completed This database dbvisitp is now a standby database To keep this new standby database in synch please schedule Dbvisit as per normal dbvisit dbvisitp Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server 6 At the end of the switchover the standby database has transitioned to its original primary database Graceful switchover completed This database dbvisitp is now the primary database It is recommended to issue command SQL gt ALTER DATABASE FORCE LOGGING This ensures that all database write operations are logged and the standby database will be consistent To keep the standby database on dbvisit31l in synch with this primary database reschedule Dbvisit as per normal dbvisit dbvisitp dbv oraStartStop ended on dbvisit31 Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvis
321. mands web based The Dbvserver web server must be started to execute Dbvisit GUI or web based commands To access the web based GUI interface point the browser to the IP address of the server and specify default port 8081 e080 cic 6 http 221 48 62 132 8081 Running Dbvisit Standby on primary server Dbvisit Standby can run as follows 1 Execute Dbvisit Standby on the primary server El dbvisit lt DDC gt Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 113 Dbvisit Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration For example dbvisit wl02n Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbvisit exe started on win2003se 01 First time Dbvisit runs Dbvisit installation will be copied to win2003se 02 Transferring dbv functions Lo host winz003se 02 dbv functions Transferring dbvisit to host win2003se 02 dbvisit Transferring dbvisit setup to host win2003se 02 dbvisit setup Transferring dbv oraStartStop to host win2003se 02 dbv oraStartstop Transferring dbv
322. mestamp 201112051708 gt gt gt Database dbvisitp will be shutdown and restarted lt lt lt Ensure Dbvisit is no longer scheduled Obtaining archive log gap Contacting Standby Database dbvisitp on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Last standby sequence obtained 13878 for thread 1 Archive Log Gap for thread 1 is 0 This is correct to continue Please enter unique key to begin graceful switchover for database dbvisitp The same key must be entered on both primary and standby server Please start command dbv_oraStartStop switchover dbvisitp on dbvisit32 avisit co nz if not already started Please enter unique key 31 Key 31 entered Contacting dbvisit32 avisit co nz to ensure the same unique key is entered for dbvisitp Waiting for Key 1 on dbvisit32 avisit co NnZ Checkpoint 1 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Transferring X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp tempfile to host dbvisit32 avisit co nz X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp tempfile Transferring X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp force logging to host dbvisit32 avisit co nz X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp force logging Waiting for Checkpoint 2 on dbvisit32 avisit co nzZ Checkpoint 2 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 3 on dbvisit32 avisit co nzZz Checkpoint 3 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Shutting down regular Database dbvisitp Regular Database dbvisitp shutdown successfully Starting Regular Database dbvisitp Regular Database dbvisitp s
323. mplate file Oracle RAC In an Oracle RAC configuration there will be a Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file for every instance in the primary Oracle RAC Example if there is a RAC database called RACDB with 2 instances called RACDB1 and RACDB2 the DDC will be called dbv RACDB1 env dbv RACDB2 env Multiple standby databases If running multiple standby databases for the same primary database then there will be a DDC file for each standby database with a unique name For example dbv_orcl env and dbv_orcl2 env Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 215 Dbvisit Each DDC file will have to be updated separately Please see Multiple standby databases section for more information Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 216 Dbvisit Failover Activating the standby database When disaster strikes and the primary database is no longer available the standby database must be activated to become the new primary database to continue operatio
324. mple below shows how to create standby database on the fly by direct transfer to the standby server Creating a standby database is performed on the primary server primary node For a complete overview of creating the standby database please see Start the Dbvisit Standby command console from the Start Menu gt Programs gt Dbvisit gt Standby DS Dbvisit Standby command console Db Dbvisit Standby setup A Dbvisit Standby UserGuide Readme A Uninstall Dbvisit Standby 1 To create a standby database choose option 7 Dbvisit Standby Database Technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Dbvisit Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New Dbvisit RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup New Dbvisit Database repository DDR setup Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 68 Dbvisit Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Standby Database and template Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository Please enter choice 2 Choose t
325. n This is also called failover to the standby database The steps to activate the standby database are 1 Stop the scheduling of Dbvisit Standby 2 Change the network configuration or DNS so that users will connect to the standby database or server instead of the primary database or server 3 Activate and open the standby database for normal operation as per instructions below As soon as the standby database is activated and becomes the new active primary database the link to the original primary database is lost and it is no longer possible to apply new logs to the original primary database To activate and open the standby database for continued operation in the event of a disaster the following procedure must be used A On the standby server using CLI 1 Manually run Dbvisit Standby to ensure all log files have been applied dbvisit wl02n Where w702n is the name of the database 2 Activate the standby database A prompt will be displayed to ask for confirmation dbv_oraStartStop activate wl02n 3 AS soon as possible back up your new production database At this point the former standby database is now your production database This task while not required is a recommended safety measure because you cannot recover changes made after activation without a backup On the standby server using GUI 1 Manually run Dbvisit Standby to ensure all log files have been applied Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Stand
326. n oracle orabase ssh id_ dsa Your public key has been saved in oracle orabase ssh id_ dsa pub The key fingerprint is 73 c7 f5 7c ee bd 62 7f 0d 51 ed 8a c7 45 f7 d9 oracle lavisit03 In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server The public private key pair may either be dsa or rsa On Linux the output may be different oracle avisit03 ssh keygen Generating public private rsa key pair Enter file in which to save the key oracle orabase ssh identity Enter passphrase empty for no passphrase Enter same passphrase again Your identification has been saved in oracle orabase ssh identity Your public key has been saved in oracle orabase ssh identity pub The key fingerprint is a2 88 ad 53 e8 5b 37 al 82 60d 03 ec 96 c4 6b df oracle avisit03 In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server This will generate 2 files under your home directory ssh id_dsa ssh id_dsa pub Or generate the following files under your home directory sSsh id rsa ssh id_ rsa pub On Linux the files may be called different ssh identity ssh identity pub 3 On the standby server create a new empty file called ssh authorized_keys oracle avisit03 cd ssh oracle avisit03 vi authorized keys In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisi
327. n Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 18 known Ensure that the admin directory of the database usually under the ORACLE_BASE is known Example of ORACLE BASE would be c oracle orabase Example of admin directory for database dbvisitp would be c oracle orabase admin dbvisitp Ensure that the standby server name is known on the primary server Ensure that the primary server name is known on the standby server Ensure that the firewall port is opened between the primary and the standby servers lf Dovserver is being used to provide the web based interface to Dbvisit then the Dovserver http port needs to be opened on the firewall In case either primary or eee databases use ASM storage the user that installed Dbvisit Standby should be able to connect to the ASM instance as sysdba Dbvisit setup to determine the location of the admin directories of the database A new directory called dbvisit will be created under the admin directory of the database This will be where the log file of Dbvisit Standby is kept Try pinging the standby server The ping does not have
328. n created The Dbvisit Standby setup menu will be redisplayed Dbvisit Standby Database Technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Dbvisit Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New Dbvisit RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup New Dbvisit Database repository DDR setup Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Standby Database and template Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository Please enter choice 14 Exit out of the main menu and run Dbvisit Standby as normal 15 Dbvisit Standby can now be run on completion of the standby database creation To run Dbvisit Standby go to section Dbvisit Standby commands running or executing Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 108 Dbvisit Create standby database on the fly using GUI The example below shows how to create standby database on the fly by direct transfer to the standby server Creating a standby database is performed on the primary server primary node For a com
329. n s Please enter your choice 1 Standby locations validated Primary database contains non OMF redo logs Non OMF ASM redo logs will be created under lt ASM Disk Group gt lt db_ unique name gt onlinelog Make sure these locations exist on the standby or create them manually Review and confirm ASM disk group names for non OMF standby redo logs Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 149 Dbvisit gt Standby ARCHIVELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog gt ARCHIVELOGS ONLINELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog gt ARCHIVELOGS What would you like to do 1 Confirm standby location s are correct and continue 2 Provide different standby location s Please enter your choice 1 Standby locations validated 13 Provided answers can be stored as a template for future use re running creating of a standby database gt Create standby database template for dbvlx102 using provided answers lt Yes No gt Yes y An existing template found gt Do you want to view the existing template lt Yes No gt Yes n What would you like to do 1 Keep existing template and continue with creating a standby database using provided answers 2 Save provided answers as a new template Note
330. n the primary server 3 Install Oracle software on the standby server preferably in the same location as on the primary server 4 Copy the init ora file for the production database on the production server to the standby server 5 Copy the password file ORACLE_HOME dbs orapw lt ORACLE_SID gt from the production server to the standby server You may have to create a new password file with the orapwd utility 6 Copy the spfile from the production server to the standby server if it is used 7 Create an Oracle service for the standby database on the standby server with command startmode is manual oradim new sid dbvisitp intpwd MYSECRETPASSWORD startmode M Where dbvisitp is the name of the database On the primary server 8 Make a standby controlfile on the production database using the following command SQL gt ALTER DATABASE CREATE STANDBY CONTROLFILE AS Ci oracle orabase admin dbvisitp create STANDBY DBVISIT control01 ctl REUSE Where dbvisitp is the name of the database 9 Copy this standby controlfile to a temporary location on the standby server 10 Make a cold or a hot backup of the database to either disk or tape 11 Restore the full production database backup including any new archive logs to the standby server On the standby server 12 Replace the existing controlfile s if any with the new standby controlfile from the temporary location Make sure the names of the controlfile s stay the same
331. name of the database Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Resend Sequence from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Enter a sequence number Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Sot i ie Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Resend Sequence Sequence Number 442 Run Close 6 Resynchronise with the standby database This is used when the standby database has been rebuilt or Dbvisit Standby is not transferring the correct archive log sequence for the standby database B dbvisit R lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration For more information see the Re synchronising with the standby database section For example dbvisit R wl02n Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbvisit exe started on win2003se 01 Performing Oracle Checkpoint Waiting for 3 seconds for checkpoint completion Resynch option given Dbvisit installation will be copied to win2003se 02 Transferring dbv functions to host wianZ003se 02 0byv functions Transferring dbvisit to host win2003se 02 dbvisit Transferring dbvisit setup to host winzZ003se
332. nel 4 22 E Cancel 5 Find the Dbvisit Standby executable Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 138 oN Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOGY Select Program to Schedule od RS Look in E Dbvisit o 2 fe My Recent Documents Desktop Ob dbv_functions exe dbv_ORACLE_SID env Obdbv_oraStartStop exe dby_w102n eny Ob dbvisit_setup exe Dbvisit_UserGuideS 0 pdf E README txt Uninstall exe My Documents My Computer ia Lo My Network File name ldbvisit exe Places Files of type Programs Cancel f 6 Type a name for the task Type Dbvisit lt DDC gt in example below the database name is w102n Select Perform this task Daily Click Next Scheduled Task Wizard xi Type a name for this task The task name can be the same name as the program name dbvisit w102r Perform this task Daily C Weekly Monthly C Dne time only When my computer starts When log on lt Back Cancel 7 Select the time and day you want the task to start Select Every day The start time and start date do not need to be changed if you want the task to start straight away Click Next Scheduled Task W
333. ner and the password C Program Piles x86 Dbvisit Dbvserver bin gt dbvisit install win3z create c program files x86 dbvisit oracle passwd Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 132 Dbvisit To show service C Program Files x86 Dbvisit Dbvserver bin gt dbvisit install win32 show For help C Program Files x86 Dbvisit Dbvserver bin gt dbvisit install win32 Dbvserver directories Dbvserver includes the following directories under the main dbvserver directory e log This contains the log files for Dbvserver log files scheduler log files Http access log files Optional debug log files etc This contains the following files dbvserver conf which is the configuration file for Dovserver scheduler conf which is the configuration file for the scheduler init d directory which contains the init d templates to auto start Dovserver at boot time tmp Temporary directory used by Dbvserver Auto start Dbvserver at boot lf Dovserver is used then it is recommended to auto start the Dbvserver process at boot On Windows this can be done by setting the Startup Type on the Dbvserver service to automatic Path to executable C Program Files amp 86 Dbv
334. ng var tmp tmpl dbv_dbvisitp dbf 1 82 l piece Compressing var tmp tmpl1 dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 2 83 l piece Compressing var tmp tmpl1 dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 3 84 1l piece Compressing var tmp tmpl dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 4 85 l piece Compressing var tmp tmpl1 dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 5 86 l piece Transferring var tmp tmpl dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 10 87 1 piece gz to host GbViS1ES2 aVisitsco 11zZ2 Var tmp tmp2 dbv dbvisitp dbr 10 87 1 piece qz Transferring var tmp tmpl dbv dbvisitp dbf 1 81 1 piece gz to host GbVLSLES2 aVisit c0 1Zt Val tmp tmp2 dbv cbovisitp cbot 1 61 1 piece gz Transferring var tmp tmpl dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 1 82 1 piece gz to host GbVLS1C32 aVisit co 1Z Var tmp tmp2 dbv cdovisitp cbt 1 82 1 piece Gz Transferring var tmp tmpl dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 2 83 1 piece gz to host GbViSLES2 aVisit Co 1Zty Val tmp tmp2 dbv covisitp cbt 2 83 1 piece gz Transferring var tmp tmpl dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 3 84 1 piece gz to host GbVLiS1C32 aVisit co 1zZ Var tmp tmp2 dbv cdovisitp dof 3 84 1 piece Gz Transferring var tmp tmpl dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 4 85 1 piece gz to host GbVLSL1ESO2 aVisit co nzZiyVvar tmp tmp2 dbv covisitp cbt 4 85 1 piece gz Transferring var tmp tmpl dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 5 86 1 piece gz to host GbV1S1E32 aVisitsco 1zZ2 Var tmp tmp2 dbv dbvisitp cbt 5 86 1 pilece gz Uncompressing var tmp tmp2 dbv_dbvisitp dbf 10 87 1 piece gz Uncompressing var tmp tmp2 dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 1 81 l piece gz Uncompressing var tmp tmp2 dbv_
335. ng Dbvisit Standby with the c option or Copy Software from the Run Action menu on the Run Interactive web based interface screen b The first time Dbvisit Standby executes the standby database must be up and running because Dbvisit Standby has to determine which initial log is needed for the standby database Subsequent times Dbvisit Standby executes on the primary server the standby database does not need to be up and available c In the examples the Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM is turned on This can be turned off by setting Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 114 Dbvisit ARCHSOURCE MANAGEMENT N for the primary server and ARCHDEST_MANAGEMENT N for the primary server in the DDC file or by updating this parameter directly via the following menu path in the web based interface Home gt Setup gt Update Dbvisit gt Update Dbvisit Configuration Subsequent times that Dbvisit Standby executes the Dbvisit Standby installation will not be copied over to the standby server and Dbvisit Standby will NOT contact the standby database The standby database does not have to be available to transfer the archive log files to the standby database A For example dbvisit wl
336. ng Oracle database s have been found on this server ORACLE HOME Dbvisit oracle orabase product 10 1 0 Db_ 1 ASM oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db 1 dbvlx102 oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db_ 1 dbv1x2102 oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db 1 dbvomf10 oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db_1 wlllg oracie orabase product 11 0 Db 1 Enter own ORACLE SID and ORACLE HOME Please enter choice 1 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 10 Owner Enter the account with which Dbvisit Standby will be run This is the Linux Unix account name This account must be part of the Oracle DBA group and Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 85 Dbvisit have sufficient privileges to log onto the database as sysdba We suggest that this user is the same user that installed the Oracle software and owns the database s gt OWNER Please enter the account owner that will be used to run Dbvisit It is recommended that this be the same user as the Oracle Database owner This user should belong to a DBA group This user must also exist on the standby database server Account that will run Dbvisit is oracle gt Account owner will be oracle Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 11 Transfer met
337. ng in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 233 Dbvisit Web based reporting The web based version of Dbvisit Standby provides extensive reporting on the transfer and log gap reporting Full online help is available for each graph The following graphs are available 1 Archive log transfer time which displays the transfer time in seconds over time Archive Log Transfer Time a a cy A A y DA wO o ob D y x ih in f A A S N ne ay we K rf fy re k nh K A A S nw a K j a vy N gt a a aN N aS ry rn hy ry hy w p A K A N 4 D v r z V y V V V 2 Archive log gaps which displays the archive log gap and transfer log gap Archive Log Gaps Recovery Log Gap Transfer Log Gap 3 Compression ratio if the archive log files are compressed File Compression Ratio 83 percent Compressed Uncompressed 4 Transfer log size which displays the size of the transferred log files over time Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 234 Dbvisit Transfer Log Size Transfer size in MB Uncompressed size in MB 5 Daily redo size over time Daily Redo Size 6 Daily archi
338. ng the setup on each node will have the name of the instance and not the name of the database dbv_oracle_instance env Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 182 Dbvisit Dbvisit Standby needs to be scheduled separately on each primary node It is recommended that Dbvisit Standby is scheduled at different times on each node For example node1 Schedule every hour at 00 15 30 45 node2 Schedule every hour at 05 20 35 50 The archive destination location on the standby node must be accessible by all standby nodes in the RAC standby cluster Dbvisit Standby RAC Takeover lf a RAC node fails and is unavailable then Dbvisit Standby on another RAC node can automatically take over the log shipment from the failed node The Dbvisit Standby RAC Takeover is controlled by the following variables in the dbv_oracle_instance env file RAC TAKEOVER RAC TAKEOVER SID RAC TAKEOVER FORCE RAC TAKEOVER values Yes Dbvisit Standby on this instance will take over from another instance when that instance is unavailable No Dbvisit Standby on this instance will NOT take over from another instance when that instance is unavailable RAC TAKEOVER FORCE values Yes Dbvisit Standby on th
339. not sure set to No Should Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module delete log files once percentage threshold is met No gt Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module will delete log files once percentage threshold is met No Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes B AMM standby server setup 36 Specify if you want to setup AMM on the standby server gt ARCHDEST MANAGEMENT Do you want to setup archive log file management on the standby server This is used to manage the Oracle logs on the standby server Alerts when certain thresholds have been reached Can delete Oracle archives logs after a set number of days Can keep a constant number of Oracle archive logs on the system Values are Yes or no Yes Setup and use AMM on standby server do not use AMM on standby server If you are not sure set to Yes Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 92 Dbvisit Should Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module be used on standby server Yes gt Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module on standby server will used Yes Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 37 Specify the number of days to keep the Oracle archive log files on disk After this period they will be r
340. ns Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 42 oN Dbvisit fas Dbvisit Standby Database Technolo Ea Bitvise Tunnelier installation completed SSH2 Setup 36 SSH2 secure shell will now be configured Several background processes will start The processes will generate unique SSH private and public encryption keys These keys will be loaded into WinSSHD fas Dbvisit Standby Database Technolo SHH2 Secure Shell will now be configured 3 7 Now please copy over the SSH encryption keys specified in the README file displayed during the primary setup Once the files are copied click OK e Have the following files been copied from primary server to this standby server i C Program Files Dbyisit ssh2 B_WinSSHDKeypair C Program Files Dbyisit ssh2 B_TunnelierKeypair C Program Files Dbyisit ssh2 4_SSH2Publickey 39 WinSSHD will need to cache the windows password of the current user Note this is the password of the current user on the current server not the password of the primary server fs Dbvisit Standby Database Technology Eq e l WinSSHD will need the password of the Windows account you are currently logged onto 40 WinSSHD configuration is completed If a firewall is used please ensure port 22 is open on the firewall Please also ensure that the SSH2 directory
341. nse agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 64 DATABASE TECHNOLOGY Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish i Dbvisit Standby Setup Back Next Z Archsource Primary Archive log Management Module Settings AMM Management Do you want to setup archive log file management on the primary server This is used to manage the Oracle logs on the primary server e Alerts when certain thresholds have been reached e Can delete Oracle archives logs after a set number of days e Can keep a constant number of Oracle archive logs on the system Values are Yes or No Yes Setup and use AMM on primary server No do not use AMM on primary server If you are unsure set to Yes Yes Days To Keep Please specify the number of days to keep the Oracle log files on the Archsource primary server After this the log files will be removed from the server To disable this setting set to 0 If you are unsure set to 7 7 11 Specify the settings for managing the archive log files on the standby server Then click Next OHSHASH HI Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish SAP Dbvisit Standby Setup Back Next AS Archdest Standby Archive log Management Module Settings AMM Management Do you want to setup archive log file management on the st
342. o Dbvisit Standby and allows it to be run through a web browser Yes No default Yes Enter a custom value or press ENTER to accept above default Starting Dbvserver the web framework for Dbvisit Please wait done Dbvserver is up and running The process name is dbvserverd Next steps Dbvisit Standby may be configured either through a browser or through a command line utility Configure Dbvisit Standby through a web browser using Dbvserver i Please point your web browser to the following URL to login to Dbvserver and configure your Dbvisit product Note Dbvserver dbvserverd has be started for this Default username password is admin admin http 212 14 62 123 8081 Configure Dbvisit Standby through command line i cd usr local dbvisit standby ii Run dbvisit setup Please ensure Dbvisit Standby software is installed on all primary and standby servers before starting configuration dbvisit install completed 10 The Dbvisit Standby and Dbvserver software have now been upgraded 11 The Dbvisit Standby configuration is next to be upgraded Both the Dbvisit Database Configuration DDC file and Dbvisit Database Repository DDR needs Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page
343. o Yes Should Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module be used on primary server Yes gt Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module on primary server will used Yes Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 32 Specify the number of days to keep the Oracle archive log files on disk After this period they will be removed To disable this setting set to 0 gt DAYS TO KEEP ARCHSOURCE Please specify the number of days you want to keep the Oracle log files on the primary server After this the log files will be removed from the server To disable this setting set to 0 If you are not sure set to 7 Number of days to keep log files on disk is 7 gt Number of days to keep log files on disk will be 7 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 91 Dbvisit 33 Specify the number of archive log files to keep on the server Log files greater than this number will be removed oldest first To disable this setting set to 0 gt NUM_ ARCHSOURCE TO KEEP Please specify the number of Archive log files to keep on the primary server Log files greater than this number will be removed oldest first To disable this setting set to 0 If you are no
344. o install the Dbvisit Database Tablespace repository DDR USERS Temp Please select the temp tablespace to install the Dbvisit Database Tablespace repository DDR TEMP Back Finish Dbvisit Standby setup completed for GUI The Dbvisit Standby setup is complete 13 Dbvisit Standby has now been configured for this database DHHS HAH HE HT Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish Dbvisit Standby Setup Create Standby DB Run Dbvisit Standby or Dbvisit Standby database setup completed DDC file created Database user created Database user permissions granted Database repository objects created Next Steps Install Dbvisit Standby on the standby server Setup password less SSH connection between primary and standby servers Then create a standby database or Run Dbvisit Standby to update the standby database Create Standby DB Run Dbvisit Standby 14 To create a standby database click on Create Standby DB To run Dbvisit Standby click on Run Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 66 Dbvisit Create Standby Database step 3 Windows This step can be skipped if a standby database is already pre
345. o use a secure copy method scp or secure ftp sftp The external copy method must be configured so that no password or pass phrase is required Example Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 243 N Dbvisit CP C Program Files Bitvise Tunnelier sftpc exe OO RSH External remote shell method for Dbvisit Standby operation It is recommended to use SSH secure shell The external remote shell method must be configured so that no password or pass phrase is required Example RSH C Program Files Bitvise Tunnelier sexec exe COMPRESS The compression method used to compress the archive log files The following compression options are available 1 Dbvisit Standby internal compression This uses the zlib compression library Dovisit Standby will compress the archives on disk first before transferring to the standby server This will leave the files on the server in a compressed state Set COMPRESS dbvisit for Dbvisit Standby internal compression SSH compression This uses the zlib compression library to compress the files as they are being transferred to the standby server T
346. o view the log files through the web based interface go to Home gt Logs Click on Dbvisit log and click View Primary Server Standby Server Dbvisit Standby Database Logs Primary Server fel Log Type Select the type of log file you wish to view Dbvisit log O Archive management log O Oracle alert log View Mode Select if you wish to continuously monitor the log file or if you rather want to see the entire file content Note the monitored log file view will be updated automatically every 5 seconds Continuously monitor last 100 lines O Display entire log file View Close 42ULLU9NL9191U 1 LUY LIGIISIC LU WAIINZUUOTUS IVI WiLL 2 CUINIPICLOU Last SeYUEIILe was 2210 pid 3288 201105151915 Record archive log gap 152 Transfer log gap 0 pid 2076 201105151915 1 Log transfer to WIN2008 02 for w112b completed Last sequence was 2211 pid 1992 201105151920 Record archive log gap 153 Transfer log gap 0 pid 3308 Different logs can be viewed including Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 177 Dbvisit 1 Dbvisit logs on both primary and standby servers 2 Archive management logs on primary and standby servers 3 Oracle alert log on primary and
347. ode and Dbvisit Standby is run to apply archive logs Default No Dbvisit Standby will NOT alert if standby database is in READ ONLY mode and Dbvisit Standby is run to apply archive logs Dbvisit Standby will exit normally with a message in the Dbvisit Standby log file Default value Yes Sample ALERT_IF_STDBY_READ_ONLY No ARCHIVE _LOG_ GAP_THRESHOLD Dbvisit Standby will alert if the log gap from the Dbvisit TRANSFER LOG GAP THRESHOLD Standby log gap report dbvisit i exceeds these values 7 7 7 set to O to turn off ARCHIVE LOG GAP_THRESHOLD is the difference between the last archived sequence on the primary and Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 261 LOG FILE ROTATE MAX LOG FILE _SIZE_MAX_MB AUTO START STANDBY DB APPLY DELAY LAG MINUTES MAILSUBJECT_PREFIX_LOG_GAP_REPORT MAILSUBJECT_PREFIX_SUCCESSFUL MAILSUBJECT_PREFIX_ HEARTBEAT Dbvisit the last applied sequence on the standby database The archive log gap should be near 0 except when APPLY_DELAY_LAG_ MINUTES is used TRANSFER_LOG_GAP_THRESHOLD is the difference between the last archived sequence on the primary and the last sequence transferred to the standby server The transfer log gap should be near 0 The d
348. olutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 112 Dbvisit Dbvisit Standby commands running or executing Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby must be run and scheduled separately on the primary and the standby server but the commands are the same Dbvisit Standby will detect on which server it is running automatically It is recommended that Dbvisit Standby is run manually in the foreground on both the primary and standby server for the first few times before it is scheduled to run automatically in the background Two ways to run Dbvisit Standby manually on all platforms Dbvisit Standby can be run either from the traditional command line interface CLI or through a web based interface GUI The CLI commands will be indicated by El The GUI commands wil be indicated by A Executing Dbvisit Standby CLI commands Windows Dbvisit Standby commands are run from the Dbvisit Standby command console Start the Dbvisit Standby command console from the Start Menu gt Programs gt Dbvisit gt Standby RS Dbyisit Standby command console Db Dbvisit Standby setup A Dbvisit Standby UserGuide Readme A Uninstall Dbyisit Standby A Executing Dbvisit Standby CLI commands Linux Unix Go to the Dbvisit Standby install directory cd usr local dbvisit standby Executing Dbvisit Standby GUI com
349. onfiguration Outcome The results of configuring Dbvisit Standby for a specific database are 1 The Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file is created This is a text file equivalent to the init ora and contains all the settings to enable Dbvisit Standby to keep the standby database up to date 2 Optionally the Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM is configured The settings for AMM are also contained in the DDC file 3 The Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR is created This is a small repository created in the database to keep track of Dbvisit Standby processing RAC environment In an Oracle RAC environment dbvisit_setup is run on every primary node of the Oracle RAC cluster However during dbvisit_setup e Choose option 1a in the main dbvisit_ setup menu e Choose the name of the instance as the ORACLE_SID and not the database name Please ensure the following prerequisites are met for RAC e The archive destination for the primary RAC nodes must a shared location that is accessible by all primary RAC nodes e If the standby is also a RAC cluster then the archive destination location on the standby node must be accessible by all standby nodes in the RAC cluster e The ARCHDEST destination where Dbvisit Standby will transfer the archive log files to on standby server should be the same for all primary RAC nodes e The Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration file DDC created during the setup on e
350. onfiguration variables are present in the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file associated with each database The DDC file is an ascii file and is similar in style to the init ora file To change the settings in the DDC file please see the Updating the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file The following lists the configuration variables and their usage Please note 1 In most cases quotes or double quotes are not required around the values 2 Variables may be UPPERCASE or lowercase 3 The following settings are equivalent de Les Be YES Ce X And d No e NO Ca N 4 Spaces are allowed The following is equivalent SOURCEH dbvisitll SOURCE dbvisitll Main Generic Settings ORACLE_ SID Name of the Oracle database for which these configuration variables apply In a RAC environment this will be the name of the instance Example ORACLE_ SID w102n OWNER Windows account owner that will run Dbvisit Standby It is recommended that this be the same user as the Oracle database owner This account must also exist on the standby database server Example OWNER oracle ORATAB Only used for Unix Linux This file lists the databases present on this server For Solaris and for some Linux this can be var opt oracle oratab For others this is etc oratab Example ORATAB etc oratab External copy method to transfer the archive log files from the source server to the standby server It is recommended t
351. ons Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 245 RAC_TAKEOVER RAC_TAKEOVER_SID RAC_TAKEOVER_ FORCE Primary Server Settings SOURCE ORACLE _BASE LOGDIR Dbvisit No Dbvisit Standby is configured for a single instance database In a RAC environment there will be a DDC file dbv_instance_name env for every primary instance in the Oracle RAC Example RAC Yes Determines if Dbvisit Standby processing on this RAC instance takes over Dbvisit Standby processing for another RAC instance or node if that instance or node is not available All archives must be available to all nodes The variable RAC_TAKEOVER_SID determines which RAC instance will be taken over The standby database may not be kept up to date if an instance is not available and Dbvisit Standby processing is not taken over by another instance Values are Yes or No Yes Dbvisit Standby on this instance will take over from another instance when that instance is unavailable No Dbvisit Standby on this instance will NOT take over from another instance when that instance is unavailable If you are not sure set to Yes Example RAC_TAKEOVER Yes Specify the instance name that Dbvisit Standby processing should take over if that instance is unavailable The instance name must be different to the current ins
352. ons Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 158 Dbvisit Restoring datafile Restoring datafile Restoring datafile Restoring datafile Restoring datafile Tempfiles renamed Performing Oracle Checkpoint Waiting 3 seconds for log switch completion Standby database created To complete creating standby database run dbvisit on the primary and standby databases to ensure standby database is in synch with primary Please press lt Enter gt to continue Standby Database creation on dbvisit32 completed Next steps 1 Exit out Of dbvisit setup 2 Run Dbvisit on this server with command dbvisit database name 3 Run Dbvisit on standby server with command ed Usr local avisit svn crunk dbvisieb standby dbvisit database name Once Dbvisit has been tested schedule Dbvisit on primary and standby servers using cron or other scheduling tool Please press lt Enter gt to continue E Create Standby Database in batch mode The standby database can be created in batch mode using an existing saved template Template can be created by running dbvisit_ setup interactively and choosing option 7 GOV eek Cod ddo lt ddo reota Where lt ddc gt is the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file and is in most cases the same as the database or instance name Spec
353. ontrol03 ctl oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 cdump 0192 DATA ARCHIVELOGS ARCHIVELOGS 16 dbvie102 DATA 2147483648 PROTOCOL TCP SERVICE dbvilxlUZxXDB LO LOCATION DATA LOCATION oracle oraarch dbv1x102 st 5 srdbf TRUE 300 16777216 150 EXCLUSIVE 167772160 OS default MANUAL AUTO UNDOTBS1 oracle orabase admin dbv1x102 udump We have chosen to create a filesystem standby database and edited the Oracle database parameters for the standby Note we have enabled creating of OMF files in the standby by setting parameters db create file dest db create online log dest_1 and db create online log dest 2 to valid filesystem locations We left the parameter control_ files empty to create OMF control files Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 165 Dbvisit The following oracle database parameters will be set in the standby database pfile or spfile audit Tile dest background dump dest compatible control files Core au ump dest db LOCK size db create Tile dest d Creave online oo dest 1 do create online Jog dest 2 db tile multiblock read count ab name do recovery tite deste db recovery Tiles desu size dispatchers Job queue proc
354. optional If this is not specified the emails may not arrive Mail FROM DR address is oracle win2003se 02 com gt Mail FROM DR address will be oracletwin2003se 02 com Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 29 Specify the SMTP server to send the email to gt MAILCFG SMTP SERVER Please enter the smtp mail server to send the email to Sample mail lt your company name gt com smtp lt your company name gt com SMTP server is mail yourdomain com mail lt your company name gt com gt SMTP server will be mail lt your company name gt com Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 30 Specify the optional SMTP server for the standby server This is only required if the smtp mail server for the standby server differs from the main smtp mail server gt MAILCFG SMTP SERVER DR Optional smtp mail server for the standby server Only used if smtp mail server for the standby server differs from the main smtp mail server MAILCFG SMTP SERVER Sample mail lt your company name gt com smtp lt your company name gt com SMTP mail server for standby server is optional gt SMTP mail server for standby server will be Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes A Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM setup The Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module fully automates the management and monitoring of the Oracle archive log space on either the primary standby or both servers Please
355. opyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 36 Dbvisit DS Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology A Choose Install Location Dbvisit Choose the folder in which to install Dbvisit Please choose folder for installation of Bitvise Tunnelier ssh client Please choose next if this component will not be installed or upgraded Please ensure the same location is chosen on both primary and standby servers Please choose folder For installation of Bitvise Tunnelier ssh client C Program Files Bitvise Tunnelier Browse Space required 55 4MB Space available 7 5GB lt Back Cancel 9 Please specify if this is the primary server Answer Yes fs Dbvisit Standby Database Technolo 10 The Dbvisit software will be installed OD Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Dbvisit Dbvserver software has been installed Dbvserver provides the web interface to Dbvisit The Dbvserver Windows service will now be created and started ae e ae 42 The Dbvserver Windows service will be created The current Windows account password is needed to start the service Please enter the password when requested t C Program Files x86 Dbvisit dbvserver bin dbvisit_install_win32 exe Finding status of Dhbuserver Status is
356. or executables are installed ORACLE _ BASE This is where the administration files are kept for each database This contains the bdump udump and cdump directories of each database The ORACLE BASE is not strictly necessary to configure Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby uses the ORACLE BASE to determine where some of the database files are located during the setup Oracle software owner This is the Windows user or account that owns the Oracle Software In most cases this is oracle This should be the user that is used to install Dbvisit Standby Log files All referring to the same files These are the Oracle archive log files that are used during recovery and keeping the standby database in synch Archive files Archive log files Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 10 Dbvisit Oracle Archive log files are a backup copy of the Redo logs Redo log files get overwritten whereas the Archive files will not be overwritten Dbvisit Standby log gap The Dbvisit Standby log gap reports on the Archive log gap and the Transfer log gap Archive log gap The difference between the last archived sequence on the primary and the last applied sequence on the standby database This fi
357. or RAC the instance local to this node must be chosen Not the database For example the database may be called RACDB and has the following instances RACDB1 and RACDB2 Choose RACDB1 or RACDB2 depending on which instance is running on this node w112g oracle app oracle product 11 2 0 dbhome_1 DDC Filename Please specify the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration DDC file The DDC file contains all the Dbvisit Standby settings The DDC file is a plain text file and can be edited manually or through this setup w112g 7 Setup the Standby server settings Note the standby server name must be set Click Next Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish TAP Dbvisit Standby Setup Back Next W Destination Please enter the name of the standby server or standby database server Primary server is dbvisit51 Oracle SID If the ORACLE_SID on the standby server dbvisit53 is different than the Dest ORACLE_SID on the primary server then it can be specified here Default is the same as ORACLE SID Please enter database on standby server dbvisit53 Oracle Home Would you like to specify an ORACLE_HOME for the standby server DR dbvisit53 This is not necessary as Dbvisit Standby can determine the ORACLE_HOME However Dbvisit Standby needs to have an entry for w112g present in the oratab file etc oratab to determine the ORACLE_HOME on the standby server 8 I
358. or can be caused by various reasons for example network connection failure The restart will start from the last operation 2 You have chosen to stop after backing database to a temporary location on a primary server while creating a standby database using a temporary location or creating a standby database from ASM primary database 3 You have chosen to use Transportable Media and Dbvisit Standby has completed the first step and the media device has now been plugged into the standby server To restart uncompleted creation of a standby database 1 Start the Dbvisit Standby setup utility dbvisit setup 2 To create a standby database choose option 7 Dbvisit Standby Database Technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Dbvisit Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New Dbvisit RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup New Dbvisit Database repository DDR setup Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Standby Database and template Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository Please enter choice 3 Choose the primary database to create a standby for Only Dbvisit Standby configured databases will be shown gt Creating Standby Database For which primary database do you want to create
359. or scp options Sample CP_OPTIONS I 100 RSH_OPTIONS Allow for different secure shell ssh options For example Unix Linux login name Specifies the user to log in as on the remote machine See man ssh in Unix and Linux for ssh options See sexec on Windows for ssh options Sample RSH_OPTIONS I oracle2 INITIATE DBVISIT_ON_ STANDBY Setting this to Yes will initiate Dovisit Standby on the standby server as the last step of running Dbvisit Standby on the primary server Setting this to Yes will mean Dbvisit Standby should no longer be scheduled on the standby server as it is now initiated from the primary server Dbvisit Standby will no longer function as two independent processes with independent alerting and a new strategy must be in place to ensure that notification is received in case of a failure It is therefore recommended to set ARCHIVE_LOG_GAP_THRESHOLD or TRANSFER_LOG GAP_THRESHOLD and to schedule the Dbvisit Standby log gap report dbvisit i on the primary to alert if the standby database gets too far behind the primary database Warning Only set this to Yes if you understand the implications Sample INITIATE _DBVISIT_ON_STANDBY Yes ALERT_IF_STDBY READ ONLY When standby database is in READ ONLY mode the latest changes cannot be applied This setting determines the action taken when Dbvisit Standby is run on the standby server Yes Dbvisit Standby will alert if standby database is in READ ONLY m
360. ough the web based interface by going to the Settings page The settings page should also be used to update the default password Settings Logout Dbvisit Database Technology 6 0 02 6334 dbvisit51 Dbvserver debugging Dbvserver debugging can be turned on by setting debug 1 in the dbvserver conf file The debug information will be written to the dbvserver file on the og directory Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 134 Dbvisit scheduling Dbvisit Standby with Dovserver scheduler all platforms Dbvisit Standby needs to be scheduled on the primary server and the standby server This can be done using either of the following methods a Windows Scheduler when running Dbvisit Standby on Windows or b Cron when running Dbvisit Standby on Linux or Unix or c Using Dbvserver Scheduler included with Dbvisit Standby software for all platforms This section describes scheduling Dbvisit Standby with Dbovserver Scheduler For other schedulers please see the relevant sections Important Dbvserver needs to be running in order for the scheduler to be active To access the scheduler Home gt Run gt Run Schedule Primary Server Standby Server Run Schedule Jot a Schedules S
361. ound in the same location as Dbvisit Standby database log file The log file is called lt DDC gt _arch_management log The location is determined by the LOGDIR and LOGDIR_DR settings in the DDC file Backup software To use the Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module together with Backup software that backs up the archive logs the post processing option of Dbvisit Standby can be used The post processing option of Dbvisit Standby runs after Dbvisit Standby has executed but before the Archive Management Module executes This ensures that the archive logs have been backed up before they are removed by the Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module The post processing option can be called either on the primary or on the standby server or both On the primary server The sequence of events on the primary server is Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 130 Dbvisit 1 Dbvisit Standby pre processing 2 Dbvisit Standby transfers the archive logs 3 Dbvisit Standby post processing Backup software can be scheduled here 4 Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module On the standby server The sequence of events on the standby server is 1 Dbvisit Standby pre processing 2 Dbvis
362. ovided on this page as new template Please note if there is an already existing template present for this database then it will be overridden Yes No Create Standby Database 2 Once the standby database creation process starts the output of the different steps will be shown in the browser window This process can take a very long time depending on the size of the database and the network a a Create New Standby Database Database Watch the database creation process below Be aware that the creation of Creation the standby database might take a very long time Progress Please note the creation process is running independently from this browser page i e closing this browser window will not interfere with database creation Total database size for w112g is 2 07GB Starting creation of standby database Creating standby database Creating standby controlfiles Standby controlfiles created 3 Once the process is complete a green light is shown Standby database created Oracle parameter standby_file_management is set to AUTO for the standby database To complete creating standby database run dbvisit on the primary and standby databases y enm lt gt Standby database has been created successfully Show Setup Debug Mode Only Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license ag
363. own successfully Starting regular Database wl02n Regular Database wl02n started Where w102n is the name of the database H Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Restart Database from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Jot Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Restart Database Run Close To restart the standby database choose the Standby Server tab 13 To display the status of a database El dbv oraStartStop status lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration For example dbv_oraStartStop status wl02n Dbvisit Standby Database technology dbv oraStartsStop started on dbvisiti2 Where w102n is the name of the database H Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Database Status from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Jot Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Database Status Run Clo
364. owner on both the primary and standby server This entry will run 24x and every 10 minutes It is recommended that the standby cron is scheduled a little later than the primary cron This ensures there are log files to be applied when Dbvisit Standby executes on the standby server To edit the cron type in crontab e Primary server Dbvisit Standby Database Technology from Avisit Solutions Limited 00 10 20 30 40 50 usr local dbvisit standby dbvisit dbvisitp gt gt dev null 2 gt 6 amp 1 Where Dbvisitp is the name of the database and Dbvisit Standby is installed in the usr local dbvisit standby directory gt gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 is optional Standby server Dbvisit Standby Database Technology from Avisit Solutions Limited 05 15 25 35 45 55 fusr local dbvisit standby dbvisit dbvisitp gt gt dev null 2561 Where Dbvisitp is the name of the database and Dbvisit Standby is installed in the usr local dbvisit standby directory gt gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 is optional Note Dbvisit Standby must be scheduled on both the primary and standby server Oracle RAC Dbvisit Standby needs to be scheduled separately on each primary node in the Oracle RAC It is recommended that Dbvisit Standby is scheduled at different times on each node For example j Since Dbvisit version 5 1 19 it is possible to schedule Dbvisit only on the primary server using the INITIATE_DBVISIT_ON_STANDBY variable Ensure yo
365. owser rep Jt 15 Dbvisit will display the URL that the browser should be pointed to start configuration of Dbvisit Standby 16 The Dbvisit Standby Setup Wizard can be closed Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 23 oN Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOGY PN Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Eie Completing the Dbvisit Setup Wizard Dbvisit has been installed on your computer Click Finish to dose this wizard 17 Start browser and specify the URL given Note the port number 800 18 The Dbvisit Standby login screen will be displayed The default username password is admin admin http 221 48 62 132 8081 Dbvisit Standby Login dbvisit51 User admin Login 19 To update the Dbvisit Database Configuration DDC file go to Home gt Setup gt Update Dbvisit gt Update Configuration gt select Database from drop down menu and click Save Configuration Databases Please specify the Oracle database to work with w112g Dbvisit Standby Update Configuration IK l Parameter T Value Details ADD_DATAFILE Yes ADMINS info mycompany com APPLY_DELAY_LAG_MINUTES 0 ARCHDEST c app oracle oraarch w112b ARCHDEST_MANAGEMENT Yes
366. p the database automatically ee 175 Dbvisit Standby log files eee cce cc cee cess eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeneeeneeeaeseaesceaseeesenesenesoaes 177 Emal NOUNCAUON soere aeece cence tee vaeseuseneaenuecvensweciacadeaseeesseunsnsneesteasee see eaessaseeaee 179 Daily scheduler heartbeat MESSAGE ccccccecceeeceeeceeeeeeceeeceeeseeeseeeseesaeeseeeaeeseeeseeaes 179 Testing the scheduler heartbeat message cccceecc sees eceseeceeeseeeseeeseeeeeeseeeseeeaeesaeees 179 Dbvisit Standby log gap report with heartbeat MESSAGE ccsecceecseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 179 00211190 6 see eee ee ene ee ee eee a eee 180 BVA AS a eos ea nce ne cs E ena dances eto AEE sannnusdee sean oe 180 Dbvisit Standby with RAC Real Application Cluster cccceecseeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 182 Dbvisit Standby considerations with RAC cccccccceccceeeceeeeseeeseeeeeeeaeeeseeeseeeseeeaeeeas 182 Dbvisit Standby RAC TakeOvell ccccccccsccccececeeecseecaeeceeecauseeseesseesageceusesseesseesaeeeneness 183 Standby node setup with RAC wicseceans cin caveesescassudeddnetiqaneieameuitusedidebaodebesundceneddaedabiebexndabes 183 Graceful Switchover role reversal cccccccessceseeeeeeeeeeseeeecenecenseeseeeneeeeeeeeesenesenenes 185 Dbvisit Standby Graceful Switchover limitations ccceccceccceecceeeeeeeeaeeeseeeseeeeaeeees 186 How the Dbvisit Standby Graceful Switchover process
367. pecifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 155 Dbvisit New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup New Dbvisit Database repository DDR setup Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Standby Database and template Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository Please enter choice 3 Choose the primary database to create a standby for Only Dbvisit Standby configured databases will be shown gt Creating Standby Database For which primary database do you want to create a standby database The following Oracle database s have a Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file on this server SLD dbvisitp dbv1x102 Return to menu Please enter choice 2 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 4 The primary database must be up and running for the setup to proceed Total size of the primary database is calculated and displayed An option to create a standby database using a template will be listed if a saved template exists Choose the template option Database dbv1x102 is up Total database size for dbv1l1x102 is 995Mb gt Please ensure directory usr local dbv1x102 exists on dbvisit32 and has the correct privileges otherwise the next transfer step may fail Checking Oracle installation on dbvisit3
368. pen Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 202 Primary Primary o Database is still primary database Primary database is not Dbvisit Rollback action Please start primary database dbv oraStartStop start lt DDC gt Alternatively this database may be rolled forward to a standby database Roll forward action 1 Shutdown database with command dbv oraStartStop stop lt DDC gt 2 Startup instance NOMOUNT and replace controlfiles with a standby controlfile by running RMAN command RESTORE STANDBY CONTROLFILE FROM lt filename gt Update DDC file dov_ lt DDC gt env and reverse settings with command dbv_oraStartStop update ddc file lt DDC gt Start standby database with command dbv oraStartStop start lt DDC gt Standby Database has been converted to the primary database Roll forward action 1 SQL gt recover database 2 SQL gt alter system archive log all 3 SQL gt alter database open 4 Update DDC file dov_ lt DDC gt env and reverse settings with command dbv_oraStartStop update ddc file lt DDC gt 5 Drop and recreate database tempfile location
369. plete overview of creating the standby database please see Creating Standby Databases automatically with Dbvisit Standby 1 Click on the Create New Standby Database under the Home gt Setup menu Home gt Setup gt Create Standby Database Dbvisit Standby Create Standby Database Create New Standby Database 2 Select Database from drop down menu 3 If not using ASM for the standby database select No and press Continue Dbvisit Standby Create Standby Database 2 Databases Specify the Oracle database to create a standby database for w112g lt Standby Database ASM The ASM feature is only available for Oracle versions 10 2 and newer O Yes No Continue 4 Precondition is executing to ensure the standby server environment is correct This process may take a while to complete Dbvisit Standby Create Standby Database ie Precondition Check Dbvisit Standby is now evaluating if it is possible to create a standby database If necessary Dbvisit Standby will install itself on the standby server This process might take a while to complete so please do not get impatient Waiting for precondition check to complete 5 Select the options below Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit
370. primary server please answer yes 4 Once completed start the Dbvisit Standby installer on the standby server and choose component Configure SSH2 and System Readiness Check The System Readiness Check will test if the ssh has been correctly configured and will make a connection to the primary server DS Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Eel E3 Choose Components Dbvisit Choose which features of Dbvisit you want to install Check the components you want to install and uncheck the components you don t want to install Click Next to continue i Description Select components to install Dbvisit Standby ree pares If upgrading only select the O Dbvisit Dbvserver Webl andssh For WinSSHD components that need to be C Bitvise WinSSHD and Tunnelier Unselect upgraded C Bitvise Tunnelier if SSH2 is already configured Configure SSH2 System Readiness Check Space required 2 5MB f Wullsoft Install System v2 46 lt Back Cancel 5 Follow the instructions When asked Is this the primary server please answer no 6 Run Dbvisit Standby again on the primary server to test if the issue has been resolved Resolution 4 Ensure Windows accounts are similar Ensure the Windows user accounts are similar between the primary and the standby server Both user accounts must be either domain accounts within the same domain or single user accounts
371. pted in the DDC file as follows _SYS_PASSWD ENCRYPT8F87092545A76234 SYS _LOGON_STRING The logon string to the database Is only affective if SYS_LOGON Yes and SYS_USER is set Default is as sysdba Example Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 248 Dbvisit Standby Server Settings DESTINATION Name of the standby server or standby database server Example DESTINATION dbvisit12 primary database name ORACLE _HOME_DR Optional Oracle software location for standby database Can be used if Dbvisit Standby is unable to locate ORACLE HOME for standby server and ORACLE_HOME on standby server is different to ORACLE_HOME on primary server ORACLE _BASE_DR Optional directory location Usually the home of Oracle where the Oracle administration files are kept on the standby server Example ORACLE_BASE_DR c oracle orabase BINDIR_DR Directory for the Dbvisit Standby installation location on the standby server This directory must exist on the standby server Default location is the same as the on the primary server Example BINDIR_DR C program files dbvisit LOGDIR_DR Log directory for Dbvisit Standby logfile associated with the database that it is running for on the standby server The
372. quireMent ccccccsecsseeeeeeeneeenecnseenesenesnseeeseneseneseees 232 DDVISIt Standby FOUN EN sss eas ate pe a s 233 PTOPIIATION about iNe DDR serrera aE 233 WeD Da sed MEDOMMING sanctcnccctacdasrctsccuteenenctcodsrcheccnteneseglcoreneneractienenedbadsonandeensesncesteghenessonen 234 Example SQL repository queries ccccccccecceeeeseceeeceeeeeeteeeceeesaeesseeeeeneeeaueeseeteetaeenes 235 Pre and DOST DlOCES SIN Gripe cssceicgpasesiesaieapecircuvaaneseseuteananstewaucnusiviatesswsunneadssuaucsssasnessesenaets 237 Pro and HOST SO1NG Ss szacencccenadenenicsnpesdaetieadsnevenacededcenecsssasecosecanaaepoasecuescearensoustedeaevensesrie 237 Pre Droc ssing VVINGOWS ssssiseronirerarre yria o aE NEE EEEE ra ernaia 237 Postprocessing VVINGOWS esisresesisinssn ano EE Era ees ECON RES ineens 238 MOSUING DDVISI Sand Dy eange E EEEa 239 PIOUS CK CCN tes cocci towne sacs ae enneud ccs csetndaansatmnduesdewsentenucacsesseudenstauasesetetsecisecstouancehieheeseia 241 PANO TSS e eaa EE E AE E E E S 241 Dbvisit Standby trace files ecesccceccecsna rece nenwmonseenasdeamuniamenderddas lt auaeehessamodebaebansmunnenendacsenast 241 DDV SIES INDy OO MCS ea E E E E E 241 Dbvisit Standby configuration variables DDC a sanannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnne 243 Main Generic SEUNS erreen en a E E E E EE 243 RACS CUN a I E E E sedans 245 Pamay S ier SEUNS acres nr E R EERE EAEE ee eee eee 246 SVS LOJON SING erer E E E E E E 248 St
373. r Dbvisit Standby to contact the standby database obtain the next log sequence number it requires and start transferring this log and subsequent logs until the current log sequence on the primary database This option is useful if e Anew standby database has been built e A failover has occurred that involved recreating the standby database e A failover from the standby database back to the original primary database e Logs that have been deleted on the standby server before they have been applied to the standby database This option also forces the c Copy option and will copy all Dbvisit Standby executables and configuration files to the standby server On the primary database server dbvisit R lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration For example dbvisit R dbvisitp Dbvisit Standby Database technology dbvisit started on dbvisit11 Performing Oracle Checkpoint Waiting for 3 seconds for checkpoint completion Resynch option given Dbvisit installation will be copied to dbvisitl2 Transferring doy Tunctions Lo host dbyisitl2 dby Tuncrions Transferring dbvisit to host dbvisit12 dbvisit Transferring dbvisit setup to host dbvisit12 dbvisit setup Transferring dbv oraStar
374. r a set number of days e Can keep a constant number of Oracle archive logs on the system Values are Yes or No Yes Setup and use AMM on primary server No do not use AMM on primary server If you are unsure set to Yes Yes Days To Keep Please specify the number of days to keep the Oracle log files on the Archsource primary server After this the log files will be removed from the server To disable this setting set to 0 If you are unsure set to 7 7 11 Specify the settings for managing the archive log files on the standby server Then click Next OHSHASH HI Cancel Primary Server Standby Server RAC Mail Primary AMM Standby AMM Finish SAP Dbvisit Standby Setup Back Next AS Archdest Standby Archive log Management Module Settings AMM Management Do you want to setup archive log file management on the standby server This is used to manage the Oracle logs on the standby server e Alerts when certain thresholds have been reached e Can delete Oracle archives logs after a set number of days e Can keep a constant number of Oracle archive logs on the system Values are Yes or no Yes Setup and use AMM on standby server No do not use AMM on standby server If you are unsure set to Yes Yes Days To Keep Please specify the number of days to keep the Oracle log files on the Archdest standby server After this the log files will be removed from the server To disable this s
375. r normal Graceful Switchover prerequisites 1 Ensure Dbvisit Standby is no longer scheduled on the primary and standby servers 2 Ensure there is enough space on the standby server to receive the primary redo logs and any new archive logs created 3 Ensure that the standby database is in archive log mode 4 Ensure there is sufficient space on the primary server for complete backups of the redo logs Required space will be double the current redo log space requirements Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 195 Dbvisit 5 The standby database must be up to date before starting the switchover process Dbvisit Standby will check if this is the case and will not initiate the switchover if the standby database is not up to date dbv_oraStartStop switchover dbvisitp Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dby oraStartStop started on dbvisit31 Graceful Switchover starting on Primary Database dbvisitp Timestamp 200901181710 gt gt gt Database dbvisitp will be shutdown and restarted lt lt lt Ensure Dbvisit is no longer scheduled Obtaining archive log gap Contacting Standby Database dbvisitp on dbvisit32 Last standby sequence obtained 3393 200901181710 Archive
376. racle dbvisitll com gt Mail FROM address will be oracle dbvisitlil com Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 28 Specify the FROM email address that will be used to identify the sender of the email from the standby server Ensure the domain name is a valid domain gt MAILCFG FROM DR Please enter the FROM email address of the standby server optional If this is not specified when using Dbvisit internal mail the emails may not arrive Mail FROM DR address is oracle dbvisit12 com gt Mail FROM DR address will be oracle dbvisit1l2 com Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 29 Only when using Dbvisit Standby internal email client Specify the SMTP server to send the email to gt MAILCFG SMTP SERVER Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 90 Dbvisit Please enter the smtp server to send the email to Sample mail lt your company name gt com smtp lt your company name gt com SMTP server is mail yourdomain com mail lt your company name gt com gt SMTP server will be mail lt your company name gt com Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 30 Only when using Dbvisit Standby internal email client Specify the optional SMTP server for the
377. rary location will be usr tmp tmpl Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes A temporary location must be specified on dbvisit32 where the database will be copied to before moving to specified locations This location must be big enough to hold the whole database 995MB Specify the location on the remote server usr tmp tmp2 Directory for temporary will be usr tmp tmp2 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 11 The process of creating a standby database can be broken into two steps The creation of the standby database consists of 2 parts 1 Backup database to temporary location 2 Transfer backup from temporary location to standby server The process can be stopped after step 1 and then continued with step 2 at a later date Do you want to the process to stop between these 2 steps No Process will stop between steps N Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 12 t is possible to specify the locations of standby datafiles redo logs and tempfiles different as primary Dbvisit will automatically create standby OMF ASM datafiles and tempfiles The files will be created under lt ASM Disk Group gt lt db unique name gt datafile tempfile Review and confirm ASM disk groups for standby datafiles and tempfiles DATA dbv1x102 DATA dbv1x102 datafile gt DATA dbv1x102 tempfile gt What would you like to do 1 Confirm standby location s are correct and continue 2 Provide different standby locatio
378. re Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 11 Dbvisit The DDC file contains all the necessary configuration information to keep the standby database up to date The file s will be in the Dbvisit Standby install directory and has the format dbv_ lt DDC gt env Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration For RAC the name of the DDC file is associated with the instance name and not the ORACLE_ SID For multiple standby databases each standby database must have a unique DDC file name The DDC file can be manually edited and updated but this should only be done on the primary server The updated DDC file will be automatically transferred to the standby server The template to create the DDC file for each database is dov ORACLE_SID env Dbvisit Standby The installation of the Dbvisit Standby software installation Dbvisit Standby setup Configuration of Dbvisit Standby for a specific primary database so that Dbvisit Standby will keep the standby database up to date Dbvisit Standby setup for a specific database will create the fol
379. re Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 231 Dbvisit External backup software requirements Backup software must still be used to backup the database and the archive log files generated The backup software may have special requirements when backing up the archive log files which may affect the way Dbvisit Standby is configured The following table gives an overview of these requirements including how Dbvisit Standby may be configured to assist with these requirements Primary server requirement Dbvisit Standby configuration change Backup software does not recognize Set LEAVE COMPRESS _ SOURCE No compressed archive log files l l P Seer See the Dbvisit Standby configuration variables section for more information Backup software prefixes archive log Set ARCHLOG_PREFIX to the prefix that the backup software uses fil fter they h k i i yarsed UP See the Dbvisit Standby configuration variables section for more information Standby server requirement Dbvisit Standby configuration change Backup software does not recognize Set LEAVE_COMPRESS_DEST N 0 compressed archive log files See the Dbvisit Standby configuration variables section for more information Backup software prefixes archive log Set ARCHLOG_PREFIX to the prefix that the backup softwar
380. rea 4070572032 u03 app oracle PROTOCOL TCP SERVICE d112fXDB TRUE 704643072 300 150 EXCLUSIVE UNDOTBS1 Delete 7 The standby database file and online log locations are displayed and these can be edited if a different structure of the standby database is required Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 5 File Locations Primary u03 app oracle oradata d112f Online Log Locations Primary u03 app oracle oradata d112f oN Dbvisit Primary database contains non OMF datafiles and or tempfiles Creation of non OMF standby datafiles and or tempfiles requires valid filesystem locations on the standby server Review and confirm standby locations to create standby non OMF datafiles and tempfiles You may alter the data file names for the standby database below If unsure use the file names displayed by default Standby u03 app oracle oradata d112f Primary database contains non OMF redo logs Creation of non OMF redo logs Dbvisit Standby requires valid filesystem locations on the standby server Review and confirm standby locations to create standby non OMF redo logs You may alter the log file names for the standby database below If unsure use the file names disp
381. red on the standby server No email is good news However a heartbeat email will still be sent at the start of everyday to ensure that the email notification is functioning correctly Email address The email addresses are specified by the ADMINS and SUCCESS MAILTO parameters in the DDC file Multiple email addresses can be separated with a comma All mail configurations are specified in the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file lf SUCCESS MAILTO is not set all emails notifications that Dbvisit Standby sends go to ADMINS lf SUCCESS MAILTO is set to a valid email address and SUCCESSMAIL is set to Y then All error messages and warnings still always go to ADMINS e Warnings sent by AMM module e Alert on archive log gap sequence if it exceeds the threshold archive or transfer e All error messages e Messages sent by running dbv_functions e Warning when no new logs found on the primary server to transfer to the standby e Warning that a previous instance of Dbvisit Standby is still running e Warning that a required archive log not found on standby database e Notifications of successful completion of CSD with a trace file attached Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 180 D
382. reement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 160 Dbvisit Considerations for Standby Database files names and locations Database file types During standby database creation a standby control file is created for the primary database shipped to the standby server and restored as the standby control file The standby control file created on the primary server contains the names of the primary datafiles tempfiles and redo logs In case the primary and the standby databases have different structure different file names and or locations or storage type is different for the primary and the standby ASM and filesystem database files must be renamed in the standby control file to match the storage type and the structure of the standby database This is automatically done by Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby recognises four database file types that are treated differently during creation of the standby database e Regular filesystem files FS e Filesystem Oracle Managed Files OMF e ASM files with fully qualified system name FQSN e ASM aliases ALIAS Regular filesystem files FS These are regular database files that are stored in a filesystem Example oracle oradata system 01 dbf Filesystem Oracle Managed Files OMF Oracle introduced the change to the filename format used for OMF in the second patch set for Oracle 9i Release 1 9 0 1 2 and also in Oracle9i Re
383. ressing usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 4 74 l piece gz Uncompressing usr tmp tmp2 dbv_ dbv1x102 dbf 5 75 l piece gz Shutting down standby database on dbvisit32 Standby database dbv1lx102 on dbvisit32 shutdown Remote spfile oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db_ 1 dbs spfiledbv1x102 ora backed as oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db_1 dbs spfiledbv1x102 ora 201111281014 Remote spfile oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db 1 dbs spfiledbv1x102 ora deleted Spfile created on the remote server Restoring Standby control files Starting Standby Database dbv1x102 Standby Database dbvlx102 started nomount Standby database dbv1x102 on dbvisit32 startup nomount Shutting down standby database on dbvisit32 Standby database dbv1lx102 on dbvisit32 shutdown Standby control files restored Starting Standby Database dbv1lx102 Standby Database dbvlx1l02 started Standby database dbv1lx102 on dbvisit32 mounted Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 1 70 1 piece Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2z dbv dbvlxl02 dbr 1 71 1 piece Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbvlxl02 dbf 2 72 1 piece Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbvlxl102 dbf 3 73 1 piece Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 4 74 1l piece Catalog backup piece usr tmp tmp2 dov dbvlxl02 dbf 5 75 1l piece Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Soluti
384. right information is available if Dbvisit Standby is run without parameters or options El dbvisit For example NAME Dbvisit Oracle Standby Database Technology Automated Standby Database VERSION Version 6 0 USAGE dbvisit ORACLE SID dbvisit r SEQUENCE NUMBER ORACLE SID dbvisit R ORACLE SID dbvisit i ORACLE SID dbvisit c ORACLE SID nocksum dbvisit ReverseCopy ORACLE SID dbvisit lic ORACLE SID dbvisit lic ORACLE SID LICENSED USER LICENSE KEY dbvisit dbv_oraStartStop start ORACLE SID dbv oraStartStop stop ORACLE SID dbv oraStartStop open ORACLE SID dbv oraStartStop status ORACLE SID dby oraStart5top activate ORACLE SID Yes dby oraStartStop switchover ORACLE SID UNIQUE KEY dbv Orastarislop lt 2 dbvisit setup Lowercase Mixed Case is Dbvisit key word UPPERCASE is user supplied value is optional DESCRIPTION Dbvisit fully automates the Oracle Standby Database Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 121 Dbvisit Stopping and starting databases Dbvisit Standby includes commands to stop and start the databases Dbvisit Standby will determine if the database is a primary or a standby database and will stop and start it accordingly It can also open the standby databas
385. rimary server if setting SYNCH _DBVISIT_INSTALL Y This is the default setting 4 Manually copy the Dbvisit Standby installation from the standby server to the primary server This option is only possible through the command line as this functionality is not included in the web based interface B dbvisit ReverseCopy lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration This option can be used if configuration changes have been made on the standby server and these should be copied to the primary server The whole Dbvisit Standby installation will be transferred and the Dbvisit Standby installation on the primary server will be overridden This option can be used to test the transfer mechanism between the standby and primary server where the standby server initiates the transfer instead of the primary server 5 Resend a particular log El dbvisit r sequence number lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration Where sequence_number is a log sequence number
386. rongly recommends that all VNOLOGGING operations be avoided in the primary database Oracle will not be able to keep the standby database consistent with the primary database during nologging operations To ensure this does not happen Oracle introduced the command version 9i and above SQL gt ALTER DATABASE FORCE LOGGING This ensures that all database write operations are logged and the standby database will be consistent Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 8 Dbvisit Introduction What is Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby automates the synchronisation of a hot standby database at a remote or local location A standby database is like having an online hot backup of your database instantly available 24x7 There is no need to restore in the event of a disaster which is very time consuming as there is instant data recovery and database recovery It is possible to switch over to the standby database in a matter of minutes to allow business continuity in an emergency No other software is required to replicate the primary database onto a separate standby server An overview of Dbvisit Standby is presented in figure 1 Dbvisit Standby Database Server Secure and encrypted transport m
387. roup name must be specified File will be created redo under ASM_diskgroup db_unique_name onlinelog Primary ASM gt Standby ASM Datafiles and tempfiles Primary FQSN file Standby FQSN A valid ASM diskgroup name must be specified File will be created file under ASM_diskgroup db_unique_name datafile tempfile Primary ALIAS file Standby FQSN A valid ASM diskgroup name must be specified File will be created file under ASM_diskgroup db_unique_name datafile tempfile Redo logs Primary FQSN Standby ALIAS A valid ASM diskgroup name must be specified File will be created fredo fredo under ASM_diskgroup db_unique_name onlinelog Primary ALIAS Standby FQSN A valid ASM diskgroup name must be specified File will be created redo redo under ASM_diskgroup db_unique_name onlinelog Example how Dbvisit Standby renames standby database files The example below demonstrates various techniques Dbvisit Standby uses to rename standby database files when creating a standby database Primary database structure SQL gt select member from vSlogfile ONLINELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog group 2 264 768568567 ONLINELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog group 2 261 768568567 ARCHIVELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog redo 1 2 ARCHIVELOGS dbv1x102 onlinelog redo 1 1 SQL gt select name from vSdatafile Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit
388. rranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 127 Dbvisit Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM The Dbvisit Standby Archive Log Management Module fully automates the management and monitoring of the Oracle archive log space on either the primary standby server or both Unlike the Oracle database files location the Oracle archive logs location needs to be monitored and managed constantly to ensure the database continues its optimal operation If the disk space available to Oracle archive logs is used up the whole database will freeze and not allow any update or insert operation Dbvisit Standby Archive Log Management Module includes the following options 1 Alerts through email when Oracle archive logs have reached a set threshold of available disk space Can delete Oracle archive logs after a set number of days Can ensure that only x number of Oracle archive log files remain on server Can delete Oracle archive logs after available disk space has been used up to ensure continual database operation 5 Ensures the Oracle archive logs have been sent to standby database before removing any logs 6 Can integrate with Backup software to ensure logs have been backed up before removing Note Normal backup software should still be used to backup Oracle archive log files to tape or other storage device The Dbvisit Standby Archive Log Management Module can be used on the primary server the standby
389. rranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 53 Dbvisit 22 Enter the directory where the Dbvisit Standby software is installed on the standby server Normally this is the same as on the primary server gt BINDIR_DR Please enter the directory for the dbvisit installation location on the standby server This is the directory where the Dbvisit executables will be kept This directory must exist on the standby server Default location is the same as the on the primary server Dbvisit installation dir on the standby server is C Program Files Dbvisit gt Dbvisit installation dir on the standby server will be C Program Files Dbvisit Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 23 Enter the directory where the archives should go to on the standby server Note this may be different to the log_archive dest parameter In a RAC environment this location must be shared by all standby nodes gt ARCHDEST Please enter the directory where Dbvisit will transfer the archive log files to on standby server win2003se 02 This directory should ONLY contain archive log files related to this database It should not contain any other non archive log files Please ensure that this directory exists on win2003se 02 as this cannot be verified It is advisable to also create this directory on the primary server win2003se 01 for graceful switchover to work Archive log dir on the standby server is C oracle oraarch wl02n g
390. rt a standby database are SQL gt startup nomount SQL gt alter database mount standby database NOTE If the following message is received from Rman RMAN gt connect auxiliary sys password standbydb RMAN 00571 RMAN 00569 RMAN 0O0571 RMAN O4006 error from auxiliary database ORA 12528 TNS listener all appropriate instances are blocking new connections Then the following should be added in red to the listener ora on the standby server SID LIST LISTENER 61D LIST SID DESC SID NAME PLSExtProc ORACLE HOME U01 app oracle product 10 2 0 db_ 1 PROGRAM extproc Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 287 Dbvisit SID DESC SID NAME dbvisitp ORACLE HOME U01 app oracle product 10 2 0 db_ 1 Where dbvisitp is the name of your database Creating a standby database traditional method The process involves making a full backup of your production database on the primary server This can be either a hot or a cold backup If a hot backup is used then the archive log files created during the backup will also need to be copied to the standby database Preliminary steps 1 Setup the same Linux or Unix user accounts Oracle software owner
391. rver 2 Recreate the same Oracle directory structure on the standby server as on the primary server 3 Install Oracle software on the standby server preferably in the same location as on the primary server 4 Copy the init ora file for the production database on the production server to the standby server 5 Copy the password file ORACLE HOME dbs orapw lt ORACLE_SID gt from the production server to the standby server You may have to create a new password file with the orapwd utility 6 Copy the spfile from the production server to the standby server if it is used 7 Create an Oracle service for the standby database on the standby server with command startmode is manual oradim new sid dbvisitp intpwd MYSECRETPASSWORD startmode M Where dbvisitp is the name of the database 8 Create a directory on the primary and standby server where the full backup of the database can be kept In this example c oracle orabase backupfile On the standby server 9 Listener must be running on the standby server and you must be able to connect from primary server to the standby database the SQL Net port must be open on any firewall between the two servers Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit softwar
392. rver The transfer log gap should be near O The dbvisit i lt database gt command must be scheduled for these settings to be effective Example Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 224 Dbvisit ARCHIVE LOG GAP THRESHOLD 4 Once the archive log gap exceeds 4 then an alert email will be sent Example TRANSFER LOG GAP THRESHOLD 3 Once the transfer log gap exceeds 3 then an alert email will be sent Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 225 Dbvisit Cluster running Dbvisit Standby as part of a non RAC cluster Dbvisit Standby can be run as part of anon RAC cluster For example a VERITAS Cluster server or Microsoft Cluster Server A two or more node cluster is a system where one node is active and the other node s is in a dormant state If the dormant node detects that the other node is no longer active then it will activate itself and become the active node The database will have an outage while it is being relocated to the new nod
393. s Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 179 Dbvisit To include the Dbvisit Standby archive and transfer log gap report in the daily heartbeat message set SEND LOG GAP WITH HEARTBEAT Yes In the Dbvisit Database Configuration DDC file Dbvisit Standby will start the standby database if the standby database is not running and AUTO START STANDBY DB Yes Email modes There are two modes for emailing on the primary server 1 SUCCESSMAIL Yes This will send an email every time that Dbvisit Standby transfers or applies an archive on the primary server This setting is usually set at the beginning of an installation to ensure that Dbvisit Standby is processing correctly 2 SUCCESSMAIL No This will only send an email if an error has occurred on the primary server No email is good news However a heartbeat email will still be sent at the start of everyday to ensure that the email notification is functioning correctly There are two modes for emailing on the standby server 1 SUCCESSMAIL_DR Yes This will send an email every time that Dbvisit Standby transfers or applies an archive on the standby server This setting is usually set at the beginning of an installation to ensure that Dbvisit Standby is processing correctly 2 SUCCESSMAIL_DR No This will only send an email if an error has occur
394. s WILL have been applied to the standby database There is no verification that these log files have been backed up Values are Yes or No Yes Let Dbvisit delete archive log files once percentage threshold is met Dbvisit will only alert once percentage threshold no log files will be deleted Should Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module delete log files once percentage threshold is met No gt Dbvisit Archive Log Management Module will delete log files once percentage threshold is met No Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes EI Review settings The main setup for the database is now complete All settings will be shown not just the quick settings shown above If any changes are required then this can be done now Would you like to review all the variables lt Yes No gt Yes 10 Generic Settings TMP C windows temp PATH C WINDOWS C WINDOWS system32 ORACLE SID w102n ORACLE HOME C oracle product 10 2 0 db 1 OWNER oracle CP C Program Files Bitvise Tunnelier sftpc exe RSH C Program Files Bitvise Tunnelier sexec exe COMPRESS dbvisit UNCOMPRESS dbvisit ZIP EXTENSION gz SEND HEARTBEAT TIME24 0700 SOURCE win2003se 01 ORACLE BASE c oracle orabase LOGDIR C oracle product 10 2 0 admin wl02n dbvisit these variables correct lt Yes No gt Yes DBUSER dbvisit DBPASSWD dbvisitpasswd LEAVE COMPRESS SOURCH Yes SYNCH DBVISIT INSTALL Yes LOGSWITCH No 21 DESTINATION win2003se 02 Dbvisit
395. s correct lt Yes No gt Yes Y Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 104 Dbvisit 7 It is possible to use secure shell SSH compression on the fly during transfer of the database files Using SSH compression may speed up the transfer if the network is slow however it may take additional CPU cycles Use ssh compression to compress the database files during transferring Database files will be compressed during transferring Yes Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 8 Itis possible to create missing filesystem directories on the standby server automatically Dbvisit Standby has functionality to create missing filesystem directories on the standby server automatically Do you want Dbvisit Standby to create missing filesystem directories on the standby automatically Yes Dbvisit will create missing filesystem directories automatically Y Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 9 Oracle database parameters for the standby database can be customised The following oracle database parameters will be set in the standby database pfile or db block size db file multiblock read count db name dbvisitp dispatchers PROTOCOL TCP SERVICE dbvisitpXDB job queue processes 10
396. s for you The default values will be shown in square brackets If the default value is acceptable then nothing needs to be entered just press enter 3 After each entered variable a confirmation will be given to ensure it is entered correctly 4 At the end of the setup process an overview will be given for all variables entered and any variable entered incorrectly can be altered Dbvisit Standby is configured for each database using a web based menu Specify the address of the primary server in the URL with the correct port default 8081 0 00 a O hnp 221 48 62 132 8081 The following applies to configuring Dbvisit Standby GUI for a specific database 1 Login to the Dbvisit Standby GUI interface by specifying the user name and password default is admin admin Dbvisit Standby Login dbvisit51 L Login 2 Choose Setup from the main menu Dbvisit Standby Main Menu O 7 Setup 3 Choose New Dbvisit Setup from the sub menu Dbvisit Standby Setup required to be run on PRIMARY server only D New Dbvisit Setup Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 82 Dbvisit 4 Setup only needs to be run on the primary server Not on the standby server C
397. s included in the Dbvisit Standby software for Windows The following external software is included in the Dbvisit Standby for Windows software This software is fully licensed and is included as part of the Dbvisit Standby license 1 Bitvise WinSSHD WinSSHD is a SSH Secure Shell 2 server for Windows NT4 2000 XP 2003 and Vista It provides the mechanism to securely accept the Dbvisit Standby database update transfers For more information please see http www bitvise com winsshd 2 Bitvise Tunnelier Tunnelier is a SSH and SFTP client for Windows It provides the mechanism to securely transfer the Dbvisit Standby database update For more information please see http www bitvise com tunnelier Glossary of terms Certain terms are used during the installation process This section lists the common terms used and their description Description Primary Server The main host or server that runs the primary Oracle database Dbvisit Standby will be installed on this server Standby Server The remote secondary or standby server which runs the Oracle standby database This can also be the reporting server that runs the reporting standby database Dbvisit Standby will be installed on this server Secondary Server Install directory The directory where Dbvisit Standby will be installed It is recommended to keep this location the same on the primary and the standby servers ORACLE HOME The directory where the Oracle software
398. s section on how to configure Dbvisit Standby for a specific database 54 8 To setup Dbvisit Standby through the command line CLI interface click Yes ON Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Do you want to configure and setup Dbvisit Standby through the command line wizard Cej The Dbvisit Standby setup utility will be started This is to configure Dbvisit Standby for a specific database Choose option 1 or 1a for RAC from the main menu for a Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 45 Dbvisit new Dbvisit Standby setup Please see the Configure Dbvisit Standby step 2 Windows section on how to configure Dbvisit Standby for a specific database Dbvisit Standby Database Technology 6 6 02 68071 gt http wuww dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in I Options 1 gt New Dbvisit Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la gt New Dbvisit RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup New Dbvisit Archive Management Module CAMM D setup New Dbvisit Database repository lt DDR gt setup Manage Dbhvisit Database repository CDDR gt Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Stand
399. script backup _software cmd exit errorlevel 3 Ifthe return code of the dbv_post_processing sh script is gt 0 Dbvisit Standby will stop and an alert will be sent Dbvisit Standby will have transferred or applied the log files If the Dbvisit Standby archive module is being used the Dbvisit Standby archive module will not be invoked Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 238 Dbvisit Testing Dbvisit Standby To ensure Dbvisit Standby has been correctly configured on your environment and to ensure Dbvisit Standby will continue to keep the standby database up to date in all circumstances we recommend the following tests be performed These tests can be performed manually on the command line In this example the database is called ora10g Dbvisit Standby Test primary Example and explanation server dbvisit lt DDC gt Example dbvisit oral0g Normal Dbvisit Standby processing It is a good idea to run this command several times in succession so that several log files are transferred to the standby server dbvisit r lt sequence number gt lt DDC gt Example dbvisit r 23 oralug Tests if a log file can be resent from a particular sequence Note that the log file must be ava
400. se To show the status of the standby database choose the Standby Server tab Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 124 Dbvisit 14 To open a standby database in read only mode use El dbv oraStartStop open lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration For example to open a standby database dbv_oraStartStop open wl02n Dbvisit Standby Database technology dbv oraStartStop started on dbvisiti2 Open standby Database wl02n in READ ONLY mode Standby Database wl02n opened in READ ONLY mode Log files cannot be applied to Database while in sync mode Where w102n is the name of the database Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Standby Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Open Read Only from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Jor Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Open Read Only
401. se ASM leave as default Example ORACLE_SID_ASM_DEST ASMST Mail Settings ADMINS The administrator email address es where emails will be sent upon success or failure of Dbvisit Standby Multiple emails should be separated with a comma Also see SUCCESS_MAILTO Example ADMINS alert mycompany com dba mycompany com SUCCESSMAIL Specifies when Dbvisit Standby should send an email from the primary server Values are Yes or No Yes Every time Dbvisit Standby is run an email will be sent No Only when an error occurs or a threshold is exceeded will an email be sent It is advisable to initially set to Yes Once everything is stable this setting can be changed to No If you are not sure set to Yes Example SUCCESSMAIL Yes SUCCESSMAIL_DR Specifies when Dbvisit Standby should send an email from the standby server Values are Yes or No Yes Every time Dbvisit Standby is run an email will be sent No Only when an error occurs or a threshold is exceeded will an email be sent It is advisable to initially set to Yes Once everything is stable this setting can be changed to No If you are not sure set to Yes Example SUCCESSMAIL_DR Yes Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit soft
402. se and Graceful Switchover Extra settings These settings are not present in the DDC file but can be added if required DBV_PRE_PROC The name of the pre processing script If a different named script should be called then this variable can be set If no path name is given the Dbvisit Standby install directory is assumed Default value Windows dbv_pre_processing cmd Default value Non Windows dbv_pre_processing sh See the Pre and post processing section for more information Example DBV_PRE_PROC rman_backup cmd DBV_POST_PROC If a different named script should be called then this variable can be set If no path name is given the Dbvisit Standby install directory is assumed Default value Windows dbv_post_processing cmd Default value Non Windows dbv_post_processing sh See the Pre and post processing section for more information Example DBV_ POST PROC post_procs_all cmd WIN _SERVICE_WAIT How long in seconds to wait for the Windows Oracle service to start or stop before starting or stopping the database Default value 10 Example WIN _SERVICE_WAIT 10 AMM_PERC_FULL_WAIT_MILLISEC This is used in the Archive Management Module AMM to ensure that the percentage full disk space displays the correct value For some volume managers it takes a little time to display the correct status after files have been removed This variables ensures there is some delay before Dbvisit Standby calculates the free space again This set
403. seconds for log switch completion Standby database created To complete creating standby database run dbvisit on the primary and standby databases to ensure standby database is in synch with primary Please press lt Enter gt to continue Standby Database creation on dbvisit32 completed Next steps 1 Exit out of Gbvisit setup 2 Run Dbvisit on this server with command dbvisit dbv1x102 3 Run Dbvisit on standby server with command cd usr local dbvisit dbvisit dbv1x102 Once Dbvisit has been tested schedule Dbvisit on primary and standby servers using cron or other scheduling tool Please press lt Enter gt to continue 1 Create Standby Database using saved template You can create a standby database using a previously created and saved template A template stores all standby database creation information that you have previously specified interactively To create a standby database using a template 1 Start the Dbvisit Standby setup utility dbvisit setup 2 To create a standby database choose option 7 Dbvisit Standby Database Technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Dbvisit Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New Dbvisit RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as s
404. seneaeeess 219 Setting up for multiple standby databases ccc ceccceccceeeceeeeaeeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeseeesseeeaes 219 Creating multiple standby databases cc ccceccecccsececeeececeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeesseeeseeeseeesseesaes 220 Initially running Dbvisit Standby for multiple standby databases ccccccceeeeeeeees 221 Example Configuring Dbvisit Standby for multiple standby databases 8 221 Graceful Switchover and multiple standby databases cccccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaes 222 Dbvisit Standby log gap repoOrt ccc ceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseeeeneeeneeeeeeaesoenseeesseneseneeoees 223 Scheduling the Dbvisit Standby log gap report cc ecceccc cece eeceeeeseeeseeeseeeseeeeaeeeseees 224 Emailing the Dbvisit Standby log gap report cece ceccceeeseeeceeeceeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeeaeeees 224 Dbvisit Standby log gap report alerting ccc cceccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeceeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeaeees 224 Cluster running Dbvisit Standby as part of a non RAC cluster c ccsseeeeeees 226 Optimising Dbvisit Standby cecccecceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaescesseeeseeseseneseaeeseesenesanenss 227 Upgrading or patching Oracle saci ccs ccsiisciccetecsceedssadsetceadcesdeeseeeshscdinaciecdiewcttadacidesdaccheesins 228 Uninstalling Dbvisit Standby s sansnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nennen 230 External backup software re
405. sent Dbvisit Standby can work with existing standby databases To integrate Dbvisit Standby with an existing standby database skip this section and go to section Dbvisit Standby commands running or executing Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby does not distinguish between an existing standby database and a standby database created through Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby can automatically create the standby database The standby database will reside on the standby server and is an exact binary copy of the primary database The standby database only needs to be created once After the standby database is created Dbvisit Standby will automatically ensure the standby database is kept up to date with the primary database Dbvisit Standby normally uses the network to transfer the primary database to the standby server to create the standby database For slow networks or very large databases use the transportable media creation method to create the standby database The primary database will not be shutdown during standby database creation Dbvisit Standby uses RMAN in most cases to make a backup of the primary database Perquisites for creating the standby database are 1 Oracle software must be installed on the standby server 2 Enough free space on the standby server must be available for the standby database 3 The Oracle background cdump udump bdump etc and admin directories are created These directories can be created by Dbvisit i
406. server is dbvisit11 Standby server is dbvisitl12 gt Standby server will be dbvisitl2 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 20 Enter the ORACLE_SID on the standby server This can be different to the ORACLE_SID on the primary server The default is the same as the ORACLE SID on the primary server The ORACLE_SID must exist on the standby server gt ORACLE SID DEST If the ORACLE SID on the standby server dbvisit12 is different than the ORACLE SID on the primary server then it can be specified here Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 88 Dbvisit Default is the same as ORACLE SID dbvisitp Please enter database on standby server dbvisitl2 Oracle database on standby server is dbvisitp gt Oracle database on standby server will be dbvisitp Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 21 Enter the ORACLE_BASE directory on the standby server gt ORACLE BASE DR Please enter ORACLE BASE directory for the standby server dbvisit12 ORACLE BASE is the admin directory for the Databases Dbvisit does not use the ORACLE BASE directly but it is useful for determining where the log directory of Dbvisit should be on the standby server Entering an ORACLE BASE for the
407. server or on both The Dbvisit Standby Archive Log Management Module can either be installed as part of the main Dbvisit Standby configuration or separately through the Dbvisit Standby setup menu Configuration is always done on the primary server for both the primary server and the standby server The AMM can be configured separately as part of the initial Dovisit Standby setup and can also be configured separately EI To configure AMM choose option 3 from the main dbvisit_setup utility Dbvisit Standby Database technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup New Dbvisit Database repository DDR setup Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Standby Database Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository DDR Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 128 Dbvisit Please enter choice Follow the on screen instructions to install AMM or please see the El Dbvisit Standby Arch
408. sit Standby WINKOWG cccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseneseeeseeeseneseneaes 137 Scheduling Dbvisit Standby LINUX UNIX eee cess ee eeeeeeneeeeeeeneseaeeseeeseneseneees 143 Creating Standby Databases automatically with Dbvisit Standby 0 0 145 Dbvisit Standby standby database creation Methods ccccceceseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeteeenes 145 Standby database Spfile pfile ec cccccecceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeaeeeseceesseesaeeeeeseeseeeeeetaees 146 Create Standby Database using Dbvisit Standby create standby wizard 146 Restarting Standby Database Creation cccccccccccceccceeeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeas 152 Create Standby Database using Saved template ccccceccseeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeteeeteeenes 155 Create Standby Database in batch MOG cccceccc seca eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeueeeeeeeeenseeees 159 Create Standby Database using web based GUL ccccccccceceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeteeeneeenes 159 Considerations for Standby Database files names and locatiOns ccccceeeeeeeeees 161 Starting Databases automatically WINGOWS cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneees 171 Setting up Dbvisit Standby to start the database automatically ce eeece sees eee 171 Starting databases automatically LINUX UNIX ee ece ee eee ee eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeneees 175 Setting up init d scripts to start and sto
409. sit Standby will start the databases automatically and ensure that the primary and standby databases are started correctly For Windows it is recommended to set the Windows services of Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 122 Dbvisit the databases on both the primary and standby servers to manual Please see Starting Databases automatically Windows section for more information 11 To stop shutdown a regular or standby database use El dbv oraStartStop stop lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration For example to stop a standby database dbv_oraStartStop stop wl02n Dbvisit Standby Database technology dbv oraStartStop Started on dbvisit12 Shutting down standby Database w102n Standby Database wl02n shutdown successfully Where w102n is the name of the database To stop shutdown a normal database dbv_oraStartStop stop wl02n Dbvisit Standby Database technology dbv oraStartstop started on dbvisitil Shutting down r
410. ssesesseesesassseneuscsssenessesesssnsssssesseesse Click Finish to add this task to your Windows schedule lt Back Cancel 10 Add the database name as the first parameter to the Dbvisit Standby executable In this example the database name is w102n dbvisit w102n 2f x Task Schedule Settings Security 5 b C WINDOWS Tasks dbvisit w102n job Run C Program Files Dbvisit dbvisit exe w102r Browse Start in C Program Files Dbyvisit Comments Run as fwi N2003SE 02 oracle Set password Run only if logged on J Enabled scheduled task runs at specified time 11 Click on the Schedule tab and then on Advanced Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 140 oN Dbvisit ATABASE TECHNOLOGY dbyvisit w102n fed Fa Task Schedule Settings Security 5 b At 11 55 AM every day starting 6 27 2007 Schedule Task Start time ay m 11 55AM Advanced Schedule Task Daily Every fi H day s M Show multiple schedules Cancel Apply 12 Specify Repeat Task If you want to execute Dbvisit Standby every 10 minutes then select 10 minutes Otherwise select another interval Always ensure the Duration is set
411. standby server This is only required if the smtp mail server for the standby server differs from the main smtp mail server gt MAILCFG SMTP SERVER DR Optional smtp mail server for the standby server Only used if smtp mail server for the standby server differs from the main smtp mail server MAILCFG SMTP SERVER Sample mail lt your company name gt com smtp lt your company name gt com SMTP mail server for standby server is optional gt SMTP mail server for standby server will be Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes A Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM setup The Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module fully automates the management and monitoring of the Oracle archive log space on either the primary standby server or both Please see the Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM section for more information B AMM primary server setup 31 Specify if you want to setup AMM on the primary server gt ARCHSOURCE MANAGEMENT Do you want to setup archive log file management on the primary server This is used to manage the Oracle logs on the primary server Alerts when certain thresholds have been reached Can delete Oracle archives logs after a set number of days Can keep a constant number of Oracle archive logs on the system Values are Yes or no Yes Setup and use AMM on primary server No do not use AMM on primary server If you are not sure set t
412. standby server is optional ORACLE BASE for standby server is oracle orabase gt ORACLE BASE for standby server will be oracle orabase Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 22 Enter the directory where the Dbvisit Standby software is installed on the standby server Normally this is the same as on the primary server gt BINDIR_DR Please enter the directory for the dbvisit installation location on the standby server This is the directory where the Dbvisit executables will be kept This directory must exist on the standby server Default location is the same as the on the primary server Dbvisit installation dir on the standby server is usr local dbvisit gt Dbvisit installation dir on the standby server will be usr local dbvisit Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 23 Enter the directory where the archives should go to on the standby server Note this may be different to the log_archive_dest parameter In a RAC environment this location must be shared by all standby nodes gt ARCHDEST Please enter the directory where Dbvisit will transfer the archive log files to on standby server dbvisitl12 This directory should ONLY contain archive log files related to this database It should not contain any other non archive log files Please ensure that this directory exists on dbvisitl2 as this cannot be verified It is advisable to also create this directory on the primary server dbvisitll for grace
413. supplied by the user and are not optional Do not include the lt gt as part of the command Example dbvisit lt DDC gt Commands shown in square brackets are optional commands Do not include the I as part of the command Example dbv oraStartStop activate lt DDC gt Yes Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 14 Dbvisit Dbvisit Standby software components Note Dbvisit Standby refers to the product Dbvisit Standby and does not refer to the standby database or standby server The Dbvisit Standby environment consists of the following components 1 Dbvisit software a Dbvisit Standby This consists of the following executables i dbvisit The main Dbvisit Standby executable li dbv_oraStartStop Executable to start stop failover and switchover the databases iii dbvisit_setup Menu driven wizard to configure Dbvisit and to create the standby database iv dbv_functions Executable to provide extra tools and functionality b Dbvserver This is Web server that provides the web interface to Dbvisit It consists of the following executable dbvserverd The main Dbvserver executable for the Dbvisit Web server 2 Dbvisit Database Conf
414. t edit dbv pre processing cmd 2 Enter the commands or call the script that you want to execute If you want Dbvisit Standby to trap the return code and alert if this is not 0 then specify the return code as the exit code see below You must ensure that you set the correct return code in your calling script call rman cmd exit errorlevel 3 Ifthe return code of the pre processing script is gt 0 Dbvisit Standby will stop an alert will be sent and Dbvisit Standby will not transfer or apply the log files Post processing Windows The commands will run after Dbvisit Standby has transferred or applied the log files If the post processing has to take place after Dbvisit Standby has transferred the log files on the primary server the following commands need to be done on the primary server If the post processing has to take place after Dbvisit Standby has applied the log files on the standby server the following commands need to be done on the standby server The post processing will apply for all databases that use Dbvisit Standby on the server 1 Create an empty file called dbv_post_processing cmd in the Dbvisit Standby directory edit dbv post processing cmd 2 Enter the commands or call the script that you want to execute If you want Dbvisit Standby to trap the return code and alert if this is not 0 specify the return code as the exit code see below You must ensure that you set the correct return code in your calling
415. t gt dbvisit install All the defaults can be accepted Welcome Your Dbvisit Standby product is going to be installed now This will install Dbvisit Standby command line version Dbvserver to provide a web interface to Dbvisit Standby It is recommended to make a backup of our current Dbvisit software location for rollback purposes gt Oracle user name on this server default oracle Enter a custom value or press ENTER to accept above default Dbvserver is Dbvisit s web server software that provides the web interface for all Dbvisit products Dbvserver can be started at the end of this installation procedure but in order to do that a user name and password Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 28 Dbvisit must be chosen for secure authentication gt Dbvserver admin user name default admin Enter a custom value or press ENTER to accept above default gt Dbvserver admin user password default admin Enter a custom value or press ENTER to accept above default Please specify the Dbvisit main installation directory path The default is usr local dbvisit Please Note Dbvisit Standby will be installed under the standby subdirectory of this path gt
416. t open Rollback action Please restart primary database in normal mode dbv oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Standby Database is still standby database Standby database has been shutdown or started NOMOUNT Rollback action Please restart standby database dbv oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the following command SQ L gt alter system set db recovery file dest xxxxx scope both Dpbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 201 Dbvisit Database is still primary database Primary database is not open Rollback action Please restart primary database in normal mode dbv oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Primary Standby Database is still standby database Standby database has been shutdown or started NOMOUNT Rollback action Please restart standby database dbv oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the following command SQ L gt alter system set db recovery file dest xxxxx scope both Da
417. t Archive log dir on the standby server will be C oracle oraarch wl02n Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 24 Enter the number of times that Dbvisit Standby should attempt to apply a missing archive before raising an alert Every configuration may be different but a good starting point number is 4 This variable sets the alerting threshold gt MAX TIMES TRIED Please specify the number of times that Dbvisit should attempt to apply the missing log file before raising an error Note this number is also used to raise an error if the Dbvisit cannot be started because a previous scheduled Dbvisit is still running Ensure that this number is not too low and not too high If you are not sure set to 4 Maximum attempts before raising error when log file is not there is 4 gt Maximum attempts before raising error when log file is not there will be 4 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes A E Mail setup Dbvisit Standby uses email to send notifications These notifications can be information messages or error messages Dbvisit Standby comes with a default internal mail client 25 Enter the mail client Default is to use the Dbvisit Standby internal mail client gt MAILCFG MAIL CLIENT Please enter mail client Default is to use internal Dbvisit mail client Other mail client can be specified Example mail sendmail or javamail Full path of mail client must be given Mail client is Dbvisit gt Mail client will be Db
418. t Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 78 Dbvisit 4 Copy the contents of file ssh id dsa pub from the primary server to the new file ssh authorized keys on the standby server The file may be called identity pub or id Esa pub instead of id dSay pub s oracle avisit01 cat id dsa pub ssh dss AAAAB3NzaClkc3MAAACBALj5RhJzSDOVRnTID P2kb1mE9QM2zCrzUa0gDL fbngdcB8EELeJJi LuhR9uM XyOr UySGVeMS1jMO0uBfOcs 7p3WAEkxncXzGduxlsyO8iyYfr8Kf7ufGPdJg7n15v0hjUMWSa w6YcA oracle avisitOl 5 Ensure the new file ssh authorized_keys has the correct permission oracle avisit01 chmod 600 authorized keys 6 On the primary server create a new empty file called ssh authorized_keys oracle avisit01 cd ssh oracle avisit0l1 vi authorized keys In this example avisit01 is the primary server and avisit03 is the standby server 7 Copy the contents of file ssh id_dsa pub from the standby server to the new file ssh authorized keys on the primary server The file may be called identity pub or id Esa pub instead of id dsa pub oracle avisit03 cat id _dsa pub ssh dss AAAAB3NzaC1lkc3MAAACBAL 5RhJzSDOvVRnTID P2kb1mE9QM2zCrzUa0gDL fbngdcB8EELeJJi LuhR9uM XyOr UySGVeMS1jMO0uBfOcs 7p3WAEkxncXzGduxlsyO8iyYfr8Kf7uf GPdJg7n15v0hjUMWSa w6YcA oracle avisit03 8
419. t be reversed A new standby database will have to be built To disable the prompt to confirm that the database can be activated specify Yes on the command line switchover lt DDC gt unique key Initiates the Graceful Switchover process to transition the primary database to a standby database and the standby database to a primary database This command must be given on both the primary and the standby servers There is no loss of data during the transition and the standby database does not have to be rebuilt To run in batch mode a unique key can be Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 270 Dbvisit specified on the command line This unique key must be the same on both the primary and standby server and can be any number not used before dbv oraStartStop update ddc file lt DDC gt dbv_ functions h Examples dbvisit dbvprodl dovisit setup dDVISIC F 545 dbvyproadl dbvisit R dbvprodl dbvisit i dbvprodl Updates the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file dobv_ lt DDC gt env to allow Dbvisit Standby to continue processing after Graceful Switchover or when activating the standby database to become the new primary database All variables associated wit
420. t is possible to create a standby database If necessary Dbvisit Standby will install itself on the standby server This process might take a while to complete so please do not get impatient Waiting for precondition check to complete 4 Select the option as required below Dbvisit Standby Create Standby Database Primary Database Information Database Name Oracle Version Size Transfer ETA d112f 11 2 0 1 0 3 70GB 5 minutes Direct Copy Copy database content directly to standby server Yes O No File Compression Use SSH compression on database files during transfer Yes O No Filesystem Folder Auto Creation Dbvisit Standby can create any missing directories on the standby server such as temporary folders or location parameters in the pfile for you automatically If this option is set then Dbvisit will create missing directories under its current user ID which might or might not be sufficient to fulfil the task If you choose to not to have these directories auto created then it is up to you to verify that the provided directories exist and that they are accessible by the oracle user If unsure select auto creation Yes No Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 74 Dbv
421. t sure set to 0 disable Number of log files to keep on disk is 0 gt Number of log files to keep on disk will be 0 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 34 Specify the threshold in a percentage of how much disk space may be used up by the archive log files before raising an alert gt THRESHOLD ARCHSOURCE Please specify the threshold in percentage of how much disk space may be taken up by the Oracle log files on disk before an alert is triggered on the primary server 80 means at 80 disk space full an alert will be triggered Please specify threshold as an integer If you are not sure set to 80 Threshold for log file management is 80 gt Threshold for log file management will be 80 Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 35 Please specify if archive log files should be deleted once the threshold on the primary server is reached gt DELETE ARCHSOURCE Please specify if archive log files should be deleted once the threshold THRESHOLD ARCHSOURCE on the primary server is reached Once the percentage threshold is reached oldest archive log files are deleted first The log files WILL have been transferred to the standby server There is no verification that these log files have been backed up Values are Yes or No Yes Let Dbvisit delete archive log files once percentage threshold is met Dbvisit will only alert once percentage threshold no log files will be deleted If you are
422. t this be the same user as the Oracle Database owner This user should belong to a DBA group This user must also exist on the standby database server Account that will run Dbvisit is oracle gt Account owner will be oracle Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 11 Transfer method This is used to securely transfer the logs from the primary server to the standby server Dbvisit Standby comes bundled with Bitvise Tunnelier www bitvise com as the default secure transfer method Choose option 1 to select Bitvise Tunnelier scp gt CP copy or transfer method Dbvisit comes pre installed with Bitvise Tunnelier scp as the secure transfer copy method If this secure transfer method is not acceptable please enter alternative method this must also exist on the standby server The following methods have been found on this server 1 C Program Files Bitvise Tunnelier sftpc exe 2 Enter own method Please enter choice 1 12 Secure remote shell method This is used to manage the transfer from the primary server to the standby server Dbvisit Standby comes bundled with Bitvise Tunnelier www bitvise com as the default secure shell method Choose option 1 to select Bitvise Tunnelier sexec gt RSH remote shell method Dbvisit comes pre installed with Bitvise Tunnelier sexec as the secure shell method ssh If this secure shell method is not acceptable please enter alternative ssh method this must also exist on the
423. tStop to host dbvisit12 dbv oraStartstop Transferring dbv dbvisitp env to host dbvisit12 dbv dbvisitp env Transferring dbv ORACLE SID env to host dbvisit12 dbv ORACLE SID env Contacting Standby Database dbvisitp on dbvisitl2 Last standby sequence obtained 228 200608292337 6 Log transfer s for dbvisitp completed Last sequence was 234 Where dbvisitp is the name of the database H Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Resynchronize from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 211 Dbvisit Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Jot Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Resynchronize Run Close Note The standby database must be available in standby mode or in READ ONLY mode This option only needs to be done once to synchronise Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation o
424. tabase 1 Login to the Dbvisit Standby GUI interface by specifying the user name and password default is admin admin Dbvisit Standby Login WIN2008 01 3 User admin Log 2 Choose Setup from the main menu Dbvisit Standby Main Menu O Setup 3 Choose New Dbvisit Setup from the sub menu Dbvisit Standby Setup required to be run on PRIMARY server only D New Dbvisit Setup 4 Setup only needs to be run on the primary server Not on the standby server Configuration Outcome The results of configuring Dbvisit Standby for a specific database are Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 47 Dbvisit 1 The Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file is created This is a text file equivalent to the init ora and contains all the settings to enable Dbvisit Standby to keep the standby database up to date 2 Optionally the Dbvisit Standby Archive log Management Module AMM is configured The settings for AMM are also contained in the DDC file 3 The Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR is created This is a small repository created in the database to keep track of Dbvisit Standby processing RAC environment setup In an Oracle RAC environment dbvisit_se
425. tabase To keep this new standby database in synch reschedule Dbvisit as per normal dbvisit dbvisitp Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server 2 The process on the standby server to transition from a standby database to a primary database Dbvisit Standby Database Technology pid 3911 dbv_oraStartStop started on dbvisit32 Graceful Switchover starting on Standby Database dbvisitpd5 Timestamp 201112051709 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 198 Dbvisit Database dbvisitp5 will be shutdown and restarted Ensure Dbvisit is no longer scheduled Please enter unique key to begin graceful switchover for database dbvisitpd The same key must be entered on both primary and standby server Please start command dbv_oraStartStop switchover dbvisitps on dbvisit3l avisit co nz if not already started Please enter unique key 31 Key 31 entered Contacting dbvisit3l avisit co nz to ensure the same unique key is entered for dbvisitp5 Waiting tor Key 1 on dbvisit31 avisit co nZ Checkpoint 1 completed Key found on dbvisit3l avisit co nz Waiting tor Checkpoint 2 on dbvisit31 avisit co nZ C
426. tabase is still primary database Primary database is not open Rollback action Please restart primary database in normal mode dbv oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Primary Standby Database is still standby database Standby database has been shutdown or started NOMOUNT Rollback action Please restart standby database dbv oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the following command SQ L gt alter system set db recovery file dest xxxxx scope both open Rollback action Please restart primary database in normal mode dbv oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Standby Database is still standby database Convertion of Database lt ORACLE_SID gt has to the Primary Database has not been completed This database has to be rolled back to a standby database Rollback action 1 Shutdown database with command dbv oraStartStop stop lt DDC gt 2 Startup standby instance NOMOUNT and replace controlfiles with backed up controlfile lt filename gt using RMAN command RMAN gt RESTORE STANDBY CONTROLFILE FROM filename 3 Retart standby database with command dbv oraStartStop restart lt DDC gt Dbvisit has disabled Flash Recovery Area prior to Graceful Switchover To enable FRA run the AANG command SQ L gt alter system set db recovery file dest xxxxx scope both Database is still primary database FT database is not o
427. tallation differences between dbvisit3l and dbvisit32 No Dbvisit installation differences found between dbvisit31 and dbvisit32 Log file s for dbvisitp will be transferred from dbvisit31 to dbvisit32 Transferring 1 2396 05627150315 log gz2 To Nost dbvisit32 1 33296 0562150315 Traisterring 1 3397 USo2I 503 5 log g2 to h st dbvisit322l 32397 0562150319 Pransterring 1 23398 _ 0562150315 log gz to host dbvisit22 1 3398 0567150315 Transferring 1 3399 U5So2Z1S03L5 log qz to host cbvisito271 3399 05021 50515 200902230542 4 Log transfer s to dbvisit32 for dbvisitp completed Last sequence was 3399 Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server 11 To keep the standby database in sync with the new primary database Dbvisit Standby may be run as per normal dbvisit dbvisitp Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbvisit started on dbvisit32 Log file s for dbvisitp from dbvisit3l will be applied to dbvisit32 200901181718 Log seq 3397 applied to standby database dbvisitp 200901181718 Log seq 3398 applied to standby database dbvisitp 200901181718 Log seq 3399 applied to standby database dbvisitp Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server 12 Enable the scheduling of Dbvisit Standby on both the primary and standby server to keep the standby database up to date as pe
428. tance name Example RAC_TAKEOVER_SID RACDB2 Determines if Dbvisit Standby processing on this RAC instance take over Dbvisit Standby processing permanently for another RAC instance or node Dbvisit Standby processing on this RAC instance will take over Dbvisit Standby processing on another RAC instance regardless of whether that node is available or not All archives must be available to all nodes The variable RAC_TAKEOVER_SID determines which RAC instance will be taken over Values are Yes or No Yes Dbvisit Standby on this instance will always take over from another instance No Dbvisit Standby on this instance will NOT take over from another instance unless the instance is not available and RAC_ TAKEOVER Yes If you are not sure set to No Example RAC_TAKEOVER_FORCE Yes Primary server on which the primary database is installed Dbvisit Standby software must also be installed on this server Example SOURCE dbvisit11 Optional directory location Usually the home of Oracle where the Oracle administration files are kept Example ORACLE_BASE c oracle orabase Log directory for Dbvisit Standby logfile associated with the database that it Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvis
429. tandby database repository DDR user Dbvisit Standby will always connect to the database as sysdba to stop and start the database and to get the status of the database Dbvisit Standby will always connect to the standby database with sysdba Default value No Example FORCE_SYSDBA No ALT ARCH_LOCATION This may be added if an alternate LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST is required Standard Dbvisit Standby uses the Oracle LOG ARCHIVE DEST parameters to determine the location of the archive log files lf ALT ARCH LOCATION is set then a process must be in place to copy the archive log files from the default LOG _ARCHIVE_DEST to the alternate location otherwise Dbvisit Standby will not be able to find the archive log files Default value None Example ALT ARCH_LOCATION oracle oraarch altlocation ALT ARCH_LOCATION c oracle oraarch altlocation SEND MAIL FLAG Description Determines if Dbvisit Standby will use email SEND_MAIL_FLAG DR for alerting Default value Yes Possible values Yes No Yes Dbvisit Standby will email No Dbvisit Standby will NOT email SEND_MAIL_FLAG is for both primary server and standby servers SEND_MAIL_FLAG_DR is only for the standby server If SEND _MAIL_FLAG_DR is not set then SEND_MAIL_FLAG will apply to both primary and standby servers Warning If set to No Dbvisit Standby will not send any notification when an alert is triggered Default value Yes Example SEND_MAIL_FLAG Yes SEND_MAIL_F
430. tandby database creation To run Dbvisit Standby go to section Dbvisit Standby commands running or executing Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 73 Dbvisit Create standby database using GUI The example below shows how to create an ASM standby database using a temporary location to create the initial backup Creating a standby database is performed on the primary server primary node For a complete overview of creating the standby database please see Creating Standby Databases automatically with Dbvisit Standby 1 Home gt Setup gt Create New Standby Database gt select Database from drop down menu 2 Weare using ASM for the standby database select Yes and press Continue Dbvisit Standby Create Standby Database k A Databases Specify the Oracle database to create a standby database for w112b Standby Database ASM The ASM feature is only available for Oracle versions 10 2 and newer Yes No Continue 3 Precondition is executing to ensure the standby server environment is correct This process may take a while to complete Dbvisit Standby Create Standby Database gt To Precondition Check Dbvisit Standby is now evaluating if i
431. tandby node e Dbvisit Standby will apply the archives from all threads to the standby database e Dbvisit Standby is scheduled on the standby server using the instance name from one of the primary nodes Example if the RAC configuration has 2 instances called RACDB1 and RACDB2 and the standby database is called RACDB then Dbvisit Standby is executed on the standby server using the command dbvisit RACDB1 RAC standby database instances Figure 2 RAC primary database with RAC standby database All primary nodes need to send the archive logs to a shared location on the RAC standby cluster e Dbvisit Standby only needs to be scheduled on one standby instance to apply the archives from all threads to the standby database e Dbvisit Standby must be dormant on all the other standby nodes An automated job can be scheduled to enable Dbvisit Standby if it is detected that the standby node on which Dbvisit Standby is active is no longer available Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 184 Dbvisit Graceful Switchover role reversal Graceful switchover is also referred to as role reversal Graceful Switchover is used to switch back to the original primary database after a disaster in which t
432. tart restart status status echo Usage prog start stop restart status exit 3 Where w120n is the name of the database and oracle is the owner of the Oracle software Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 175 Dbvisit 4 Set the correct permissions on the script chmod 750 OrastartsStop 5 Create a link to the correct starting directory to stop and start the databases This is usually etc rc3 d The link must start with a capital S for starting and K for stopping The number after the S and K determines the order of the start up or stop command On Linux the chkconfig command may be used for this cd etc rc3 d etc re3 d ln s init d OraStartStop S300raStartStop etc re3 d in s init d OraStartStop K300raStartStop 6 When the server is rebooted Dbvisit Standby will start the database in the correct mode If the database has been activated from a standby database to a primary database or vice versa Dbvisit Standby will continue to start the database in the correct mode To add more databases to the start up or shutdown script add another line to in the correct place Example su oracle c usr local dbvisit standby dbv_oraStartStop start wl20n s
433. tart the standby databases and primary databases in the correct mode The Oracle supplied scripts will still be used to start Listener agent or networking processes Dbvisit Standby does NOT start and stop listener agent or networking services and processes Dbvserver Scheduler can also be used to start the databases automatically Please see Dbvserver Scheduler Autostart for more information The Dbvserver process will need to be started at boot time with init d scripts for this to be automated Setting up init d scripts to start and stop the database automatically 1 Go to the location of the init scripts This may be different depending on the flavour of Linux or Unix In this example it is etc init d 2 Create a new script this may need to be done as the root user on both the primary and standby server fetc init d vi OraStartStop 3 Add the following to lines to the script bin sh description wl20n database is started and stopped using dbvisit prog dbv_oraStartStop start echo n Starting prog su oracle c usr local dbvisit standby S prog start wl20n n Stopping prog su oracle c usr local dbvisit standby prog stop w120n restart n Restarting prog su oracle c usr local dbvisit standby Sprog restart wl20n status echo n Status prog su oracle c usr local dbvisit standby prog status wl20n case 1 in start stop stop res
434. tarted restrict Performing Oracle Checkpoint Waiting 3 seconds for log switch completion Creating standby controlfile controlfile Waiting for Checkpoint 4 on dbvisit32 S CONE Checkpoint 4 completed Key found on dbvisit32 nee co nz Copying new archives for dbvisitp to dbvisit32 avisit co nz Transferring 1 13879 0562150315 1l0og to host ObVisSiU32 eaVisic co nzZsl 13879 0562150315 109 Transferring 1 13880 0562150315 1l0og to host dbvisiti2 dyvisit G zil 13880 562150315 1L09 Transferring X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp archives to host dbvisit32 avisit co nz X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp archives Completed Shutting down regular Database dbvisitp Regular Database dbvisitp shutdown successfully Copying redo logs this may take a while Transferring X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp redo 2 log to host dbvisit32 avisit co nz X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp redo 2 log Transferring X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp redo 3 log to host dbvisit32 avisit co nz X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp redo 3 lo0g Transferring X dbvisit 31 dbvisitp redo matrix to host Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 197 Dbvisit ObViSit32 Visil Co nztx dbvisit ol dbvisilp redo Matrix Waiting for Checkpoint 5 on dbvisit32 avisit co nZ Checkpoint 5
435. tarting Windows Service OracleServicewl20n started Shutting down standby database on WINDEV O2 Standby database wl20n on WINDEV O0O2 shutdown Remote spfile C oracle product 10 2 0 db 1 database spfilewl20n ora backed as Cr oracle product 10 2 0 d6 L dacabase sprilewl20n ora 20L1 12030306 Remote spfile C oracle product 10 2 0 db 1 database spfilewl20n ora deleted Spfile created on the remote server Restoring standby control files Windows Service OracleServicewl20n already started Starting Standby Database wl20n Standby Database wl20n started nomount Standby database wl20n on WINDEV O2 startup nomount Shutting down standby database on WINDEV O2 Standby database wl20n on WINDEV O2 shutdown Standby control files restored Windows Service OracleServicewl20n already started Starting Standby Database wl20n Standby Database wl20n started Standby database wl20n on WINDEV O2 mounted Performing Oracle Checkpoint Waiting 3 seconds for log switch completion Standby database created To complete creating standby database run dbvisit on the primary and standby databases to ensure standby database is in synch with primary Please press lt Enter gt to continue Standby Database creation on WINDEV 02 completed Next steps 1 Exit out of dbvisit setup 2 Run Dbvisit on this server with command dbvisit database name 3 Run Dbvisit on standby server with command cd E users oracle
436. tatus Interval Minute Hour Day Month Week Day Dbvisit Standby Command Action G 5 lt None All All AIl All S Default Enable Autostart Command Log File Status Status Dbvisit Standby Command Action Status Last Updated Log File Actions S Start Database Enable Today 22 38 34 View Errors Clear Save Schedules Set the desired schedule select Enable and click Save Schedule Full help is available on the different scheduling options by clicking the question mark The Standby database schedule can be set by accessing the Standby Server tab Dbvserver must be running on the standby server in order to activate the standby server schedule Since Dbvisit version 5 1 19 it is possible to schedule Dbvisit only on the primary server using the INITIATE_DBVISIT_ON_STANDBY variable Ensure you understand the implication before using this feature See variable INITIATE_DBVISIT_ON_STANDBY for more details Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 135 Dbvisit Primary Server Standby Server Run Schedule jo Schedules Status Interval Minute Hour Day Month Week Day Dbvisit Standby Command Action ts 5 None All All All All Default Enable Autostart Dbvserver Status
437. te for future use lf a standby database template has been created previously this can be used to create the standby database No further questions will be asked Note The example shown here are for Linux UNIX but this is the same for Windows For Windows the Oracle Windows service will be automatically created on the standby server if this does not exist E Create Standby Database using Dbvisit Standby create standby wizard This example shows how to create an ASM standby database with different structure as primary ASM database Creating a standby database is performed on the primary server primary node A Windows only Start the Dbvisit Standby command console from the Start Menu gt Programs gt Dbvisit gt Standby RS Dbvisit Standby command console Dbvisit Standby setup lt Q Dbvisit Standby UserGuide Readme A Uninstall Dbvisit Standby A Linux Unix only Go to the Dbvisit Standby install directory Start the Dbvisit Standby setup utility dbvisit setup A Linux UNIX and Windows 1 To create a standby database choose option 7 Dbvisit Standby Database Technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Dbvisit Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New Dbvisit RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup New Dbvisit Database r
438. te this command Can only be run on the primary server dbvisit c lt DDC gt Copy the Dbvisit Standby installation and configuration DDC file from the primary server to the standby server This function is performed automatically by Dbvisit Standby every time it executes depending on settings SYNCH_DBVISIT_INSTALL and SYNCH_ENV_FILE_ONLY Can only be run on the primary server Dbvisit Standby installation and configuration files DDC will be overridden on the standby server Performs a checksum comparison between the original file or executable and the transferred file or executable dbvisit c lt DDC gt lt nocksum gt Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 268 dbvisit ReverseCopy lt DDC gt dbvisit lic lt DDC gt Dbvisit Copy the Dbvisit Standby installation and configuration files DDC from the primary server to the standby server Can only be run on the primary server Dbvisit Standby installation and configuration files DDC will be overridden on the standby server Does not perform a checksum comparison between the original file or executable and the transferred file or executable Copy the Dbvisit Standby installation and environment files from th
439. ted IMPORTANT Ensure the following directories are setup on Standby server win2003se 02 with the correct permissions 1 c oracle orabase Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 60 Dbvisit 2 Cr voracle voraarch wl02n Next steps Create standby database using option in main menu 7 Create Standby Database Please press lt Enter gt to return to main menu 45 Press enter to return to the main menu 46 The main menu will be redisplayed Dbvisit Standby Database technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 New Database setup combines options 2 3 4 la New RAC Instance setup combines options 2 3 4 New Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file setup New Dbvisit Archive Management Module AMM setup New Dbvisit Database repository DDR setup Manage Dbvisit Database repository DDR Update Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file Create Standby Database Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository DDR Please enter choice Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license
440. ted until 14 20 then the heartbeat email will be sent at 14 20 It is possible to turn the heartbeat feature off for the primary server by setting SEND_HEARTBEATEN in the Dbvisit Database Configuration DDC file To turn the heartbeat feature off for the standby server set SEND_HEARTBEAT_DR N Testing the scheduler heartbeat message To test the scheduler heartbeat message and to send a test email the dbv_functions utility can be used A Use dbv_functions with the m flag Example dbv_ functions m wl20n Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dby functions started on dbvisitil Sending schedular heartbeat message Where w120n is the name of the database and dbvisit11 is the name of the server Dbvisit Standby log gap report with heartbeat message As part of the Daily scheduler heartbeat message it is possible to include the Dbvisit Standby log gap report The Dbvisit Standby log gap reports on the e Archive log gap which is difference between the last archived sequence on the primary and the last applied sequence on the standby database The archive log gap should be near 0 except when APPLY_DELAY LAG MINUTES is used e Transfer log gap which is the difference between the last archived sequence on the primary and the last sequence transferred to the standby server The transfer log gap should be near 0 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solution
441. the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 277 Dbvisit 9 Click on Close and click on OK until the main WinSSHD Control Panel is shown again Click on Close to close the WinSSHD Control Panel WinSSHD Control Panel E3 Server Keypair settings Activation Settings Management M Settings Import settings from file Export settings to file Password cache for Windows usernames Domain Password Account Set Clear Clear all 10 Run Dbvisit Standby again on the primary server to test if the issue has been resolved 11 It is also recommended to repeat these steps on the primary server This is in case the Dbvisit Standby process needs to be reversed The Public Key file name to import will be B_ SSH2PublicKey instead of A_SSH2PublicKey 12 To test if WinSSHD on the primary server is configured correctly the following command can be run on the standby server to test the connection from the standby server to the primary server dbvisit ReverseCopy lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration 13 More information about the configuring
442. the SSH2 connection between the primary and the standby server 1 Start the System Readiness Check by starting the Dbvisit Standby Windows installer and select the following option De Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Choose Components Dbvisit Choose which features of Dbvisit you want to install Check the components you want to install and uncheck the components you don t want to install Click Next to continue i f _ Descripti Select components to install pbvisit Standby ene me Tien If upgrading only select the Divisi Dovserver Web 1 over a component to components that need to be C Bitvise WinSSHD see its description C Bitvise Tunnelier C Configure SSH2 System Readiness Check upgraded Space required 0 0KB 2 Nullsoft Install System v2 46 ee lt Back Cancel Follow the onscreen instructions to test the SSH2 configuration This should be tested on both the primary and standby servers to ensure that the SSH2 configuration is working both ways 2 Ifthe Dbvisit Standby Windows installer is no longer available the System Readiness Check can be started manually with the following command dby TUNClLIONSs exe a System Teacdiness This command should be run on both the primary and standby servers to test the connectivity going both ways Resolving Windows SSH configuration issues If the default SSH Setup has not configured Bitvise WinSSH
443. the information is Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 267 Dbvisit inserted into Dbvisit Standby database repository DDR table dbv_sequence_log Reports can be produced from this table for trend analysis over time Dbvisit Standby will start the standby database if the standby database is not running and AUTO_START_STANDBY_DB Yes This command may be scheduled in cron or other scheduler on a regular basis to provide Dbvisit Standby log gap analysis data over time Can only be run on the primary server dbvisit r lt sequence gt lt DDC gt Specific log and all subsequent logs will be resend to the standby database sequence is the log sequence number from which Dbvisit Standby will start transferring logs until the current log Can only be run on the primary server see Resending Logs dbvisit R lt DDC gt Used when standby database has been rebuilt Resynchronise primary database with standby database Dbvisit Standby will connect to the standby database and determine the next log which needs to be applied This log and all subsequent logs will be transferred from the primary database until the current log The standby database must be available in order to execu
444. the installation process of Dbvisit Standby For the complete Dbvisit Standby license agreement LA see http www dbvisit com content pdfs Dbvisit Standby License Agreement_v1 06 pdf some of the features described in this document only apply to the latest version of Dbvisit Standby Specifications are subject to change without notice Audience This document is intended for a technical audience Experience with the Oracle database and standby databases is necessary to install Dbvisit Standby Experience with Linux is necessary to install Dbvisit Standby on Linux Experience with UNIX is necessary to install Dovisit Standby on UNIX Experience with Microsoft Windows is necessary to install Dbvisit Standby on Microsoft Windows some features described in this manual will only apply to the latest version of Dbvisit Standby Contact Dbvisit Standby Support Service desk http www dbvisit com support service_desk Ria Please include Dbvisit Standby trace files to ensure a fast turnaround on support issues Please see the Dbvisit website www dbvisit com for other up to date contact information Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page Dbvisit Important Notice Oracle st
445. the primary database and manually transferring the complete backup to the standby server using TRANSPORATBLE MEDIA Transportable media is an external device such as a USB drive that Is first plugged into the primary server and then manually transferred to the standby site and plugged into the standby server to complete the process Option 1 should be chosen for smaller databases Option 2 should be chosen for larger databases Option 3 should be chosen for very large databases or slow networks Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 145 Dbvisit Option 2 and 3 will require adequate space on the primary server to make a compressed copy of the database files Standby database spfile pfile The spfile ora pfile ora for Oracle database version less than 9 is created for the standby database the using init ora or spfile ora file from the primary database Oracle database parameters for the standby database can be customised If an existing init ora or spfile ora file is already present on the standby server it will be overwritten The Create Standby Database wizard will guide the process for customizing of the Oracle standby database during the creation process The settings can be saved as a templa
446. the quick settings shown above If any changes are required then this can be done now Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited WO MAAITIADOAR WN EF 10 Generic Settings TMP usr tmp PATH usr local bin bin usr bin usr xXl1R6 bin usr sbin sbin ORATAB etc oratab ORACLE SID dbvisitp ORACLE HOME oracle orabase product 10 1 0 Db 1 OWNER oracle CP usr bin scp RSH usr bin ssh COMPRESS usr bin gzip UNCOMPRESS usr bin gunzip ZIP EXTENSION gz SEND HEARTBEAT TIME24 0700 SOURCE dbvisitll BINDIR usr local dbvisit5 ORACLE BASE oracle orabase LOGDIR oracle orabase admin dbvisitp dbvisit DBUSER dbvisit DBPASSWD dbvisitpasswd LEAVE COMPRESS SOURCE Yes SYNCH DBVISIT INSTALL Yes LOGSWITCH No DESTINATION dbvisitl2 ORACLE SID DEST dbvisitp ORACLE BASE DR oracle orabase BINDIR DR usr local dbvisits LOGDIR_DR oracle orabase admin dbvisitp dbvisit ARCHDEST oracle oraarch dbvisitp LEAVE COMPRESS DEST Yes MAX TIMES TRIED 4 ADD DATAFILE Yes these variables correct lt Yes No gt Yes MAILCFG MAIL CLIENT sendmail ADMINS oracle dbvisit1ll MATLCFG FROM oracle dbvisitll com MATLCFG FROM DR oracle dbvisit12 com SUCCES SMALL Yes SUCCESSMAIL DR Yes ARCHSOURCE_ MANAGEMENT Yes DAYS TO KEEP ARCHSOURCE 7 NUM ARCHSOURCE TO KEEP 0 THRESHOLD ARCHSOURCE 80 DELETE _ARCHSOURCE No 60 Standby Archive Log Management Settings
447. this primary server 18 Installation and upgrade complete Please continue to Completing the upgrade below Alternative command line interface CLI HB Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 30 Dbvisit If it is not possible to access Dbvisit Standby through a browser the command line interface CLI can also be used to upgrade the Dbvisit configurations 19 48 To update the DDC and DDR through the command line interface run dbvisit_setup usr local dbvisit standby gt dbvisit setup 20 8 Choose options 6 to ensure all the latest parameters or variables are available in the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file Dbvisit Standby Database Technology http www dbvisit com Dbvisit Database setup Default values will be shown in Options 1 la New Dbvisit Database setup New Dbvisit RAC Instance setup New Dbvisit Database configuration New Dbvisit Archive Management Module DDR New Dbvisit Database repository Manage Dbvisit Database repository Update Dbvisit Database configuration Create Standby Database Uninstall Dbvisit Database repository combines options 2 3 4 combines options 2 3 4 DDC file setup AMM setup setup DDR D
448. ting is only used in conjunction with the Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 264 AMM_START_AFTER_EACH APPLY AMM_START_AFTER_EACH TRANSFER ORACLE_SID ASM ORACLE_HOME_ASM SWITCHOVER_TIMEOUT_IN_SEC SYS LOGON ASM SYS _USER_ASM Dbvisit THRESHOLD ARCHSOURCE and THRESHOLD _ARCHDEST variables Default is 250 milliseconds Example AMM_PERC_FULL_WAIT_MILLISEC 250 Use with caution Archives may be deleted before being applied Normally the Archive Management Module AMM to manage the archive log files is started at the end of Dbvisit Standby processing These variables allow the AMM module to be started during Dbvisit Standby processing This may be necessary due to space restrictions AMM_START_AFTER_EACH_ APPLY starts AMM on the standby server after each archive has been applied and not at the end of Dbvisit Standby processing AMM_START_AFTER_EACH_TRANSFER starts AMM on the primary server after each archive has been transferred and not at the end of Dbvisit Standby processing Important Normally Dbvisit Standby will apply the archives to the standby database before removing them By setting AMM_START_AFTER_EACH_TRANSFER Yes this check no longer applies Sample AMM_STAR
449. tion In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration Yes is optional and if specified then Dbvisit Standby will not prompt for confirmation to activate the standby database This can be used for batch programming For example to activate a standby database Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbv oraStartsStop started on dbvisitl2 Activating means this database will become a Primary Database It will no longer be a Standby Database for wl02n on dbvisitl2 Activation cannot be reversed gt Activate Standby Database on dbvisit12 lt Yes No gt No y Are you sure lt Yes No gt No y Activating now Activate Standby Database w102n Standby Database wl02n activated Shutting down standby Database wl02n Standby Database wl02n shutdown successfully Starting activated Standby Database wl02n Activated Standby Database wl02n started Dovisit Database configuration DDC file dbv w120n env has been updated and variables have been reversed between primary and standby server SOURCE dbvisitl2 DESTINATION dbvisitll Activation complete Please ensure a backup of this Database is made If the Dbvisit process is to be reversed then Database on dbvisitll will need to be rebuilt as a Standby Database Where w102n is the name of the databas
450. tion constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 272 Dbvisit Dbvisit Standby trace files Dbvisit Standby produces trace file every time it executes The trace files can be sent to Dbvisit support for investigation error resolution and analysis The Dbvisit Standby trace files are meant for Dbvisit support services only and do not contain information helpful to the user The Dbvisit Standby trace file can be identified as follows e The trace filename will start with a number process id then the name dbvisit then the database name and then the timestamp and will end with extension trc Example 3118 dbvisit_prod10g_200610091322 trc The location of the trace file is determined by the TMP variable in the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration DDC file e The trace filename will be displayed in the email that is sent by Dbvisit Standby when an error or alert is triggered Manage trace files In version 5 1 19 and above Dbvisit Standby trace files are automatically deleted according to settings NUM TRACE TO KEEP The number of trace files to keep after which trace files are deleted DAYS TO KEEP TRACE The number of days to keep the trace files after which trace files are deleted Default settings are NUM TRACE TO KEEP 200 DAYS TO KEEP TRACE 15 Least restrictive setting applies between pays_To_KEEP_TRACE ANd NUM_TRACE_TO_KEEP To turn off set to O Prior to version 5 1 19 Dbv
451. tmpl1 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 3 80 1 piece Compressing usr tmp tmpl dbv_ dbv1lx102 dbf 4 81 1 piece Compressing usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 5 82 l piece Transferring usr tmp tmpl dbv_ dbvlx102 dbf 1 77 _laprece dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbvlx102 dbf 1 77 l piece gz Transferring usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 78 1l piece dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv dbvlxl02 dbf 1 78 J pieee gz ss Transferring usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 2 79 1 piece dbvisit32 u sr tmp tmp2 dbv dbvlx102 dbf 2 79 1 piece gz s s Transferring usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 3 80 1 piece dbvisitl32 usr tmp tmp2 dov dbvixl02 dbf 3 80 l piec sgZ s Transferring usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 4 81_1 piece dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 4 81 l piece gz s s Transferring usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 5 82 1 piece dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 5 82 1 piece gz Uncompressing Uncompressing Uncompressing Uncompressing Uncompressing Uncompressing Shutting down usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 771 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 78 1 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 2 79 1 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 3 80 1 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 4 81 1 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 5 82 1 standby database on dbvisit32 Standby database dbv1lx102 on dbvisit32 shutdown Remote spfile oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db 1 dbs spfiledbv1x102 ora backed as oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db 1 dbs spfiledbv1x102 ora 2011
452. to 24 hours for daily tasks Advanced Schedule Options Ed Fa Start Date Wednesday June 27 2007 End Date v Repeat task Every 10 minutes Unti Time Duration 24 H hous minute s Ifthe task is still running stop it at this time Cancel 13 Click on OK The new schedule will be shown Click on OK Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 141 DATABASE TECHNOLOGY dbvisit w102n 0x Task Schedule Settings Security a b Every 10 minute s from 11 55 AM for 24 hour s every day amp starting 6 27 2007 Schedule Task Start time Daily 11 55 AM i Schedule Task Daily Every fi day s Show multiple schedules OK Cancel Apply 14 The new task will now be shown 5 Advanced Help gt Folders J Name Schedule Next Run Time Last Rt Add Scheduled Task bdbvisit w102n Every 10 minute s 1 16 00 PM Never 15 Repeat the same on standby server 16 Dbvisit Standby is now scheduled on the primary and the standby server 17 The schedule will continue to be active in the background when the users logs off Oracle RAC Dbvisit Standby needs to be scheduled separately on eac
453. to be successful but the host name should be resolved to an IP address On the primary server ping standby server PING standby server 56 84 bytes of data On the standby server ping primary server PING primary server 56 84 60 234 66 131 60 235 66 131 bytes of data Default port will be with port 22 for ssh The default port can be changed by setting SSH_PORT Default http port is 8081 The user should either a be a member of the Oracle DBA group usually dba or ora_dba in case operating system authentication is used to access the ASM instance or b be able to access the ASM instance using credentials of a user with SYSDBA privilege set up in the dbvisit configuration file in case password authentication is used to access Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 19 Dbvisit the ASM instance If Oracle Grid infractructure implemented when the Grid user is different from the Oracle database owner the user that installed Dbvisit Standby should have execute permission on SQLPLUS under Grid Oracle Home This can be achieved tho
454. tom value or press ENTER to accept above default Dbvserver is Dbvisit s web server software that provides the web interface for all Dbvisit products Dbvserver can be started at the end of this installation procedure but in order to do that a user name and password must be chosen for secure authentication gt Dbvserver admin user name default admin Enter a custom value or press ENTER to accept above default gt Dbvserver admin user password default admin Enter a custom value or press ENTER to accept above default Please specify the Dbvisit main installation directory path The default is usr local dbvisit Please Note Dbvisit Standby will be installed under the standby subdirectory of this path gt Dbvisit installation directory path default usr local dbvisit Enter a custom value or press ENTER to accept above default In order to improve the Dbvisit web interface an automatic email can be sent to Dbvisit support when an issue is detected in the web framework No personal information is sent and this information is solely used to improve our software gt Turn on automatic email to Dbvisit support Yes No default Yes Enter a custom value or press ENTER to accept above default Thank you Commencing installation right away Stopping all old dbvserverd processes possibly running Updating Dbvserver configuration file Detected a previous Dbvisit Standby installation an upgrade will
455. tp dbf 2 83 l piece Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 107 Dbvisit Catalog backup piece var tmp tmp2 dbv_dbvisitp dbf 3 84 l piece Catalog backup piece var tmp tmp2 dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 4 85 l piece Catalog backup piece var tmp tmp2 dbv_ dbvisitp dbf 5 86 l piece Restoring datafile l Restoring datafile 2 Restoring datafile 3 Restoring datafile 4 Restoring datafile 5 Restoring datafile 10 gt Standby database created without tempfiles If you wish to manually add standby tempfiles please perform the following steps 1 Run Dbvisit on the primary first then on the standby to sync the newly created standby database 2 Open standby database in READ ONLY mode dbv_oraStartStop open dbvisitp 2 Add temporary files using SQL statement ALTER TABLESPACE ADD TEMPFILE 3 Restart standby database dbv_oraStartStop restart dbvisitp Performing Oracle Checkpoint Waiting 3 seconds for log switch completion Standby database created To complete creating standby database run dbvisit on the primary and standby databases to ensure standby database is in synch with primary Please press lt Enter gt to continue 13 The standby database has bee
456. tup Yes gt Dbvisit will do a quick setup Yes Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes RAC configuration only The following will be displayed only if a RAC setup is chosen 6 Specify if this is the first node that Dbvisit Standby is configured for Only on the first node will the Dbvisit Standby Database Repository DDR be created as this repository is shared by all instances Please specify if this is the first RAC node in the Dbvisit configuration or not Values are Yes or No Yes First RAC node that Dbvisit is configured for No Dbvisit has been already configured on another node in this RAC configuration First Deovisit RAC node Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes End RAC configuration only 7 Temporary directory Dbvisit Standby needs to know the temporary directory that it can use for temporary and trace files Please enter temporary directory for Dbvisit to use This directory is used to hold the Dbvisit temporary and trace files This directory must exist on the primary and standby servers Dbvisit Temporary directory is C windows temp gt Dbvisit Temporary directory will be C windows temp Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 8 Path Dbvisit Standby will suggest the default environment path The path to the cmd exe command and other Windows utilities is required gt PATH Please set the environment PATH for Dbvisit to use Do not include the ORACLE HOME in the path Dbvisit
457. tup is run on every primary node of the Oracle RAC cluster However during dbvisit_ setup e Choose option 1a in the main dbvisit_ setup menu e Choose the name of the instance as the ORACLE_SID and not the database name Please ensure the following prerequisites are met for RAC e The archive destination for the primary RAC nodes must a shared location that is accessible by all primary RAC nodes e If the standby is also a RAC cluster then the archive destination location on the standby node must be accessible by all standby nodes in the RAC cluster e Choose the same ARCHDEST destination where Dbvisit Standby will transfer the archive log files to on standby server when running dbvisit_setup for all primary RAC nodes e The Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration file DDC created during the setup on each node will have the name of the instance and not the database dbv_oracle_instance env If the database is called RACDB and has the following instances RACDB1 and RACDB2 the Dbvisit Standby Database Configuration files DDC will be called dbv RACDB1 env dbv RACBD2 env e Dbvisit Standby needs to be scheduled separately on each node The name of the instance is used when installing and running Dbvisit Standby not the name of the database Example to run Dbvisit Standby on one of the primary nodes dbvisit RACDB1 e With a single instance standby database Dbvisit Standby is scheduled on the standby server using the instanc
458. u oracle c usr local dbvisit standby dbv_oraStartStop start w902 Where w120n and w920 are the names of databases on the same server Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 1 6 Dbvisit Standby log files Dbvisit Because Dbvisit Standby runs in the background log files are an integral part of Dbvisit Standby Log files are created on both the primary and the standby server Normal logging is kept to a minimum to allow easy integration with monitoring tools Once an error is detected logging is elaborate 200901281305 200901281315 200901281325 200901281335 200901281345 200901281355 200901281345 200901281355 200901281405 200901281415 win2003se 01 p 200901281415 200901281425 200901281435 200901281425 200901281435 Log transfer for Log transfer for Log transfer for Log transfer for Log transfer for Log transfer for Log transfer for Log transfer for Log transfer for POPP RPP PPP ee id 5567 Log transfer for Log transfer for Log transfer for Log transfer for Log transfer for erer H 200901281545 1 Log transfer s for 200901281555 1 Log transfer s for An example of the Dbvisit Standby log files wl02n completed Last sequence was 253 wl02n completed L
459. u is displayed again choose e to exit out of main menu Completing the upgrade 33 Repeat above steps on all i primary servers including RAC nodes li Standby or secondary servers However the DDC and DDR does not need to be upgraded on the standby servers 34 Run Dbvisit Standby manually on the primary and standby server with the command to ensure correct functionality Through the command line interface CLI B dbvisit lt DDC gt Through the web based graphical user interface GUI Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 32 Dbvisit Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Default from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Run Action Leave this one set to Default u database features Default lt Run Close Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Standby Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Default from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Run Action Leave this one set to Default ur database features Default Run Close 35 Restart the Dbvisit Standby schedule i
460. u understand the implication before using this feature See variable INITIATE_DBVISIT_ON_STANDBY for more details Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 143 Dbvisit node1 Schedule every hour at 00 15 30 45 node2 Schedule every hour at 05 20 35 50 Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 144 Dbvisit Creating Standby Databases automatically with Dbvisit Standby Dbvisit Standby can automatically create the standby database The standby database will reside on the standby server and is an exact binary copy of the primary database The standby database only needs to be created once After the standby database is created Dbvisit Standby will automatically ensure the standby database is kept up to date with the primary database Dbvisit Standby normally uses the network to transfer the primary database to the standby server to create the standby database For slow networks or very large databases use the transportable media creation method to cre
461. uence log sequence archived log sequence 26 29 Where w102n is the name of the database H Home gt Run gt Run Interactive gt Primary Server tab gt select Database from drop down menu gt select Log Gap Report from Run Action drop down menu gt Run Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 120 Dbvisit Primary Server Standby Server Run Interactive Sot i Run Action Leave this one set to Default unless you wish to use one of the advanced database features Log Gap Report Run Close 8 To view or set the Dbvisit Standby license El dbvisit lic lt DDC gt Where DDC is the name of the Dbvisit Database Configuration In most cases this is the same as the database name The DDC refers to the DDC file name which is in the form dbv_DDC env and contains the Dbvisit Standby settings for a particular primary and standby configuration For more information see the Setting and viewing the Dbvisit Standby license key section Home gt Setup gt Register Dbvisit Standby License Product License Information Please enter the following information to license Dbvisit Standby User Name License Key License Dbvisit Standby Display License 9 Help and copy
462. uest This is called the dedicated database connection mode For databases where the time to initiate each connection takes too long it is possible to optimise Dbvisit Standby by opening only one database connection and using this connection for the duration of the Dbvisit Standby processing This is called the shared database connection mode and can be set by editing the DDC file and setting DB CONNECTION MODE shared DB CONNECTION MODE DR shared Dbvisit Standby will only initiate the database connection once If the database connection is lost or closed during Dbvisit Standby processing for any reasons Dbvisit Standby will re initialise the database connection Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 227 Dbvisit Upgrading or patching Oracle Dbvisit Standby has been developed so that Dbvisit Standby is compatible with all versions of Oracle from Oracle 8i When Oracle is upgraded or patched to a new version Dbvisit Standby will not have to be upgraded When upgrading or patching Oracle we recommend the following approach 1 Stop the Dbvisit Standby schedule for the database being upgraded on both the primary and standby servers Shutdown the primary database on the primary s
463. ugh group permissions on the SQLPLUS executable Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 20 oN Dbvisit Upgrading Windows Upgrading from version 5 2 x 5 3 x or 6 0x to 6 0 x Upgrading is very similar to installation Individual components of Dbvisit Standby can be upgraded Please note 1 2 3 4 5 6 Upgrading of Dbvisit Standby software needs to be done on the primary server and standby servers For Oracle RAC the upgrade needs to be done for each primary node You may want to create a backup of the Dbvisit Standby install directory for rollback purposes all Dbvisit software is contained within the main directory Existing 6 0 license keys are automatically applied to the new software Existing 5 1 5 2 and 5 3 license keys are NOT valid for 6 0 Contact Dbvisit Sales to obtain 6 0 license keys if you have current Dbvisit support Your current Dbvisit Database Configuration DDC configurations will be saved Primary and Standby Servers and RAC nodes We 4 Stop the Dbvisit Standby schedule s If using the Dovserver schedule these will be automatically stopped Double click on the Dbvisit Standby installation executable Click on Run Clic
464. unctions exe 8 dby_ORACLE_SID env dby_oraStartStop exe 8 dbv_T60LAP env l dby_w120n env E dby_w120n env 200709251453 E dby_w120n env 200709251637 E dby_w120n eny bak Ob dbvisit exe Ob dbvisit_setup exe Dbvisit_UserGuideS 0 pdf Dbvisit_UserGuideS 1 pdf E READMESO txt E README txt mS My Documents a My Computer K L My Network File name dbv_oraStartStop exe Places Files of type Programs Cancel oN Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOGY 6 Type a name for the task Type dbv_oraStartStop start lt DDC gt in example below the database name is w102n Select Perform this task When my computer start Click Next Type a name for this task The task name can be the same name as the program name dbv_oraStartStop start w120n Perform this task C Daily C Weekly Monthly C One time only E E E O C When log on lt Back Cancel 7 Enter the password of the current user That will be the user that will run Dbvisit Standby Click Next Enter the name and password of a user The task will run as if it were started by that user Enter the user name AVISIT oracle Enter the password eecceeee Confirm password ecccece e If a password is not entered scheduled tasks might not run cro 8 Tick the box Open advanced properties Click on Finish Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manu
465. v_dbv1lx102 dbf 3 73 1 piece gz Transferring usr tmp tmpl dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 4 74 1 piece gz dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 4 74 1l piece gz Transferring usr tmp tmpl dbv_ dbv1x102 dbf 5 75 1 piece gz dbvisit32 usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1lx102 dbf 5 75 1l piece gz Uncompressing usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 70 l piece gz Uncompressing usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 1 71 1 piece gz Uncompressing usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 2 72 l piece gz Uncompressing usr tmp tmp2 dbv dovlxl02 dbf 3 73 1l piece gz Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 150 Dbvisit Uncompressing usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 4 74 l piece gz Uncompressing usr tmp tmp2 dbv_dbv1x102 dbf 5 75 l piece gz Shutting down standby database on dbvisit32 Standby database dbv1lx102 on dbvisit32 shutdown Remote spfile oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db_ 1 dbs spfiledbv1x102 ora backed as oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db 1 dbs spfiledbv1x102 ora 201111281014 Remote spfile oracle orabase product 10 2 0 db_ 1 dbs spfiledbv1x102 ora deleted Spfile created on the remote server Restoring standby control files Starting Standby Database dbvlx102 Standby Database dbvlx1l02 st
466. ve log transfers which displays the number of archive transferred each day Daily Archive Log Transfers 600 540 480 420 360 300 240 180 120 Example SQL repository queries 1 The following query will report on the duration of the transfer and compress steps each time Dbvisit Standby has executed The result of this query may be graphed and used for trend analysis SELECT datestamp Oracle sid process round decode size in bytes 1 size in bytes size in bytes 1024 1024 1 Size MB end time date start time date 24 60 60 duration seconds FROM dbvisit dbv_ transfer log ORDER BY datestamp process Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 235 Dbvisit The column process specifies the Dbvisit Standby step This can be COMPRESS for the log compress step or TRANSFER for the transfer of the log from the primary server to the standby server lf column size_in_bytes is 1 then this means this information is not available 2 The following query will report on the log archive log gap over time Note that the archive log gap information is only saved if the dbvisit i command inspect is scheduled on a regular basis SELECT oracle sid datestamp yarchive log gap
467. very file dest e Ifthe parameter control files is not set and creation of OMF files is not enabled on the standby standby control files will be created in a default operating system location Refer to the table below to find out how Dbvisit Standby creates standby datafiles tempfiles and redo logs Primary FS gt Standby FS Datafiles and tempfiles Primary FS file Standby FS file A valid existing filesystem location must be specified for the standby FS file Primary OMF file Standby OMF file Creation of OMF files must be enabled on the standby by setting parameter db_ create file dest Datafiles and tempfiles will be created in this location Redo logs Primary FS fredo Standby FS fredo A valid existing filesystem location must be specified for the standby FS redo Primary OMF redo Standby OMF Creation of OMF files must be enabled on the standby by setting redo parameters db_create_file dest and or db create online log dest_n and or db _ recovery file dest Redo logs will be created in these locations Primary ASM gt Standby FS Datafiles and tempfiles Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 163 Dbvisit Primary FQSN file Standby OMF file Creation of OMF files must b
468. visit Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 26 Enter the email address that will receive the emails from Dbvisit Standby Multiple email addresses can be specified Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 54 Dbvisit gt ADMINS Please enter the administrator email address es who will be emailed upon success or failure of the Dbvisit Multiple emails should be separated with a comma Sample support mycompany com dba mycompany com Administrators email is oracle win2003se 01 support mycompany com gt Administrators email will be support mycompany com Is this correct lt Yes No gt Yes 2 Specify the FROM email address that will be used to identify the sender of the email from the primary server gt MAILCFG FROM Please enter the FROM mail address of this server optional if this is not specified the emails may not arrive Mail FROM address is oracle win2003se 01 com gt Mail FROM address will be oracle win2003se 01 com Ts this correct lt Y es No gt Yes 28 Specify the FROM email address that will be used to identify the sender of the email from the standby server gt MAILCFG FROM DR Please enter the FROM mail address of the standby server
469. visit software page 191 Dbvisit dbv_oraStartStop ended on dbvisit31 Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server After Graceful Switchover 1 To keep the new primary database in sync with the new standby database Dbvisit Standby may be run as per usual dbvisit dbvisitp Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbvisit started on dbvisit32 Checking Dbvisit installation differences between dbvisit32 and dbvisit3l No Dbvisit installation differences found between dbvisit32 and dbvisit3l Log file s for dbvisitp will be transferred from dbvisit32 to dbvisit3l Transferring 12390 056215031 5 log g2 to host dbvisitslsl 32390 0562150315 Transferring 1 3391 JU5s02Z150315 1log gz to host dbvisitslsl 3391 0562150315 Transferring 1 32392 05621 5031 5 log 07 to host dbvisital l 3392 0562150315 200902181702 3 Log transfer s to dbvisit31 for dbvisitp completed Last sequence was 3392 Where dbvisitp is the name of the database dbvisit31 is the primary server dbvisit32 is the standby server 2 To keep the new standby database in sync with the new primary database Dbvisit Standby may be run as per normal dbvisit dbvisitp Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dbvisit started on dbvisit31l Log file s for dbvisitp from dbvisit32 will be applied to dbvisit3l 200902230527 Log seq 3391 applied to standby database dbvisitp 2009022
470. ware page 250 MAILCFG_MAIL_CLIENT MAILCFG_FROM MAILCFG_FROM_DR MAILCFG_SMTP_SERVER MAILCFG_SMTP_SERVER_DR Dbvisit Specifies the mail client Default is to use internal Dbvisit Standby mail client The Dbvisit Standby internal mail client requires a smtp mail server to send emails Other mail clients can be specified Example mail sendmail or javamail For sendmail Sendmail does not need to be running in order to send mail from this server Only when receiving mail on this server does it need to be running Sendmail does need to be configured to in order to send mail If the Dbvisit Standby mail client is to be used specify Dbvisit Example MAILCFG_MAIL_CLIENT dbvisit Specifies the FROM email address of the primary server optional If this is not specified the emails may not arrive Example MAILCFG_FROM server dbvisit com Specifies the FROM email address of the standby server optional If this is not specified the emails may not arrive Example MAILCFG_FROM_DR server2 dbvisit com Specifies the smtp server to send the email to Is only used if the mail client is Dbvisit Is not required when the mail client is sendmail Sample mail lt your company name gt com smtp lt your company name gt com Example MAILCFG_SMTP_SERVER mail lt your company name gt com Optional smtp mail server for the standby server Only used if smtp mail server for the standby server differs from the ma
471. witchover dbvracl The following will occur 1 RAC database dbvrac2 on ServerB will be shutdown 2 RAC database dbvrac will be converted to a single instance standby database 3 Single instance standby database on ServerC will be converted to a single instance primary database with 2 threads ServerA Single instance ServerC Single instance primary database Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 187 Dbvisit d ServerB RAC instance shutdown lf Graceful Switchover is initiated again to bring it back to the original configuration the following will occur 1 2 Single instance standby database dbvrac7 on ServerA will be converted to a single instance primary database with 2 threads Single instance primary database dbvrac on ServerC will be converted to a single instance standby database with 2 threads serverA _ Single instance ServerC Single instance standby database primary database dbvract1 dbvrac ServerB RAC instance shutdown To convert from a single instance primary database back to a RAC database 1 On ServerA set database parameter cluster database TRUE in database dbvract 2 Restart instance dbvrac1 on ServerA 3 A Dbv
472. y RMAN before Dbvisit Standby deletes it from the primary server To disable this setting set to 0 If you are not sure set to 0 Example ARCHSOURCE_BACKUP_COUNT 0 THRESHOLD_ARCHSOURCE Specifies the threshold in percentage of how much disk space may be taken up by the Oracle log files on disk before an alert is triggered on the primary server 80 means at 80 disk space full an alert will be triggered Please specify threshold as an integer If you are not sure set to 80 Example THRESHOLD _ARCHSOURCE 80 DELETE ARCHSOURCE Specifies if archive log files should be deleted once the percentage threshold THRESHOLD_ARCHSOURCE on the primary server is reached Once the threshold is reached oldest archive log files are deleted first The log files WILL have been transferred to the standby server There is no verification that these log files have been backed up Values are Yes or No Yes Let Dbvisit Standby delete archive log files once percentage threshold is met No Dbvisit Standby will only alert when percentage threshold is met no log files will be deleted If you are not sure set to No Example DELETE ARCHSOURCE No This setting has no influence whether archive log files are deleted for DAYS _TO_KEEP_ARCHSOURCE or NUM ARCHSOURCE_TO_KEEP These settings will delete archive log files once the percentage threshold is met Standby Archive log Management Module AMM ARCHDEST_MANAGEMENT Specifies
473. y creates backup copies of the Oracle redo logs controlfiles and database configuration files It also generates a number of small text files to pass information about Graceful Switchover between the primary and standby servers All files generated during Graceful Switchover are placed in a directory TMP GS lt DDC gt apart from backup copies of database configuration files which are created under Dbvisit working directory For example if TMP is set to var tmp and DDC to dbvisitp files will be created unde var tmp GS dbvisitp These backup copies are NOT removed by Dbvisit Standby as they may be required for rollback purposes However after successful switchover they are no longer required and may be removed manually Graceful Switchover with multiple standby databases Graceful Switchover may be used in a configuration with multiple standby databases However only one standby database at a time can be transitioned to the primary database The remaining standby database s can still be kept up to date by the new transitioned primary database The database configuration file of these remaining standby databases must be updated to reflect the new primary server SOURCE parameter See section Graceful Switchover and multiple standby databases for more information on how to continue to synchronise multiple standby databases after graceful switchover Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and
474. you don t want to install Click Next to continue gt Description Position your mouse over a component to see its description Select components to install Dbyisit Dbyvserver Web Bitvise WinSSHD Bitvise Tunnelier Configure SSH2 System Readiness Check If upgrading only select the components that need to be upgraded Space required 55 4MB i lt Back Cancel DS Dbyisit Standby Standby database Technology Bile Es d Choose Install Location Dbvisit Choose the Folder in which to install Dbvisit Setup will install Dbvisit Standby in the following Folder To install the in a different folder click Browse and select another folder Click Install to start the installation Please note Dbvisit Standby will be installed under a subdirectory called Standby from the main directory chosen _ Folder C Program Files Dbvisit Browse Space required 55 4MB Space available 7 5GB Nullsoft Install System v2 46 S lt Back Cancel 25 Choose the install location for Bitvise WinSSHD www bitvise com This is the SSH service that accepts secure transfers Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 40 Dbvisit
475. you to provide valid filesystem locations on the standby Review and confirm standby locations to create standby non OMF datafiles and tempfiles gt Standby C ORACLE ORADATA W120N gt C ORACLE ORADATA W120N What would you like to do 1 Confirm standby location s are correct and continue 2 Provide different standby location s Please enter your choice 1 Standby locations validated Primary database contains non OMF redo logs To create non OMF redo logs Dbvisit requires you to specify valid filesystem locations on the standby Review and confirm standby locations to create standby non OMF redo logs C ORACLE ORADATA W120N gt C ORACLE ORADATA W120N What would you like to do 1 Confirm standby location s are correct and continue 2 Provide different standby location s Please enter your choice 1 Standby locations validated 10 Provided answers can be stored as a template for future use re running creating of a standby database gt Create standby database template for wl20n using provided answers lt Yes No gt Yes y An existing template found gt Do you want to view the existing template lt Yes No gt Yes n What would you like to do 1 Keep existing template and continue with creating a standby database using provided answers 2 Save provided answers as a new template Note existing template will be replaced by the new one Please enter your choice 1 2 What would you
476. your computer Click Next to continue Cancel 3 Accept the license terms DS Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology File x t License greement Dbvisit Please review the license terms before installing Dbvisit Press Page Down to see the rest of the agreement 2LEASE CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING LEGAL AGREEMENT GOVERNING YOUR USE a OF THE LICENSED PRODUCT BY COMPLETING ITS INSTALLATION CLICKING 4 BUTTON OR TYPING Y ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT YOU AGREE TO BE LEGALLY BOUND BY THIS AGREEMENT IF YOU DO NOT AGREE THEN STOP AND DO NOT INSTALL OR USE THIS LICENSED PRODUCT IF YOU ARE ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT ON BEHALF OF 4 COMPANY OR OTHER LEGAL ENTITY YOU REPRESENT THAT YOU HAYE THE AUTHORITY TO BIND SUCH ENTITY AND ITS AFFILIATES TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS IF YOU DO NOT HAVE SUCH AUTHORITY OR IF YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS YOU MUST NOT ACCEPT THIS AGREEMENT AND MAY NOT USE THE LICENSED PRODUCT Ne If you accept the terms of the agreement click I Agree to continue You must accept the agreement to install Dbvisit Nullsoft Install System v2 46 lt Back Cancel 4 Please ensure that the windows account that is used to install Dbvisit Standby is the same account that installed the Oracle software ON Dbvisit Standby Standby database Technology Current Windows account logged on is oracle This should be the same Windows account that installed Oracl
477. yright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 167 Dbvisit dov_oraStartsStop open dbv1lx102 Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dov OFrastartstop Stari sd On GbvisiceZ Open Standby Database dbvlx102 in READ ONLY mode Standby Database dbvlx102 opened in READ ONLY mode Log files cannot be applied to Database while in READ ONLY mode Database tempfile s may need to be added to this database sqlplus as sysdba SQL gt select name from vStempfile oracle oradata DBVLX102 datafile ol mf templ 7fc358km_ tmp oracle oradata DBVLX102 datafile ol mf templ 7fc358h6 tmp oracle oradata DBVLX102 datafile ol mf templ 7fc358fk_ tmp Redo logs are created if the standby database gets activated to become primary In this case Oracle again will detect that redo logs must be created as OMF files and will create them according the settings of db_create_onli_log dest_n dov GObastaresctop activate dbvixl02 Dbvisit Standby Database Technology dov Ofastartstop started on dbvisic3z Activating means this database will become a Primary Database It will no longer be a Standby Database for dbv1x102 on dbvisit31 Activation cannot be reversed gt Activate Standby Database on dbvisit32 lt Yes No gt No y Are you sure lt Yes No gt No y Activating now
478. ys from NodeB with the keys from NodeA 6 Start the Dbvisit Standby console on NodeB Type in the command doy functions Y primary setupssnh 7 This loads NodeB with the new ssh keys NodeA and NodeB now have the same ssh keys so that they can both make contact with the standby server This also ensures that when the servers are reversed the process will continue successfully Dbvisit Standby installation step1 Windows RAC environment In an Oracle RAC environment Dbvisit Standby must be installed and configured as below on each primary node in the RAC cluster Primary Server or primary node 1 On the primary server or primary RAC node double click on the Dbvisit Standby installation executable Click on Run Dbvisit Standby Installation Guide and User Manual Copyright Dbvisit Software Limited and Avisit Solutions Limited Except as specifically set out the Dbvisit license agreement nothing in this Documentation constitutes a warranty as to the operation of the Dbvisit software page 34 oN Dbvisit DATABASE TECHNOLOGY 2 Click on Next fs Dbvisit Standby Database Technology Eifel E3 Welcome to the Dbyisit Standby Database Technology Setup Wizard This wizard will guide you through the installation of Dbwisit Standby Database Technology It is recommended that you close all other applications before starting Setup This will make it possible to update relevant system Files without having to reboot
479. z Database dbvisitp on dbvisit3l avisit co nz is already down No action taken Starting Regular Database dbvisitp Regular Database dbvisitp started nomount STANDBY controlfile created Shutting down standby Database dbvisitp Standby Database dbvisitp shutdown successfully Starting Standby Database dbvisitp Standby Database dbvisitp started Waiting for Checkpoint 13 on Checkpoint 13 completed Key Waiting for Checkpoint 14 on Checkpoint 14 completed Key File dbv dbyvasitpseny copied dbvisit32 avisit co NnZ found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz dbvisit32 avisit co nNnZ found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz to dby dbyisitp snv 20L1120531708 Dbvisit Database configuration DDC file dbv dbvisitp env has been updated and variables have been reversed between primary and standby server SOURCE dbvisit32 avisit co nz DESTINATION dbvisit3l lt avisit co nz Waiting for Checkpoint 15 on dbvisit32 avisit co nzZ Checkpoint 15 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Waiting tor Checkpoint 16 on dbvisit32 avisit co nNnZ Checkpoint 16 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Waiting tor Checkpoint 17 on dbvisit32 avisit co NnZ Checkpoint 17 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Tempfiles dropped Waiting for Checkpoint 18 on dbvisit32 avisit co nzZ Checkpoint 18 completed Key found on dbvisit32 avisit co nz Graceful switchover completed This database dbvisitp is now a standby da

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

PDF, 572 kb    File - CNET Content Solutions    refrigerador de puerta frances  Philips DVD+RW DW4S4S05F  Citizen SDC-450NBL  l`expression graphique et cartogra-phique comme - pug  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file